# Chinese, Simplified translation of 子虚乌有
# Copyright (c) 2005 tnds <tnds@sohu.com>
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PROJECT VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-05-25 20:09+0800\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-25 20:09+0800\n"
"Last-Translator: tnds <tnds@sohu.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese, Simplified <tnds@sohu.com>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#:  modules/user.module:1007
msgid ""
"%u has applied for an account.\n"
"\n"
"%uri"
msgstr ""
"%u 已经申请了一个帐户。\n"
"\n"
"%uri"

#:  modules/user.module:1008
msgid ""
"Thank you for applying for an account. Your account is currently "
"pending approval by the site administrator.<br />In the meantime, your "
"password and further instructions have been sent to your e-mail "
"address."
msgstr ""
"感谢你的注册。你的帐号正在等待管理员审核。<br "
"/>同时，你的密码和指导已经发送到了你的邮箱。"

#:  modules/user.module:1019
msgid ""
"Note: if you have an account with one of our affiliates (%s), you may "
"<a href=\"%login_uri\">login now</a> instead of registering."
msgstr ""
"注意：如果你拥有任何一个我们的合作伙伴的帐户 "
"(%s)，你可以直接<a "
"href=\"%login_uri\">登录</a>而不是注册。"

#:  modules/user.module:1021
msgid ""
"Your full name or your preferred username; only letters, numbers and "
"spaces are allowed."
msgstr "你的全名或你更喜欢的名字。允许中英文、空格和数字。"

#:  modules/user.module:1022
msgid ""
"A password and instructions will be sent to this e-mail address, so "
"make sure it is accurate."
msgstr "密码将发至你的信箱，所以确保它是正确的。"

#:  modules/user.module:1056
msgid "Delete picture"
msgstr "删除图片"

#:  modules/user.module:1056
msgid "Check this box to delete your current picture."
msgstr "选中此项已删除你的当前图片。"

#:  modules/user.module:1058
msgid "Upload picture"
msgstr "上传图片"

#:  modules/user.module:1058
msgid ""
"Your virtual face or picture.  Maximum dimensions are %dimensions and "
"the maximum size is %size kB."
msgstr ""
"你的图片或图像。最大尺寸是%dimensions像素，大小为%size "
"KB。"

#:  modules/user.module:1059
msgid "Picture"
msgstr "图片"

#:  modules/user.module:1071
msgid "The name %name is already taken."
msgstr "昵称 %name 已被占用。"

#:  modules/user.module:1074
msgid "The name %name has been denied access."
msgstr "昵称 %name 被拒绝访问。"

#:  modules/user.module:1082
msgid "The e-mail address %email is already taken."
msgstr "e-mail地址 %email 已被占用。"

#:  modules/user.module:1085
msgid "The e-mail address %email has been denied access."
msgstr "e-mail地址 %email 已被拒绝访问。"

#:  modules/user.module:1091
msgid "You must select at least one role."
msgstr "你必须至少选择一个角色。"

#:  modules/user.module:1122
msgid "The specified passwords do not match."
msgstr "两次密码不同。"

#:  modules/user.module:1142
msgid "Detected malicious attempt to alter protected user fields."
msgstr "检测到对保护用户字段的恶意试图。"

#:  modules/user.module:1148,,,,  ;1495;1552
msgid "The changes have been saved."
msgstr "设置已被保存。"

#:  modules/user.module:1158
msgid "The account has been deleted."
msgstr "帐户已被删除。"

#:  modules/user.module:1164
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the account %name?"
msgstr "你真的要删除 %name 吗？"

#:  modules/user.module:1166
msgid ""
"Deleting a user will remove all their submissions as well. This action "
"cannot be undone."
msgstr "删除用户会将其提交一并删除。此操作不可恢复！"

#:  modules/user.module:1257
msgid "Account details for %username at %site"
msgstr "%site 上 %username 的帐户详情"

#:  modules/user.module:1248
msgid ""
"%username,\n"
"\n"
"Thank you for registering at %site. You may now log in to %login_uri "
"using the following username and password:\n"
"\n"
"username: %username\n"
"password: %password\n"
"\n"
"After logging in, you may wish to change your password at %edit_uri\n"
"\n"
"Your new %site membership also enables to you to login to other Drupal "
"powered websites (e.g. http://www.drop.org/) without registering. Just "
"use the following Drupal ID and password:\n"
"\n"
"Drupal ID: %username@%uri_brief\n"
"password: %password\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"--  %site team"
msgstr ""
"%username,\n"
"\n"
"感谢您注册 %site. "
"您现在可以用如下用户名和密码登录 %login_uri：\n"
"\n"
"用户名： %username\n"
"密码：%password\n"
"\n"
"在登录后，您可以通过 %edit_uri更改密码。\n"
"\n"
"同时，您在%site的注册也同时让您可以直接登录其他Drupal支持的站点(例如： "
" (http://www.drupal.org))， "
"而不用注册，使用下列用户名和密码：\n"
"\n"
"Drupal 用户名： %username@%uri_brief\n"
"密码： %password\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"--  %site "

#:  modules/user.module:1261
msgid "Account details for %username at %site (pending admin approval)"
msgstr "%site 上 %username 的帐户详情（等待管理员审核）"

#:  modules/user.module:1252
msgid ""
"%username,\n"
"\n"
"Thank you for registering at %site. Your application for an account is "
"currently pending approval. Once it has been granted, you may log in "
"to %login_uri using the following username and password:\n"
"\n"
"username: %username\n"
"password: %password\n"
"\n"
"After logging in, you may wish to change your password at %edit_uri\n"
"\n"
"Your new %site membership also enables to you to login to other Drupal "
"powered websites (e.g. http://www.drop.org/) without registering. Just "
"use the following Drupal ID and password:\n"
"\n"
"Drupal ID: %username@%uri_brief\n"
"password: %password\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"--  %site team"
msgstr ""
"%username,\n"
"\n"
"感谢您注册 %site. "
"您的帐号正在等待审核，当通过后，您现在可以用如下用户名和密码登录 "
"%login_uri：\n"
"\n"
"用户名： %username\n"
"密码：%password\n"
"\n"
"在登录后，您可以通过 %edit_uri更改密码。\n"
"\n"
"同时，您在%site的注册也同时让您可以直接登录其他Drupal支持的站点(例如： "
" (http://www.drupal.org))， "
"而不用注册，使用下列用户名和密码：\n"
"\n"
"Drupal 用户名： %username@%uri_brief\n"
"密码： %password\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"--  %site "

#:  modules/user.module:1265
msgid "Replacement login information for %username at %site"
msgstr "%site上的%username 的用户信息"

#:  modules/user.module:1267
msgid ""
"%username,\n"
"\n"
"Here is your new password for %site. You may now login to %login_uri "
"using the following username and password:\n"
"\n"
"username: %username\n"
"password: %password\n"
"\n"
"After logging in, you may wish to change your password at %edit_uri"
msgstr ""
"%username,\n"
"\n"
"这是您在%site上的新的密码。您可以使用如下的用户名和密码登录 "
"%login_uri ：\n"
"\n"
"用户名： %username\n"
"密码： %password\n"
"\n"
"登陆后，您可以在 %edit_uri 修改密码。"

#:  modules/user.module:1274
msgid "Public registrations"
msgstr "注册选项"

#:  modules/user.module:1274
msgid "Only site administrators can create new user accounts."
msgstr "只有站点管理员可以添加新用户。"

#:  modules/user.module:1274
msgid ""
"Visitors can create accounts and no administrator approval is "
"required."
msgstr "用户可以建立帐户并且不需要管理员审核。"

#:  modules/user.module:1274
msgid "Visitors can create accounts but administrator approval is required."
msgstr "用户可以建立帐户但需要管理员审核。"

#:  modules/user.module:1275
msgid "User registration guidelines"
msgstr "用户注册指导"

#:  modules/user.module:1275
msgid ""
"This text is displayed at the top of the user registration form.  It's "
"useful for helping or instructing your users."
msgstr "此处用于显示用户条款或其他指导。"

#:  modules/user.module:1276
msgid "User registration settings"
msgstr "用户注册设置"

#:  modules/user.module:1279
msgid "Subject of welcome e-mail"
msgstr "欢迎电子邮件标题"

#:  modules/user.module:1279
msgid ""
"Customize the subject of your welcome e-mail, which is sent to new "
"members upon registering."
msgstr "自定义欢迎电子邮件标题，将在新用户注册后发送。"

#:  modules/user.module:1279,,,,  ;1280;1281;1282;1283;1284
msgid "Available variables are:"
msgstr "可用变量："

#:  modules/user.module:1280
msgid "Body of welcome e-mail"
msgstr "欢迎电子邮件正文"

#:  modules/user.module:1280
msgid ""
"Customize the body of the welcome e-mail, which is sent to new members "
"upon registering."
msgstr "自定义欢迎电子邮件标题，将在新用户注册后发送。"

#:  modules/user.module:1281
msgid "Subject of welcome e-mail (awaiting admin approval)"
msgstr "欢迎电子邮件标题（等待审核）"

#:  modules/user.module:1281
msgid ""
"Customize the subject of your awaiting approval welcome e-mail, which "
"is sent to new members upon registering."
msgstr "自定义等待审核电子邮件标题，将在新用户注册后发送。"

#:  modules/user.module:1282
msgid "Body of welcome e-mail (awaiting admin approval)"
msgstr "欢迎电子邮件正文（等待审核）"

#:  modules/user.module:1282
msgid ""
"Customize the body of the awaiting approval welcome e-mail, which is "
"sent to new members upon registering."
msgstr "自定义等待审核电子邮件正文，将在新用户注册后发送。"

#:  modules/user.module:1283
msgid "Subject of password recovery e-mail"
msgstr "重设密码电子邮件标题"

#:  modules/user.module:1283
msgid "Customize the Subject of your forgotten password e-mail."
msgstr "自定义重设密码电子邮件标题。"

#:  modules/user.module:1284
msgid "Body of password recovery e-mail"
msgstr "重设密码电子邮件正文"

#:  modules/user.module:1284
msgid "Customize the body of the forgotten password e-mail."
msgstr "自定义重设密码电子邮件正文。"

#:  modules/user.module:1285
msgid "User email settings"
msgstr "用户电子邮件设置"

#:  modules/user.module:1290
msgid "Picture support"
msgstr "图片支持"

#:  modules/user.module:1290
msgid "Enable picture support."
msgstr "启用图片支持"

#:  modules/user.module:1291
msgid "Picture image path"
msgstr "图片路径"

#:  modules/user.module:1291
msgid "Subdirectory in the directory \"%dir\" where pictures will be stored."
msgstr "存储图片的在 \"%dir\" 内的子目录。"

#:  modules/user.module:1292
msgid "Default picture"
msgstr "默认图片"

#:  modules/user.module:1292
msgid ""
"URL of picture to display for users with no custom picture selected. "
"Leave blank for none."
msgstr "没有自定义图片时显示的图片。没有留空。"

#:  modules/user.module:1293
msgid "Picture maximum dimensions"
msgstr "图片最大尺寸"

#:  modules/user.module:1293
msgid "Maximum dimensions for pictures."
msgstr "图片最大尺寸"

#:  modules/user.module:1294
msgid "Picture maximum file size"
msgstr "图片最大大小"

#:  modules/user.module:1294
msgid "Maximum file size for pictures, in kB."
msgstr "图片最大大小，单位为 KB"

#:  modules/user.module:1295
msgid "Picture guidelines"
msgstr "图片指导"

#:  modules/user.module:1295
msgid ""
"This text is displayed at the picture upload form in addition to the "
"default guidelines.  It's useful for helping or instructing your "
"users."
msgstr "使用图片的守则和指导。将显示在上传图片表格顶端。"

#:  modules/user.module:1297
msgid "Pictures"
msgstr "图片"

#:  modules/user.module:1314
msgid "Created a new user account. No e-mail has been sent."
msgstr "建立了新的用户帐号。没有发送电子邮件。"

#:  modules/user.module:1320
msgid "Provide the username of the new account."
msgstr "提供新帐户的用户名。"

#:  modules/user.module:1321
msgid "Provide the e-mail address associated with the new account."
msgstr "提供新帐户的电子邮件地址。"

#:  modules/user.module:1322
msgid "Provide a password for the new account."
msgstr "提供新帐户的密码。"

#:  modules/user.module:1323,,,,  ;1685
msgid "Create account"
msgstr "建立帐户"

#:  modules/user.module:1325
msgid "Create new user account"
msgstr "建立新帐户"

#:  modules/user.module:1341
msgid "%test is not allowed."
msgstr "%test 不允许。"

#:  modules/user.module:1344
msgid "%test is allowed."
msgstr "%test 允许。"

#:  modules/user.module:1348
msgid "Enter a username to check if it will be denied or allowed."
msgstr "输入欲检查的用户名。"

#:  modules/user.module:1353
msgid "Enter an e-mail address to check if it will be denied or allowed."
msgstr "输入欲检查的电子邮件。"

#:  modules/user.module:1367,,,,  ;1413
msgid "You must enter a mask."
msgstr "你必须输入一个条件。"

#:  modules/user.module:1372
msgid "The access rule has been added."
msgstr "访问规则被添加。"

#:  modules/user.module:1378
msgid "Add rule"
msgstr "添加规则"

#:  modules/user.module:1389
msgid "The access rule has been deleted."
msgstr "访问规则被删除。"

#:  modules/user.module:1397
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the %type rule for %rule?"
msgstr "你真的要删除 %rule 的 %type 规则？"

#:  modules/user.module:1417
msgid "The access rule has been saved."
msgstr "访问规则被删除。"

#:  modules/user.module:1425
msgid "Save rule"
msgstr "保存规则"

#:  modules/user.module:1430
msgid "Allow"
msgstr "允许"

#:  modules/user.module:1430
msgid "Deny"
msgstr "拒绝"

#:  modules/user.module:1432
msgid "Matches any number of characters, even zero characters"
msgstr "代表任何数字，包括0"

#:  modules/user.module:1432
msgid "Matches exactly one character."
msgstr "代码一个字符。"

#:  modules/user.module:1446
msgid "allow"
msgstr "允许"

#:  modules/user.module:1446
msgid "deny"
msgstr "拒绝"

#:  modules/user.module:1555,,,,  ;1587
msgid "You must specify a valid role name."
msgstr "你必须指定一个合法角色名称。"

#:  modules/user.module:1577
msgid "The role has been deleted."
msgstr "角色被删除。"

#:  modules/user.module:1594
msgid "Role name"
msgstr "角色名称"

#:  modules/user.module:1594
msgid ""
"The name for this role. Example: \"moderator\", \"editorial board\", "
"\"site architect\"."
msgstr "角色的名称。例如： \"管理员\"、\"版主\"、\"维护\"。"

#:  modules/user.module:1625
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"

#:  modules/user.module:1629
msgid "Last access"
msgstr "上次访问"

#:  modules/user.module:1636
msgid "blocked"
msgstr "阻止"

#:  modules/user.module:1636
msgid "active"
msgstr "活跃"

#:  modules/user.module:1703
msgid ""
"<p>Drupal allows users to register, login, logout, maintain user "
"profiles, etc. No participant can use his own name to post content "
"until he signs up for a user account.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Drupal允许用户注册、登录、注销、维护用户信息。在注册用户之前，用户不能使用自己的名字发表内容。</p>"

#:  modules/user.module:1706
msgid ""
"<p>This web page allows the administrators to register a new users by "
"hand. Note that you cannot have a user where either the e-mail address "
"or the username match another user in the system.</p>"
msgstr "<p>此页面允许管理员手工注册新用户。你不能有一个与其它用户使用相同用户名或电子邮件的用户。</p>"

#:  modules/user.module:1718
msgid ""
"<p>Enter a simple pattern (\"*\" may be user as a wildcard match) to "
"search for a username.  For example, one may search for \"br\" and "
"Drupal might return \"brian\", \"brad\", and \"brenda\".</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>输入一个关键词。可以包括通配符 *。 "
"例如，\"麻*\"可能返回\"麻雀\"、 \"麻将\" 和 "
"\"麻木不仁\"。</p>\""

#:  modules/user.module:1723
msgid ""
"<p>In order to use the full power of Drupal a visitor must sign up for "
"an account. This page lets you setup how a user signs up, logs out, "
"the guidelines from the system about user subscriptions, and the "
"e-mails the system will send to the user.</p>"
msgstr "<p>为了使用Drupal的强大功能，你必须注册帐号。此页面让你设置用户如何注册、登出以及用户条款和系统使用的电子邮件地址。</p>"

#:  modules/user.module:1727
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <h3>Distributed authentication<a id=\"da\"></a></h3>\n"
"      <p>One of the more tedious moments in visiting a new website is "
"filling out the registration form. Here at %site, you do not have to "
"fill out a registration form if you are already a member of "
"%help-links. This capability is called <em>distributed "
"authentication</em>, and is unique to <a href=\"%drupal\">Drupal</a>, "
"the software which powers %site.</p>\n"
"      <p>Distributed authentication enables a new user to input a "
"username and password into the login box, and immediately be "
"recognized, even if that user never registered at %site. This works "
"because Drupal knows how to communicate with external registration "
"databases. For example, lets say that new user 'Joe' is already a "
"registered member of <a href=\"%delphi-forums\">Delphi Forums</a>. "
"Drupal informs Joe on registration and login screens that he may login "
"with his Delphi ID instead of registering with %site. Joe likes that "
"idea, and logs in with a username of joe@remote.delphiforums.com and "
"his usual Delphi password. Drupal then contacts the "
"<em>remote.delphiforums.com</em> server behind the scenes (usually "
"using <a href=\"%xml\">XML-RPC</a>, <a href=\"%http-post\">HTTP "
"POST</a>, or <a href=\"%soap\">SOAP</a>) and asks: \"Is the password "
"for user Joe correct?\".  If Delphi replies yes, then we create a new "
"%site account for Joe and log him into it.  Joe may keep on logging "
"into %site in the same manner, and he will always be logged into the "
"same account.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"      <h3>分布式验证<a id=\"da\"></a></h3>\n"
"      "
"<p>在访问一个新的web站点时，注册一个新帐号总是非常麻烦并且枯燥的。但在%site, "
"如果你已经是%help-links的成员，你就不需要填写复杂的注册表单。这称之为 "
"<em>分布式验证</em>，并且是%site所使用的软件 <a "
"href=\"%drupal\">Drupal</a>所独有的。</p>\n"
"      "
"<p>分布式验证使用户可以在登录框中输入用户名和密码，并且即使该用户从未在 "
"%site "
"上注册，也能使系统立即识别。这是因为Drupal了解如何和外部注册数据库通信。例如：新用户'Joe'已经是<a "
"href=\"%delphi-forums\">Delphi Forums</a>的一名注册用户， "
"Drupal 通知 Joe 可以用他的Delphi ID和密码登录 "
"%site，而不是注册。 Joe觉得不错，并用 "
"joe@remote.delphiforums.com 和他的 Delphi密码登录。 Drupal "
"在后台和<em>remote.delphiforums.com</em>服务器联系 "
"(通常使用 <a href=\"%xml\">XML-RPC</a>, <a "
"href=\"%http-post\">HTTP POST</a>, 或 <a "
"href=\"%soap\">SOAP</a>)并询问：\"Joe的密码对吗？\"。如果Delphi回复是，那么我们就为Joe建立一个了新的 "
"%site 帐户。Joe以后可以一直这样登录。</p>"

#:  modules/user.module:1741
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <h3>Introduction</h3>\n"
"      <p>Drupal offers a powerful access system that allows users to "
"register, login, logout, maintain user profiles, etc. By using <a "
"href=\"%user-role\">roles</a> you can setup fine grained <a "
"href=\"%user-permission\">permissions</a> allowing each role to do "
"only what you want them to. Each user is assigned to one or more "
"roles. By default there are two roles \"anonymous\" - a user who has "
"not logged in, and \"authorized\" a user who has signed up and who has "
"been authorized. As anonymous users, participants suffer numerous "
"disadvantages, for example they cannot sign their names to nodes, and "
"their moderated posts beginning at a lower score.</p>\n"
"      <p>In contrast, those with a user account can use their own name "
"or handle and are granted various privileges: the most important is "
"probably the ability to moderate new submissions, to rate comments, "
"and to fine-tune the site to their personal liking, with saved "
"personal settings.  Drupal themes make fine tuning quite a "
"pleasure.</p>\n"
"      <p>Registered users need to authenticate by supplying either a "
"local username and password, or a remote username and password such as "
"a <a href=\"%jabber\">Jabber ID</a>, <a "
"href=\"%delphi-forums\">DelphiForums ID</a>, or one from a <a "
"href=\"%drupal\">Drupal powered</a> website. See the <a "
"href=\"%da-auth\">distributed authentication help</a> for more "
"information on this innovative feature.\n"
"      The local username and password, hashed with Message Digest 5 "
"(MD5), are stored in your database. When you enter a password it is "
"also hashed with MD5 and compared with what is in the database. If the "
"hashes match, the username and password are correct. Once a user "
"authenticated session is started, and until that session is over, the "
"user won't have to re-authenticate. To keep track of the individual "
"sessions, Drupal relies on <a href=\"%php-sess\">PHP sessions</a>. A "
"visitor accessing your website is assigned an unique ID, the so-called "
"session ID, which is stored in a cookie. For security's sake, the "
"cookie does not contain personal information but acts as a key to "
"retrieve the information stored on your server. When a visitor "
"accesses your site, Drupal will check whether a specific session ID "
"has been sent with the request. If this is the case, the prior saved "
"environment is recreated.</p>\n"
"      <h3>User preferences and profiles</h3><p>Each Drupal user has a "
"profile, and a set of preferences which may be edited by clicking on "
"the \"<a href=\"%user-prefs\">my account</a>\" link. Of course, a user "
"must be logged into reach those pages. There, users will find a page "
"for changing their preferred time zone, language, username, e-mail "
"address, password, theme, signature, and <a "
"href=\"%da-auth\">distributed authentication names</a>. Changes made "
"here take effect immediately. Also, administrators may make profile "
"and preferences changes in <a href=\"%admin-user\">account "
"administration</a> on behalf of their users.</p>\n"
"\n"
"      <h3>Distributed authentication<a id=\"da\"></a></h3>\n"
"      <p>One of the more tedious moments in visiting a new website is "
"filling out the registration form. The reg form provides helpful "
"information to the website owner, but not much value for the user. The "
"value for the end user is usually the ability to post a messages or "
"receive personalized news, etc. Distributed authentication (DA) gives "
"the user what they want without having to fill out the reg form. "
"Removing this obstacle yields more registered and active users for the "
"website.</p>\n"
"      <p>DA enables a new user to input a username and password into "
"the login box and immediately be recognized, even if that user never "
"registered on your site. This works because Drupal knows how to "
"communicate with external registration databases. For example, lets "
"say that your new user 'Joe' is already a registered member of Delphi "
"Forums. If your Drupal has the delphi module installed, then Drupal "
"will inform Joe on the registration and login screens that he may "
"login with his Delphi ID instead of registering with your Drupal "
"instance. Joe likes that idea, and logs in with a username of "
"joe@remote.delphiforums.com and his usual Delphi password. Drupal then "
"communicates with remote.delphiforums.com (usually using <a "
"href=\"%xml\">XML</a>, <a href=\"%http-post\">HTTP-POST</a>, or <a "
"href=\"%soap\">SOAP</a>) behind the scenes and asks &quot;is this "
"password for username=joe?&quot; If Delphi replies yes, then Drupal "
"will create a new local account for joe and log joe into it. Joe may "
"keep on logging into your Drupal instance in the same manner, and he "
"will be logged into the same joe@remote.delphiforums.com "
"account.</p>\n"
"      <p>One key element of DA is the 'authmap' table, which maps a "
"user's authname (e.g. joe@remote.delphiforums.com) to his local UID "
"(i.e. user identification number). This map is checked whenever a user "
"successfully logs into an external authentication source. Once Drupal "
"knows that the current user is definitely joe@remote.delphiforums.com "
"(because Delphi says so), he looks up Joe's UID and logs Joe into that "
"account.</p>\n"
"      <p>To disable distributed authentication, simply <a "
"href=\"%dis-module\">disable</a> or remove all DA modules. For a "
"virgin install, that means removing/disabling the jabber module and "
"the drupal module.</p>\n"
"      <p>Drupal is setup so that it is very easy to add support for "
"any external authentication source. You currently have the following "
"authentication modules installed ...</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"      <h3>简介</h3>\n"
"      "
"<p>Drupal提供一个强力的访问控制系统，可以让用户注册、登录、注销和维护个人信息。通过使用<a "
"href=\"%user-role\">角色</a>你可以设置用户<a "
"href=\"%user-permission\">权限</a>。每个用户属于一个或多个角色。默认是两种： "
"\"匿名用户\" - 没有登录的用户，和 \"注册用户\" "
"-注册通过的用户。作为匿名用户，在互动中将有许多不利条件，例如：不能将他们的名字分配给节点，并且他们的评分文章开始分数较低。</p>\n"
"      "
"<p>相对而言，拥有帐户的用户可以使用他们的名字，并有多种权限：最重要的是对新文章评分、对评论评分以及根据个人喜好调整站点的一些设置。</p>\n"
"      "
"<p>注册用户需要提供本地的用户名密码来验证，或是提供一个类似<a "
"href=\"%jabber\">Jabber ID</a>、<a "
"href=\"%delphi-forums\">DelphiForums ID</a>或来自一个 <a "
"href=\"%drupal\">使用Drupal站点 </a> "
"的用户名和密码。参见 <a "
"href=\"%da-auth\">分布式验证</a>。\n"
"      "
"本地用户名和密码通过消息摘要5(MD5)进行哈希变换后存储在数据库中。当你输入一个密码后，它同样被MD5变换并于数据库中的数据对比。如果相同，用户名和密码自然是正确的。当用户验证会话开始到结束，用户不需要重新登录。为了保存单个会话，Drupal依靠<a "
"href=\"%php-sess\">PHP sessions</a>. "
"一个访问站点的用户被分配一个独一无二的用户ID，即session "
"ID，用于存储cookie。为了安全起见，不包括不包含个人信息，但作为获取服务器信息的关键。当用户访问站点时， "
"Drupal会检查特定的session "
"ID是否与请求发送，如果是的话，先前保存的环境被重建。</p>\n"
"      "
"<h3>用户参数和信息</h3><p>每个Drupal用户都有一个个人信息，并且可以通过\"<a "
"href=\"%user-prefs\">我的帐户</a>\"进行设置的参数。当然，用户必须登录才能使用。用户会发现一个可以更改时区、语言、用户名、密码、主题、签名、和 "
"<a "
"href=\"%da-auth\">分布式验证名称</a>的页面。改变会立刻生效，当然管理员也可以通过<a "
"href=\"%admin-user\">帐户管理</a> 来改变用户设置。</p>\n"
"\n"
"      <h3>分布式验证<a id=\"da\"></a></h3>\n"
"      "
"<p>在访问一个新的web站点时，注册一个新帐号总是非常麻烦并且枯燥的。注册使站点所有者更好的了解用户，但对用户却没有什么价值。对于最终用户的价值往往是发表文章或接受个性化的新闻等等。分布式验证技术（DA）则跨越了这个障碍。</p>\n"
"      <p>DA "
"使用户可以在登录框中输入用户名和密码，并且即使该用户从未在你的站点上注册，也能使系统立即识别。这是因为Drupal了解如何和外部注册数据库通信。例如：新用户'Joe'已经是<a "
"href=\"%delphi-forums\">Delphi Forums</a>的一名注册用户， "
"Drupal 通知 Joe 可以用他的Delphi ID和密码登录 "
"%site，而不是注册。 Joe觉得不错，并用 "
"joe@remote.delphiforums.com 和他的 Delphi密码登录。 Drupal "
"在后台和<em>remote.delphiforums.com</em>服务器联系 "
"(通常使用 <a href=\"%xml\">XML-RPC</a>, <a "
"href=\"%http-post\">HTTP POST</a>, 或 <a "
"href=\"%soap\">SOAP</a>)并询问：\"Joe的密码对吗？\"。如果Delphi回复是，那么我们就为Joe建立一个了新的 "
"%site 帐户。Joe以后可以一直这样登录。</p>\n"
"      <p>DA的关键元素是 'authmap' 表, "
"它将用户的外部名称，例如joe@remote.delphiforums.com和他的本地ID(例如，用户编号)建立映射。此表在用户每次用外部验证源登录时检查。当Drupal知道当前用户是确定的 "
"joe@remote.delphiforums.com (因为Delphi 回答了“是”), "
"他搜索Joe的UID并使其登录。</p>\n"
"      <p>要禁用分布式验证，只需要<a "
"href=\"%dis-module\">禁用</a>或删除所有分布式验证模块。对于初次安装，这代表删除/禁用 "
"jabber模块 和 drupal 模块。</p>\n"
"      "
"<p>添加外部验证到Drupal是非常简单的。你当前安装了下列验证模块：</p>"

#:  modules/user.module:557,,,,  ;560
msgid "1 user"
msgstr "1位注册用户"

#:  modules/user.module:557,,,,  ;560
msgid "1 guest"
msgstr "1位游客"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:21
msgid ""
"<p>The watchdog module monitors your web site, capturing system events "
"in a log to be reviewed by an authorized individual at a later time.  "
"The watchdog log is simply a list of recorded events containing usage "
"data, performance data, errors, warnings and operational information.  "
"It is vital to check the watchdog report on a regular basis as it is "
"often the only way to tell what is going on.</p>"
msgstr "<p>“日志”模块监视你的站点，将系统事件放入日志以备有权限的用户查看。日志简单提供了一个包括使用数据、性能数据、错误、警告和操作的事件记录。定期检查日志是非常重要的，因为这经常是告诉我们什么正在进行的唯一办法。</p>"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:117
msgid "No log messages available."
msgstr "没有可用日志信息"

#:  modules/user.module:1259
msgid ""
"%username,\n"
"\n"
"Thank you for registering at %site. You may now log in to %login_uri "
"using the following username and password:\n"
"\n"
"username: %username\n"
"password: %password\n"
"\n"
"After logging in, you may wish to change your password at %edit_uri\n"
"\n"
"Your new %site membership also enables to you to login to other Drupal "
"powered websites (e.g. http://www.drupal.org/) without registering. "
"Just use the following Drupal ID and password:\n"
"\n"
"Drupal ID: %username@%uri_brief\n"
"password: %password\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"--  %site team"
msgstr ""
"%username,\n"
"\n"
"感谢您注册 %site. "
"您现在可以用如下用户名和密码登录 %login_uri：\n"
"\n"
"用户名： %username\n"
"密码：%password\n"
"\n"
"在登录后，您可以通过 %edit_uri更改密码。\n"
"\n"
"同时，您在%site的注册也同时让您可以直接登录其他Drupal支持的站点(例如： "
" (http://www.drupal.org))， "
"而不用注册，使用下列用户名和密码：\n"
"\n"
"Drupal 用户名： %username@%uri_brief\n"
"密码： %password\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"--  %site "

#:  modules/user.module:1263
msgid ""
"%username,\n"
"\n"
"Thank you for registering at %site. Your application for an account is "
"currently pending approval. Once it has been granted, you may log in "
"to %login_uri using the following username and password:\n"
"\n"
"username: %username\n"
"password: %password\n"
"\n"
"After logging in, you may wish to change your password at %edit_uri\n"
"\n"
"Your new %site membership also enables to you to login to other Drupal "
"powered websites (e.g. http://www.drupal.org/) without registering. "
"Just use the following Drupal ID and password:\n"
"\n"
"Drupal ID: %username@%uri_brief\n"
"password: %password\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"--  %site team"
msgstr ""
"%username,\n"
"\n"
"感谢您注册 %site. "
"您的申请正在等待管理员审核，当你被通过后，您可以用如下用户名和密码登录 "
"%login_uri：\n"
"\n"
"用户名： %username\n"
"密码：%password\n"
"\n"
"在登录后，您可以通过 %edit_uri更改密码。\n"
"\n"
"同时，您在%site的注册也同时让您可以直接登录其他Drupal支持的站点(例如： "
" (http://www.drupal.org))， "
"而不用注册，使用下列用户名和密码：\n"
"\n"
"Drupal 用户名： %username@%uri_brief\n"
"密码： %password\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"--  %site"

#:  modules/block.module:64,,,  modules/path.module:85,,,  modules/user.module:651
msgid "add"
msgstr "添加"

#:  Nicht übersetzt, Debugging Info,  includes/database.pear.inc:206
msgid "Database: %db sequence table: %name."
msgstr "数据库：  %db 顺序表：%name。"

#:  Nicht übersetzt, Debugging Info,  includes/database.pear.inc:274
msgid "Database: %db query: %query."
msgstr "数据库： %db 查询： %query。"

#:  includes/menu.inc:0
msgid "menu_get_active"
msgstr "menu_get_active"

#:  modules/admin.module:15
msgid "Handles the administration pages."
msgstr "管理页面。"

#:  modules/admin.module:17
msgid ""
"Welcome to the administration section. Below are the most recent "
"system events."
msgstr "欢迎来到管理界面。下面是最近的系统事件。"

#:  modules/admin.module:0
msgid "admin"
msgstr "管理"

#:  modules/help.module:39
msgid ""
"\n"
"  <p>This guide explains what the various modules in <a "
"href=\"%Drupal\">Drupal</a> do and how to configure them.</p>\n"
"  <p>It is not a substitute for the <a href=\"%handbook\">Drupal "
"handbook</a> available online and should be used in conjunction with "
"it. The online reference handbook might be more up-to-date and has "
"helpful user-contributed comments. It is your definitive reference "
"point for all Drupal documentation.</p>\n"
"  <h2>Help topics</h2>\n"
"  <p>Help is available on the following items:</p>\n"
"  %help_pages\n"
"  <h2>Glossary of Drupal Terminology</h2><dl>\n"
"  <dt>Block</dt><dd>A small box containing information or content "
"placed in the left-hand or right-hand sidebar of a web page.</dd>\n"
"  <dt>Comment</dt><dd>A note attached to a node. Usually intended to "
"clarify, explain, criticize, or express an opinion on the original "
"material.</dd>\n"
"  <dt>Moderation</dt><dd>The activity of making sure a post to a "
"Drupal site fits in with what is expected for that Drupal site.<dl>\n"
"  <dt>Approved</dt><dd>A moderated post which has been accepted by the "
"moderators for publication. (See published).</dd>\n"
"  <dt>Waiting</dt><dd>A moderated post which is still being voted on "
"to be accepted for publication. (See published.)</dd>\n"
"  <dt>Moderators</dt><dd>The group of Drupal users that reviews posts "
"before they are published. These users have the \"access submission "
"queue\" permission. (See Published).</dd></dl></dd>\n"
"  <dt>Node</dt><dd>The basic data unit in Drupal. Everything is a node "
"or an extention of a node.</dd>\n"
"  <dt>Public</dt><dd>See published.</dd>\n"
"  <dt>Published</dt><dd>A node that is viewable by everyone. (See "
"unpublished.)</dd>\n"
"  <dt>Role</dt><dd>A classification users are placed into for the "
"purpose of setting users' permissions.</dd>\n"
"  <dt>Taxonomy</dt><dd>A division of a collection of things into "
"ordered, classified groups. (See <a href=\"%taxonomy\">taxonomy "
"help</a>.)</dd>\n"
"  <dt>Unpublished</dt><dd>A node that is only viewable by "
"administrators and moderators.</dd>\n"
"  <dt>User</dt><dd>A person who has an account at your Drupal site, "
"and is logged in with that account.</dd>\n"
"  <dt>Visitor</dt><dd>A person who does not have an account at your "
"Drupal site or a person who has an account at your Drupal site but is "
"<u>not</u> logged in with that account. Also termed \"anonymous "
"user\".</dd>\n"
"  </dl>"
msgstr ""
"<p>这个指导解释<a "
"href=\"%Drupal\">Drupal</a>的各个模块以及配置。</p>\r\n"
"<p>这并不是<a href=\"%handbook\">Drupal "
"手册</a>的代替，这应该与Drupal手册同时使用。在线参考手册会是更新的以及含有用户贡献的内容。他是权威的Drupal文档</p>\r\n"
"<h2>帮助主题</h2>\r\n"
"<p>以下内容的帮助可用。</p>\r\n"
"  %help_pages\r\n"
"  <h2>Drupal 术语</h2>\r\n"
"  <dl>\r\n"
"   "
"<dt>板块</dt><dd>一个包含信息或内容的在左侧或右侧的小盒子。</dd>\r\n"
"   "
"<dt>评论</dt><dd>在一个节点后的注释。通常用于对源材料的澄清、批评或解释。</dd>\r\n"
"   <dt>管理</dt>\r\n"
"   "
"<dd>这是确保Drupal站点上的文章适于该站的活动。\r\n"
"    <dl>\r\n"
"    "
"<dt>通过</dt><dd>被管理员通过的可以被公众阅读的文章。</dd>\r\n"
"     "
"<dt>等待</dt><dd>仍在就是否可被公众阅读进行投票的文章。</dd>\r\n"
"    </dl>\r\n"
"   </dd>\r\n"
"   <dt>节点</dt><dd> Drupal的基础数据单位. "
"任何东西都是一个节点或节点的扩展。</dd>\r\n"
"    <dt>公开</dt><dd>可被任何用户访问的节点。</dd>\r\n"
"   "
"<dt>角色</dt><dd>为了设置用户权限而对用户进行的划分。</dd>\r\n"
"   <dt>分类</dt><dd>用于将内容分类的办法。 (参见 <a "
"href=\"%taxonomy\">分类帮助</a>.)</dd>\r\n"
"   <dt>未公开</dt><dd>只有管理员能访问的节点。</dd>\r\n"
"   <dt>用户</dt><dd>拥有帐号并登陆者。</dd>\r\n"
"   "
"<dt>匿名用户</dt><dd>没有账号或虽然有帐号但没有登陆者，也就是所谓的\"访客\"。</dd>\r\n"
"  </dl>"

#:  modules/help.module:88
msgid "Manages displaying online help."
msgstr "管理在线帮助的显示。"

#:  modules/page.module:15
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <p>The page module is used when you want to create content that "
"optionally inserts a link into your navigation system. You can also, "
"however, create pages that don't have this link by skipping the link "
"text field in the page form. At this time, not all themes support the "
"link insertion behavior. Some themes, like xtemplate, provide "
"alternative mechanisms for link creation. Pages are also unique in "
"that they shortcut the typical lifecycle of user generated content "
"(i.e. submit -&gt; moderate -&gt; post -&gt; comment). </p>\n"
"      <h3>User access permissions for pages</h3>\n"
"      <p><strong>create pages:</strong> Allows a role to create pages. "
"They cannot edit or delete pages, even if they are the authors. You "
"must enable this permission to in order for a role to create a "
"page.</p>\n"
"      <p><strong>edit own pages:</strong> Allows a role to add/edit "
"pages if they own the page. Use this permission if you want users to "
"be able to edit and maintain their own pages.</p>\n"
"      "
msgstr ""
"\n"
"      "
"<p>页面模块用于用户在建立内容时可选的加入一个链接。你也可以通过建立内容时跳过链接字段来建立不带链接的页面。目前，并不是所有的主题都支持插入链接。某些主题，比如 "
"xtemplate, "
"提供链接创建的可选机制。页面可能的典型的生命周期是 "
"提交-&gt; 管理 -&gt;发表 -&gt; 评论。 </p>\n"
"      <h3>页面的用户访问权限</h3>\n"
"      <p><strong>建立页面：</strong> "
"允许此角色建立页面。但即时他们是作者，也不能编辑和删除。</p>\n"
"      <p><strong>编辑自己的页面：</strong> "
"允许此角色添加/删除自己拥有的页面。</p>\n"
"      "

#:  modules/tracker.module:15
msgid ""
"<p>The tracker module is a handy module for displaying the most recent "
"posts.  By following the <em>recent posts</em> link in the user block, "
"a user may quickly review all recent postings.</p>"
msgstr "<p>跟踪模块显示站点最近的变化。在用户导航板块中链接到跟踪页面的是<em>最新文章</em>。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:15
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <p>Thousands of sites (particularly news sites and weblogs) "
"publish their latest headlines and/or stories in a machine-readable "
"format so that other sites can easily link to them. This content is "
"usually in the form of an <a "
"href=\"http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss\">RSS</a> feed (which is "
"an XML-based syndication standard).</p>\n"
"      <p>You can read aggregated content from many sites using RSS "
"feed readers, such as <a "
"href=\"http://www.disobey.com/amphetadesk/\">Amphetadesk</a>.</p>\n"
"      <p>Drupal provides the means to aggregate feeds from many sites "
"and display these aggregated feeds to your site's visitors. To do "
"this, enable the aggregator module in site administration and then go "
"to the aggregator configuration page, where you can subscribe to feeds "
"and set up other options.</p>\n"
"      <h3>How do I find RSS feeds to aggregate?</h3>\n"
"      <p>Many web sites (especially weblogs) display small XML icons "
"or other obvious links on their home page. You can follow these to "
"obtain the web address for the RSS feed. Common extensions for RSS "
"feeds are .rss, .xml and .rdf. For example: <a "
"href=\"http://slashdot.org/slashdot.rdf\">Slashdot RSS</a>.</p>\n"
"      <p>If you can't find a feed for a site, or you want to find "
"several feeds on a given topic, try an RSS syndication directory such "
"as <a href=\"http://www.syndic8.com/\">Syndic8</a>.</p>\n"
"      <p>To learn more about RSS, read Mark Pilgrim's <a "
"href=\"http://www.xml.com/pub/a/2002/12/18/dive-into-xml.html\">What "
"is RSS</a> and WebReference.com's <a "
"href=\"http://www.webreference.com/authoring/languages/xml/rss/1/\">The "
"Evolution of RSS</a> articles.</p>\n"
"      <p>NOTE: Enable your site's XML syndication button by turning on "
"the Syndicate block in block management.</p>\n"
"      <h3>How do I add a news feed?</h3>\n"
"      <p>To subscribe to an RSS feed on another site, use the <a "
"href=\"%admin-news\">aggregation page</a>.</p>\n"
"      <p>Once there, click the <a href=\"%new-feed\">new feed</a> tab. "
" Drupal will then ask for the following:</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"       <li><strong>Title</strong> -- The text entered here will be "
"used in your news aggregator, within the administration configuration "
"section, and as a title for the news feed block. As a general rule, "
"use the web site name from which the feed originates.</li>\n"
"       <li><strong>URL</strong> -- Here you'll enter the "
"fully-qualified web address for the feed you wish to subscribe "
"to.</li>\n"
"       <li><strong>Update interval</strong> -- This is how often "
"Drupal will scan the feed for new content. This defaults to every "
"hour. Checking a feed more frequently that this is typically a waste "
"of bandwidth and is considered somewhat impolite. For automatic "
"updates to work, cron.php must be called regularly. If it is not, "
"you'll have to manually update the feeds one at a time within the news "
"aggregation administration page by using <a "
"href=\"%update-items\">update items</a>.</li>\n"
"       <li><strong>Latest items block</strong> -- The number of items "
"selected here will determine how many of the latest items from the "
"feed will appear in a block which may be enabled and placed in the <a "
"href=\"%block\">blocks</a> administration page.</li>\n"
"       <li><strong>Automatically file items</strong> -- As items are "
"received from a feed they will be put in any categories you have "
"selected here.</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <p>Once you have submitted the new feed, check to make sure it "
"is working properly by selecting <a href=\"%update-items\">update "
"items</a> on the <a href=\"%admin-news\">aggregation page</a>. If you "
"do not see any items listed for that feed, edit the feed and make sure "
"that the URL was entered correctly.</p>\n"
"      <h3>Adding categories</h3>\n"
"      <p>News items can be filed into categories. To create a "
"category, start at the <a href=\"%admin-news\">aggregation "
"page</a>.</p>\n"
"      <p>Once there, select <a href=\"%new-category\">new category</a> "
"from the menu. Drupal will then ask for the following:</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"       <li><strong>Title</strong> -- The title will be used in the "
"<em>news by topics</em> listing in your news aggregator and for the "
"block created for the bundle.</li>\n"
"       <li><strong>Description</strong> -- A short description of the "
"category to tell users more details about what news items they might "
"find in the category.</li>\n"
"       <li><strong>Latest items block</strong> -- The number of items "
"selected here will determine how many of the latest items from the "
"category will appear in a block which may be enabled and placed in the "
"<a href=\"%block\">blocks</a> administration page.</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <h3>Using the news aggregator</h3>\n"
"      <p>The news aggregator has a number of ways that it displays "
"your subscribed content:</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"       <li><strong><a href=\"%news-aggregator\">News "
"aggregator</a></strong> (latest news) -- Displays all incoming items "
"in the order in which they were received.</li>\n"
"       <li><strong><a href=\"%sources\">Sources</a></strong> -- "
"Organizes incoming content by feed, displaying feed titles (each of "
"which links to a page with the latest items from that feed) and item "
"titles (which link to that item's actual story/article).</li>\n"
"       <li><strong><a href=\"%categories\">Categories</a></strong> -- "
"Organizes incoming content by category, displaying category titles "
"(each of which links to a page with the latest items from that "
"category) and item titles (which link to that item's actual "
"story/article).</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <p>Pages that display items (for sources, categories, etc.) "
"display the following for each item:\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"       <li>The title of the item (its headline).</li>\n"
"       <li>The categories that the item belongs to, each of which "
"links to that particular category page as detailed above.</li>\n"
"       <li>A description containing the first few paragraphs or a "
"summary of the item (if available).</li>\n"
"       <li>The name of the feed, which links to the individual feed's "
"page, listing information about that feed and items for that feed "
"only. This is not shown on feed pages (they would link to the page "
"you're currently on).</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <p>Additionally, users with the <em>administer news feeds "
"permission</em> will see a link to categorize the news items. Clicking "
"this will allow them to select which category(s) each news item is "
"in.</p>\n"
"      <h3>Technical details</h3>\n"
"      <p>Drupal automatically generates an OPML feed file that is "
"available by selecting the XML icon on the News Sources page.</p>\n"
"      <p>When fetching feeds Drupal supports conditional GETs, this "
"reduces the bandwidth usage for feeds that have not been updated since "
"the last check.</p>\n"
"      <p>If a feed is permanently moved to a new location Drupal will "
"automatically update the feed URL to the new address.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"      "
"<p>数以千计的站点（尤其是新闻和BLOG站点）将他们的头条用机器可读的格式写出。这样，其它站点可以轻松的链接到站点。这个内容通常在如下的一种形式中：<a "
"href=\"http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss\">RSS</a> "
"feed(一种基于XML的聚合标准).</p>\n"
"<p>你可以使用RSS "
"feed阅读器从许多这样的站点读取聚合内容，类似<a "
"href=\"http://www.disobey.com/amphetadesk/\">Amphetadesk</a>.</p>\n"
"<p>Drupal提供这种从众多站点聚合并显示这些聚合到你的站点的功能。要做这些，在站点管理中启用聚合模块并且进入聚合设置页面，在这里你可以订阅feeds并且设置其它选项。</p>\n"
"<h3>我如何找到RSS feeds以聚合？</h3>\n"
"<p>许多Web站点(尤其是BLOG)，都会在主页上显示一个小小的\"XML\"图标，或其它明显的链接。你可以根据这些获得RSS "
"feed的web地址，RSS feeds通常的扩展名是 .rss, .xml 或 "
".rdf。 例如：<a href=\"http://slashdot.org/slashdot.rdf\">Slashdot "
"RSS</a>.</p>\n"
"<p>如果你没有能够找到一个站点的feed,或你想找到几个关于特定主题的feed,尝试一下RSS聚合目录，例如：<a "
"href=\"http://www.syndic8.com/\">Syndic8</a>.</p>\n"
"<p>为了学习关于RSS的更多知识，请阅读Mark Pilgrim的<a "
"href=\"http://www.xml.com/pub/a/2002/12/18/dive-into-xml.html\">什么是RSS</a> "
"和 WebReference.com's <a "
"href=\"http://www.webreference.com/authoring/languages/xml/rss/1/\">RSS的革命</a> "
"等文章</p>\n"
"<p>注意：通过在板块管理中打开聚合板块来启用你的站点的XML聚合按钮。</p>\n"
"<h3>我如何增加一个新的feed?</h3>\n"
"<p>使用<a "
"href=\"%admin-news\">聚合页面来订阅其他站点的RSS "
"feed.</p>\n"
"<p>在那里，点击<a "
"href=\"%new-feed\">新的feed</a>标签，Druapl将询问你下列内容：</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"<li><strong>标题</strong>——在这里输入的字符将作为你的新闻聚合器，在管理配置块中，并将作为news "
"feed板块的标题。通常情况下，使用feed源所在网站的名称。</li>\n"
"<li><strong>URL</strong> "
"——这里你需要输入你需要订阅的feed的完整的有效的web地址。</li></n> "
"      "
"<li><strong>更新间隔</strong>这是Drupak多长时间扫描feed以获取新的内容。默认为每小时一次。更短时间内检查一个feed通常是对带宽的浪费并且会被认为是不礼貌的。为了使自动更新工作，cron.php需要正常被调用，如果不是这样，你需要通过使用<a "
"href=\"%update-items\">更新项目</a>来进行手动更新.</li>\n"
" <li><strong>组织新的项目</strong> -- "
"项目被从feed获取后会被放入任何你选择的分类。</li>\n"
"  </ul>\n"
"<p>一旦你提交了新的feed,通过选择<a "
"href=\"%admin-news\">聚合页</a>上的<a "
"href=\"%update-items\">更新项目</a>来确认它正常工作。如果你没有发现任何那个feed的项目，编辑feed并确认URL正确的输入。</p>\n"
"<h3>添加分类</h3>\n"
"<p>新闻项目可以被放入分类中，要建立一个分类，从a "
"href=\"%admin-news\">聚合页</a>开始.</p>\n"
"<p>在菜单中选择<a "
"href=\"%new-category\">新的分类</a>。Drupal会询问下列问题：</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"       <li><strong>标题</strong> -- "
"标题会被在<em>按主题排列的新闻</em>列表中使用。     "
"  <li><strong>描述</strong> -- "
"一个对分类的简短描述，使使用者能够明白更多在这个分类中能够找到什么种类的新闻。</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <h3>使用新闻聚合器</h3>\n"
"      "
"<p>新闻聚合器含有数种方法显示你所订阅的内容：<ul>\n"
"       <li><strong><a "
"href=\"%news-aggregator\">新闻聚合器</a></strong> (latest news) "
"-- D按接收顺序显示所有项目。</li>\n"
"       <li><strong><a href=\"%sources\">源</a></strong> -- "
"将接收到的内容按源feed分类，显示feed标题（每项连接到该源的最后一个项目。）和项目标题（连接到项目实际的故事/文章）。</li>\n"
"       <li><strong><a href=\"%categories\">分类</a></strong> -- "
"将获得的内容按分类排列，显示分类标题（连接到分类中的最新项目)和项目标题（链接到项目的实际位置）。</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"<p>显示项目的页面（源，分类，等等）都显示下列所有项目：\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"       <li>项目的标题。</li>\n"
"       "
"<li>项目所属的分类，链接到分类的最新内容。</li>\n"
"       "
"<li>一个包含开头部分段落的短小的说明文件，或者在可能的墙况下是一个摘要。</li>\n"
"       "
"<li>feed的名称，链接到单独feed页面，显示feed的信息和该feed的项目。这个不在feed页上显示（他们会链接到你当前所在的页面）。</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"<p>额外的，含有<em>管理新闻feed权限</em>的用户将会看到一个链接到新闻分类的项目，点击将允许他们选择项目在哪个分类中。</p>\n"
"<h3>技术详情</h3>\n"
"Drupal自动生成一个OPML "
"feed文件以使新闻源的XML图标可用。</p>\n"
"<p>当接触feeds使，Druapl支持有条件的GETs,这将降低那些自从上次检查后还没有更新的feed的带宽的使用。</p>\n"
"<p>如果一个feed永久性的移动到了另一个新的位置，Drupal将自动更新Feed "
"url到新的地址上。</p>"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:61
msgid "Used to aggregate syndicated content (RSS and RDF)."
msgstr "用于聚合聚合内容(RSS和RDF)。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:65
msgid ""
"Thousands of sites (particularly news sites and weblogs) publish their "
"latest headlines and/or stories in a machine-readable format so that "
"other sites can easily link to them. This content is usually in the "
"form of an <a href=\"http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss\">RSS</a> "
"feed (which is an XML-based syndication standard). To display the feed "
"or category in a block you must decide how many items to show by "
"editing the feed or block and turning on the <a href=\"%block\">feed's "
"block</a>."
msgstr ""
"数以千计的站点（尤其是新闻和BLOG站点）将他们的头条用机器可读的格式写出。这样，其它站点可以轻松的链接到站点。这个内容通常在如下的一种形式中：<a "
"href=\"http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss\">RSS</a> "
"feed(一种基于XML的聚合标准).你可以使用RSS "
"feed阅读器从许多这样的站点读取聚合内容，类似<a "
"href=\"http://www.disobey.com/amphetadesk/\">Amphetadesk</a>。要显示feed或分类，你必须进行相关的设置并启用<a "
"href=\"%block\">feed板块</a>。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:67
msgid ""
"Add a site that has an RSS/RDF feed. The URL is the full path to the "
"RSS feed file. For the feed to update automatically you must run "
"\"cron.php\" on a regular basis. If you already have a feed with the "
"URL you are planning to use, the system will not accept another feed "
"with the same URL."
msgstr ""
"加入含有RSS/RDF feed的站点，URL是RSS "
"feed文件的完整路径。为了使feed能够自动更新，你必须在一定间隔上运行\"cron.php\"。如果你已经有了一个计划使用的feed的URL,系统不会接受另一个相同的URL."

#:  modules/aggregator.module:69
msgid ""
"Categories provide a way to group items from different news feeds "
"together. Each news category has its own feed page and block. For "
"example, you could tag various sport-related feeds as belonging to a "
"category called <em>Sports</em>. News items can be added to a category "
"automatically by setting a feed to automatically place its item into "
"that category, or by using the categorize items link in any listing of "
"news items."
msgstr "分类提供一个将来自不同feeds的项目组织在一起的办法。每一个新闻分类都有他自己的feed页面和板块，例如，你可以关注不同的体育相关feeds，如同属于一个叫做<em>体育</em>的类。新闻项目可以被自动加入一个分类通过设置自动放置feed,或通过使用分类项目链接。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:71
msgid "These settings control the display of aggregated content."
msgstr "这些设置控制聚合内容的显示。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:115
msgid "news feeds"
msgstr "新闻feeds"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:115
msgid "Read the latest news from syndicated web sites."
msgstr "阅读来自聚合站点的最新消息。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:354
msgid "Aggregator: updated URL for feed %title to %url."
msgstr "聚合：更新了feed %title的URL到%url。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:400
msgid "Aggregator: syndicated content from %site."
msgstr "聚合：从%site获取了内容。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:405
msgid "Aggregator: failed to parse RSS feed %site: %error."
msgstr "聚合：解析 %site RSS feed失败： %error"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:462
msgid "Aggregator: failed to parse RSS feed %site: %error at line %line."
msgstr ""
"聚合：解析 %site RSS feed失败： 在第%line行发生错误 "
"%error"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:600,,,  ;631
msgid "no block"
msgstr "没有板块"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:600,,,  ;631
msgid "3 items"
msgstr "3个项目"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:600,,,  ;631
msgid "5 items"
msgstr "5个项目"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:600,,,  ;631
msgid "10 items"
msgstr "10个项目"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:600,,,  ;631
msgid "15 items"
msgstr "15个项目"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:600,,,  ;631
msgid "20 items"
msgstr "20个项目"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:600,,,  ;631
msgid "25 items"
msgstr "25个项目"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:604,,,  ;640
msgid "Latest items block"
msgstr "最新的项目板块"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:604
msgid ""
"If enabled, a block containing the latest items in this category will "
"be available for placement on the <a href=\"%url\">block "
"configuration</a> page."
msgstr ""
"当启用后，在<a "
"href=\"%url\">板块配置</a>页面将出现一个包含此分类的最新内容的板块。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:640
msgid ""
"If enabled, a block containing the latest items from this feed will be "
"available for placement on the <a href=\"%url\">block "
"configuration</a> page."
msgstr ""
"当启用后，在<a "
"href=\"%url\">板块配置</a>页面将出现一个包含此feed的最新内容的板块。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:646
msgid "Automatically file items"
msgstr "自动分类项目"

#:  modules/archive.module:15
msgid "Displays a calendar to navigate old content."
msgstr "显示一个导航的旧的内容的日历。"

#:  modules/archive.module:17
msgid ""
"Choose the starting \"day of the week\" for the displayed calendar "
"block."
msgstr "为日历板块选择一星期从哪一天开始。"

#:  modules/archive.module:201
msgid "Read the older content in our archive."
msgstr "阅读存档中的旧内容。"

#:  modules/block.module:15
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Blocks are the boxes visible in the sidebar(s) of your web site. "
"These are usually generated automatically by modules (e.g. recent "
"forum topics), but you can also create your own blocks.</p>\n"
"<p>The sidebar each block appears in depends on both which theme "
"you're using (some are left-only, some right, some both), and on the "
"settings in block management.</p><p>Whether a block is visible in the "
"first place depends on four things:</p><ul><li>It must have its "
"\"enabled\" box checked in block management.</li><li>If it has its "
"\"custom\" box checked in block management, the user must have chosen "
"to display it in their user preferences.</li><li>If the \"path\" field "
"in block management is set, the visitor must be on a page that matches "
"the path specification (more on this later).</li><li>If the block has "
"its throttle box checked, the user will only see the block if the site "
"throttle level is low.</li></ul>\n"
"<p>The block management screen also lets you specify the vertical "
"sort-order of the blocks within a sidebar. You do this by assigning a "
"<strong>weight</strong> to each block. Lighter blocks (smaller weight) "
"\"float up\" towards the top of the sidebar. Heavier ones \"sink "
"down\" towards the bottom of it.</p>\n"
"<p>The path setting lets you define the pages on which a specific "
"block is visible. If you leave the path blank it will appear on all "
"pages. The path uses a regular expression syntax so remember to escape "
"special characters! The path expression is matched against the "
"relative URL of a Drupal page, e.g. <code>book</code>, "
"<code>node/12</code>, <code>admin</code>.</p>\n"
"<p>In case you do not know what a regular expression is, you should "
"read about them in the PHP manual. The chapter to look at is the one "
"on <a href=\"%pcre\">Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions "
"(PCRE)</a>.</p>\n"
"<p>However, for basic tasks it is sufficient to look at the following "
"examples:</p>\n"
"<p>If the block should only show up on blog pages, use &lt;^blog&gt;.  "
"To display on all node views use &lt;^node&gt;.  The angular brackets "
"are used as delimiters of the regular expression.  To show up on "
"either forum or book pages use &lt;^(forum|book)&gt;.  The round "
"brackets form a group of expressions, divided by the | character. It "
"matches if any of the expressions in it match.  A more complicated "
"example is &lt;^node/add/(story|blog|image)&gt;. Blocks which have "
"their paths set to this expression will show up on story, block, or "
"image composition pages.  If you want to show a block an all pages, "
"but not the search page, use &lt;^(?!search)&gt;.</p>\n"
"<h3>Administrator Defined Blocks</h3>\n"
"<p>An administrator defined block contains content supplied by you (as "
"opposed to being generated automatically by a module). Each "
"admin-defined block consists of a title, a description, and a body "
"which can be as long as you wish. The Drupal engine will 'render' the "
"content of the block.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>板块是你能在你的站点的导航条上所能见到的方块。它们通常由模块（例如，最近的论坛主题）自动生成，你也可以自行建立自己的板块。</p>\n"
"<p>在站点导航条每个板块根据你所使用的主题以及你在板块管理中所设定的来显示，（有些只在左边，有些只在右边，有些则都显示。）</p>\n"
"<p>板块管理页面使你能够指定导航条的垂直排序。通过调整每个板块的顺序值来进行。顺序值较小的板块\"浮上\"到导航条的顶端，大的则会\"沉入\"导航条的底端。</p>\n"
"<p>一个板块的可见取决于：</p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li>他的启用复选框。禁用的板块不会被显示。</li>\n"
"<li>他的低负荷复选框。低负荷的板块不会在高负荷的情况下显示。</li>\n"
"<li>他的路径选项。板块可以被设定为只在或只不在特定的页面显示。</li>.\n"
"<li>用户设置。你可以选择让你的用户决定显示/隐藏特定的板块。</li>\n"
"<li>他的功能。动态板块（类似由模块定义的板块）在某些页面会为空并且不显示。</li>\n"
"</ul>\n"
"\n"
"<h3>管理员定义板块</h3>\n"
"一个管理员定义的板块包括你提供的内容（与由模块产生的相对应）。每个管理员定义板块都包括一个标题，一个说明以及任意长的正文。Drupal引擎会对板块内容进行渲染.</p>"

#:  modules/block.module:28
msgid ""
"Blocks are the boxes in the left- and right- side bars of the web "
"site, depending on the chosen theme.  They are made available active "
"modules or created manually. The \"enabled\" checkbox sets the default "
"status of the block. Only enabled blocks are shown. When the "
"\"custom\" checkbox is checked, your users can show or hide the block "
"using their account settings. In that case, the 'enabled' checkbox "
"signifies the block's default status. You can assign the block's "
"placement by giving it a region and a weight. The region specifies "
"which side of the page the block is on, and the weight sorts blocks "
"within a region. Lighter (smaller weight value) blocks \"float up\" "
"towards the top of the page. The path setting lets you define which "
"pages you want a block to be shown on.  Blocks can automatically be "
"temporarily disabled to reduce server load when your site becomes "
"extremely busy by checking throttle.  The auto-throttle functionality "
"must be enabled on the <a href=\"%throttle\">throttle configuration "
"page</a> after having enabled the throttle module."
msgstr ""
"板块是显示在站点左侧或右侧的导航条（根据站点设置）。他们由活动的模块自动产生或手动建立。\"启用\"复选框决定板块默认状态。只有启用的才会被显示。当\"自定义\"复选框被选中，用户在帐户设置中可以自己决定是否显示，这时，\"启用\"复选框代表站点的默认设置。你可以通过位置和顺序值来指定板块的放置。位置指定板块显示在页面的哪一侧，而顺序值则是同一侧中显示的顺序。从上到下由小到大显示。路径设置可以定义板块所显示的页面。板块可以在高峰时间自动禁用以降低负荷，只要选中“低负荷”选项（需要在<a "
"href=\"%throttle\">低负荷配置</a>页面启用低负荷模式）。"

#:  modules/block.module:39
msgid ""
"Here you can create a new block. Once you have created this block you "
"must make it active and give it a place on the page using <a "
"href=\"%overview\">blocks</a>. The title is used when displaying the "
"block. The description is used in the \"block\" column on the <a "
"href=\"%overview\">blocks</a> page."
msgstr ""
"在这里你可以建立新的板块，当你建立后，你必须使他激活并且通过<a "
"href=\"%overview\">板块</a>来给他一个位置。标题用来显示板块。描述将被用于<a "
"href=\"%overview\">板块</a> 页面的\"板块\"列。"

#:  modules/block.module:60,,,  ;178
msgid "edit block"
msgstr "编辑板块"

#:  modules/block.module:102
msgid "the block settings have been updated."
msgstr "板块设置已被更新。"

#:  modules/block.module:174
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "自定义"

#:  modules/block.module:186
msgid "Region"
msgstr "位置"

#:  modules/block.module:212,,,  ;248
msgid "Delete block"
msgstr "删除板块"

#:  modules/block.module:220
msgid "The block has been deleted."
msgstr "板块已被删除。"

#:  modules/block.module:240
msgid ""
"A brief description of your block.  Used on the <a "
"href=\"%overview\">block overview page</a>."
msgstr ""
"板块的简单描述，用于<a "
"href=\"%overview\">板块总览</a>页面。"

#:  modules/block.module:261
msgid "The block has been updated."
msgstr "板块已被更新。"

#:  modules/blog.module:13
msgid ""
"This text will be displayed at the top of the blog submission form.  "
"It is useful for helping or instructing your users."
msgstr "这些文字将显示在Blog提交表单的顶端。这将对帮助你的用户很有用。"

#:  modules/blog.module:14
msgid "Minimum number of words in a blog entry"
msgstr "blog中最小字符数"

#:  modules/blog.module:14
msgid ""
"The minimum number of words a personal blog entry should contain.  "
"This is useful to rule out submissions that do not meet the site's "
"standards, such as short test posts."
msgstr "blog中最小字符数。这对遏制灌水很有用。"

#:  modules/blog.module:72
msgid ""
"A weblog is a running journal of a user's ideas.  Enter the minimum "
"word count for a single entry, and the text displayed on the entry "
"submission form"
msgstr "一个网络日志(Blog)是关于用户的记录。输入文章最小字数和显示在提交表单上的文字"

#:  modules/blog.module:76
msgid ""
"A blog is a regularly updated journal made up of individual entries, "
"often called posts, that are time stamped and typically arranged by "
"the day, with the newest on top (a diary is the reverse).  They tend "
"to be quite personal, often containing links to things you've seen, or "
"to editorials that you find interesting.   Some blogs also contain "
"original material written solely for the blog.  Since a Blog is "
"personal, you and only you have full control over what you publish.  "
"The most interesting blog entries or those blog entries that fit the "
"site's topic well might get promoted to the front page by the "
"community or by users with the access do this."
msgstr "Blog是由多篇文章按时间顺序排列组成的（新的最新，日记则相反）。Blog正在趋于私人化，经常包含你所看见的、或感兴趣的。某些Blog也包括原创文章。由于Blog是个性化的，你，只有你可以拥有所有内容的控制权。最感兴趣的blog是与站点主题相关的blog可能被访问的用户推荐到社区的首页。"

#:  modules/blog.module:187
msgid ""
"The body of your blog is too short. You need at least %words words to "
"submit your blog."
msgstr "正文过短，至少需要 %words 字。"

#:  modules/blog.module:279
msgid "RSS feed"
msgstr "RSS feed"

#:  modules/blog.module:283
msgid "my blog"
msgstr "我的Blog"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:15
msgid ""
"This module adds support for several XML-RPC based blogging APIs. "
"Specifically, it currently implements the %bloggerAPI, %metaweblogAPI, "
"and most of the %moveabletype extensions.  This allows users to "
"contribute to drupal using external GUI applications, which can often "
"offer richer functionality that online forms based editing"
msgstr ""
"这个模块加入了对几个基于XML-RPC的Blog "
"API的支持。特定的，目前实现了  %bloggerAPI, "
"%metaweblogAPI,以及大多数% moveabletype "
"扩展。这允许用户使用外在的GUI程序贡献给Drupal,这将提供更多的基于在线表单的编辑功能。这个模块同样允许站点管理员配置何种类型的节点可以通过外部程序发表。例如，用户可以象发表论坛主题一样发表blog文章。当支持被开启后，外部程序将以单独的\"blog\"方式显示显示每个节点。"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:17
msgid ""
"Enable users to post using applications that support XML-RPC blog "
"APIs."
msgstr "允许用户用支持 XML-RPC blog API的外部程序发表文章。"

#:  modules/book.module:64
msgid "Read and contribute to the collaborative books."
msgstr "阅读和撰写合作手册。"

#:  modules/book.module:790
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <p>The book organises content into a nested hierarchical "
"structure. It is particularly good for manuals, Frequently Asked "
"Questions (FAQs) and the like, allowing you to have chapters, "
"sections, etc.</p>\n"
"      <p>A book is simply a collection of nodes that have been linked "
"together. These nodes are usually of type <em>book page</em>, but you "
"can insert nodes of any type into a book outline. Every node in the "
"book has a <em>parent</em> node which  \"contains\" it. This is how "
"book.module establishes its hierarchy. At any given level in the "
"hierarchy, a book can contain many nodes. All these sibling nodes are "
"sorted according to the <em>weight</em> that you give them.</p>\n"
"      <p>Book pages contain a <em>log message</em> field which helps "
"your users understand the motivation behind an edit of a book page. "
"Each edited version of a book page is stored as a new revision of a "
"node. This capability makes it easy to revert to an old version of a "
"page, should that be desirable.</p>\n"
"      <p>Like other node types, book submissions and edits may be "
"subject to moderation, depending on your configuration.  Similarly, "
"books use <a href=\"%permissions\">permissions</a> to determine who "
"may read and write to them. Only administrators are allowed to create "
"new books, which are really just nodes whose parent is "
"<em>&lt;top-level&gt;</em>.  To include an existing node in your book, "
"click on the \"outline\"-tab on the node's page.  This enables you to "
"place the node wherever you'd like within the book hierarchy. To add a "
"new node into your book, use the <a href=\"%create\">create content "
"&raquo; book page</a> link.</p>\n"
"      <p>Administrators may review the hierarchy of their books by "
"clicking on the <a href=\"%collaborative-book\">collaborative book</a> "
"link in the adminstration pages. There, nodes may be edited, "
"reorganized, removed from book, and deleted. This behavior may change "
"in the future. When a parent node is deleted, it may leave behind "
"child nodes.  These nodes are now <em>orphans</em>. Administrators "
"should periodically <a href=\"%orphans-book\">review their books for "
"orphans</a> and reaffiliate those pages as desired. Finally, "
"administrators may also <a href=\"%export-book\">export their "
"books</a> to a single, flat HTML page which is suitable for "
"printing.</p>\n"
"      <h3>Maintaining a FAQ using a collaborative book</h3>\n"
"      <p>Collaborative books let you easily set up a Frequently Asked "
"Questions (FAQ) section on your web site. The main benefit is that you "
"don't have to write all the questions/answers by yourself - let the "
"community do it for you!</p>\n"
"      <p>In order to set up the FAQ, you have to create a new book "
"which will hold all your content. To do so, click on the <a "
"href=\"%create\">create content &raquo; book page</a> link. Give it a "
"thoughtful title, and body. A title like \"Estonia Travel - FAQ\" is "
"nice. You may always edit these fields later. You will probably want "
"to designate <em>&lt;top-level&gt;</em> as the parent of this page. "
"Leave the <em>log message</em> and <em>type</em> fields blank for now. "
"After you have submitted this book page, you are ready to begin "
"filling up your book with questions that are frequently asked.</p>\n"
"      <p>Whenever you come across a post which you want to include in "
"your FAQ, click on the <em>administer</em> link. Then click on the "
"<em>edit book outline</em> button at the bottom of the page. Then "
"place the relevant post wherever is most appropriate in your book by "
"selecting a <em>parent</em>. Books are quite flexible. They can have "
"sections like <em>Flying to Estonia</em>, <em>Eating in Estonia</em> "
"and so on. As you get more experienced with the book module, you can "
"reorganize posts in your book so that it stays organized.</p>\n"
"      <p>Notes:</p><ul><li>Any comments attached to those relevant "
"posts which you designate as book pages will also be transported into "
"your book. This is a great feature, since much wisdom is shared via "
"comments. Remember that all future comments and edits will "
"automatically be reflected in your book.</li><li>You may wish to edit "
"the title of posts when adding them to your FAQ. This is done on the "
"same page as the <em>Edit book outline</em> button. Clear titles "
"improve navigability enormously.</li><li>Book pages may come from any "
"content type (blog, story, page, etc.). If you are creating a post "
"solely for inclusion in your book, then use the <a "
"href=\"%create\">create content &raquo; book page</a> link.</li><li>If "
"you don't see the <em>administer</em> link, then you probably have "
"insufficient <a href=\"%permissions\">permissions</a>.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<p>手册通过嵌套分级结构来组织内容。这对于用户帮助，常见问题解答(FAQ)之类的内容是很有用的，你可以有章，节等等。</p>\r\n"
"<p>一个手册是一些相互链接内容的简单收集。这些节点通常是<em>手册页</em>，但你可以在手册目录中插入任何类型的页面。每个页面都有一个\"链接\"到他的父页面。这就是手册模块建立层次结构的办法。在任何指定层次上，手册可以包括许多节点，所有这些同级节点根据<em>顺序值</em>来存储。</p>\r\n"
"<p>手册页面包含<em>日志记录</em>字段，帮助用户理解编辑页面的动机，每个编辑版本都会被存储为一个新的版本。这将使恢复页面变得容易。</p>\r\n"
"<p>类似其他节点类型，手册提交与编辑可以根据你的设置来决定是否通过管理员。通常，手册使用<a "
"href=\"%permissions\">权限</a> "
"来决定谁将阅读和撰写。只有管理员被允许创建父页面为顶层的新的手册，为了将存在的节点加入手册，使用节点页面上的\"目录\"。这将使你将页面加入手册的任意层。要添加新的内容进入手册，使用<a "
"href=\"%create\">建立内容</a>链接。</p>\r\n"
"<p>管理员可以通过管理页面的<a "
"href=\"%collaborative-book\">合作手册</a>链接查询手册的层次结构。在这里，节点可以被编辑、移动、从手册中删除以及删除。这个功能在未来可能会改变。当父节点被删除后，可能会留下子节点。这些节点被称为<em>孤立页面</em>。管理员应该周期性的<a "
"href=\"%orphans-book\">查阅手册孤立页面</a>并且重新分配适当的分类。最后，管理员也可以通过<a "
"href=\"%export-book\">导出手册</a>将手册导出为单独的，平滑的适于打印的HTML页面。</p>\r\n"
"<h3>使用合作手册维护FAQ</h3>\r\n"
"<p>合作手册使你可以轻松建立你的站点的常见问题解答(FAQ)，其好处在于你不必亲自撰写所有问题/答案，让你的用户来做！</p>\r\n"
"<p>为了设置FAQ,你需要建立一个新的放置所有内容的手册。点击<a "
"href=\"%create\">新建手册 &raquo; 页</a> "
"链接，起一个简明的标题和正文，类似于\"爱沙尼亚旅游——常见问题解答\"的标题是个不错的选择。你可以总是在之后编辑这些。你可能需要指明<em>&lt;顶层&gt;</em>为手册的父页面。让日志记录和类型字段保持为空。在你提交手册页后，你可以开始把常见的问题填入。</p>\r\n"
"<p>当你偶然遇到一个你想加入FAQ的文章时，点击<em>管理</em>链接，然后点击页面底端的<em>编辑手册目录</em>按钮。通过选择<em>父页面</em>来将文章放入适当的地方。手册通常是弹性的。他们可以包括<em>飞到爱沙尼亚</em>,<em>吃在爱沙尼亚</em>这样的章节。当你对手册模块有了更多的经验时，你可以重新组织手册中的文章。</p>\r\n"
"<p>注意：</p><ul><li>任何附加到相关文章的注释在同样也会进入手册。这是一个伟大的特色，因为智慧往往通过注释来共享。记住所有以后的注释和编辑也会同步影响你的手册。</li><li>你可能希望在加入手册时编辑文章的标题，这个可以由在同一页面上的<em>编辑手册目录</em>来完成。简明的标题能够有更好的导航作用。</li><li>手册页可能是任何类型(Blog,稿件，页面等等),如果你想建立一个只在手册内部的页面，选择<a "
"href=\"%create\">建立手册内容 &raquo; "
"页</a>.</li><li>如果你没有看到<em>管理链接</em> "
"，那可能是你没有相应的<a "
"href=\"%permissions\">权限</a>.</li></ul>"

#:  modules/book.module:804
msgid ""
"The book module offers a mean to organize content, authored by many "
"users, in an online manual, outline or FAQ."
msgstr "手册模块提供一种由众多用户组织在线手册，目录或FAQ内容的方式。"

#:  modules/book.module:806
msgid ""
"Pages in a book are like a tree. As pages are edited, reorganized and "
"removed, child pages might be left with no link to the rest of the "
"book.  Such pages are referred to as \"orphan pages\".  On this page, "
"administrators can review their books for orphans and reattach those "
"pages as desired."
msgstr "手册中的页面桉树形排列。当页面被编辑、重新分类或删除时，他的子页面会被留下，这些页面会没有到手册其余部分的链接。我们称之为\"孤立页面\"。在这个页面上，管理员可以检查他们手册中的孤立页面并重新将他们设置的相应的页面上。"

#:  modules/comment.module:19
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <p>When enabled, the Drupal comment module creates a discussion "
"board for each Drupal node. Users can post comments to discuss a forum "
"topic, weblog post, story, collaborative book page, etc. An "
"administrator can give comment permissions to user groups, and users "
"can (optionally) edit their last comment, assuming no others have been "
"posted since.</p>\n"
"\n"
"      <h3>User control of comment display</h3>\n"
"      <p>Attached to each comment board is a control panel for "
"customizing the way that comments are displayed. Users can control the "
"chronological ordering of posts (newest or oldest first) and the "
"number of posts to display on each page. Additional settings "
"include:</p>\n"
"      <ul><li><strong>Threaded</strong> &mdash; Displays the posts "
"grouped according to conversations and subconversations.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Flat</strong> &mdash;  Displays the posts in "
"chronological order, with no threading whatsoever.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Expanded</strong> &mdash; Displays the title and "
"text for each post.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Collapsed</strong> &mdash; Displays only the title "
"for each post.</li></ul>\n"
"      <p>When a user chooses <em>save settings</em>, the comments are "
"then redisplayed using the user's new choices. Administrators can set "
"the default settings for the comment control panel, along with other "
"comment defaults, in <a href=\"%comment-config\">administer &raquo; "
"comments &raquo; configure</a>. NOTE: When comment moderation is "
"enabled, users will have another control panel option to control "
"thresholds (see below).</p>\n"
"\n"
"      <h3>Additional comment configurations</h3>\n"
"      <p>Comments behave like other user submissions in Drupal. "
"Filters, smileys and HTML that work in nodes will also work with "
"comments. Administrators can control access to various comment module "
"functions through <a href=\"%user-permissions\">administer &raquo; "
"users &raquo; configure &raquo; permissions</a>. Know that in a new "
"Drupal installation, all comment permissions are disabled by default. "
"The choice of which permissions to grant to which roles (groups of "
"users) is left up to the site administrator. The following "
"permissions:</p>\n"
"      <ul><li><strong>Access comments</strong> &mdash; Allows users to "
"view comments.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Administrate comments</strong> &mdash; Allows users "
"complete control over configuring, editing and deleting all "
"comments.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Moderate comments</strong> &mdash; Allows users to "
"rate comment postings (see more on moderation below).</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Post comments</strong> &mdash; Allows users to post "
"comments into an administrator moderation queue.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Post comments without approval</strong> &mdash; "
"Allows users to directly post comments, bypassing the moderation "
"queue.</li></ul>\n"
"\n"
"      <h3>Notification of new comments</h3>\n"
"      <p>Drupal provides specific features to inform site members when "
"new comments have been posted.</p>\n"
"      <p>Drupal displays the total number of comments attached to each "
"node, and tracks comments read by individual site members. Members "
"which have logged in will see a notice accompanying nodes which "
"contain comments they have not read. Some administrators may want to "
"<a href=\"%download-notify\">download, install and configure the "
"notify module</a>. Users can then request that Drupal send them an "
"e-mail when new comments are posted (the notify module requires that "
"cron.php be configured properly).</p>\n"
"      <p>The <em>tracker</em> module, disabled by default, displays "
"all the site's recent posts.  There is a link to the <a "
"href=\"%tracker\">recent posts</a> page in the navigation block.  This "
"page is a useful way to browse new or updated nodes and comments. "
"Content which the user has not yet read is tagged with a red star "
"(this graphic depends on the current theme). Visit the comment board "
"for any node, and Drupal will display a red <em>\"new\"</em> label "
"beside the text of unread comments.</p>\n"
"\n"
"      <h3>Comment moderation</h3>\n"
"      <p>On sites with active commenting from users, the administrator "
"can turn over comment moderation to the community. </p>\n"
"      <p>With comment moderation, each comment is automatically "
"assigned an initial rating. As users read comments, they can apply a "
"vote which affects the comment rating. At the same time, users have an "
"additional option in the control panel which allows them to set a "
"threshold for the comments they wish to view. Those comments with "
"ratings lower than the set threshold will not be shown. To enable "
"moderation, the administrator must grant <a "
"href=\"%user-permissions\">moderate comments</a> permissions. Then, a "
"number of options in <a href=\"%comment-config\">administer &raquo; "
"comments &raquo; configure</a> must be configured.</p>\n"
"\n"
"      <h4>Moderation votes</h4>\n"
"      <p>The first step is to create moderation labels which allow "
"users to rate a comment.  Go to <a href=\"%comment-votes\">administer "
"&raquo; comments &raquo; configure &raquo; moderation votes</a>. In "
"the <em>vote</em> field, enter the textual labels which users will see "
"when casting their votes. Some examples are</p>\n"
"      <ul><li>Excellent +3</li><li>Insightful +2</li><li>Useful "
"+1</li><li>Redundant -1</li><li>Flame -3</li></ul>\n"
"      <p>So that users know how their votes affect the comment, these "
"examples include the vote value as part of the label, although that is "
"optional. Using the weight option, you can control the order in which "
"the votes appear to users. Setting the weight heavier (positive "
"numbers) will make the vote label appear at the bottom of the list. "
"Lighter (a negative number) will push it to the top. To encourage "
"positive voting, a useful order might be higher values, positive "
"votes, at the top, with negative votes at the bottom.</p>\n"
"\n"
"      <h4>Moderator vote/values matrix</h4>\n"
"      <p>Next go to <a href=\"%comment-matrix\">administer &raquo; "
"comments &raquo; configure &raquo; moderation matrix</a>. Enter the "
"values for the vote labels for each permission role in the vote "
"matrix. The values entered here will be used to create the rating for "
"each comment. NOTE: Comment ratings are calculated by averaging user "
"votes with the initial rating.</p>\n"
"\n"
"      <h4>Creating comment thresholds</h4>\n"
"      <p>In <a href=\"%comment-thresholds\">administer &raquo; "
"comments &raquo; configure &raquo; moderation thresholds</a>, you'll "
"have to create some comment thresholds to make the comment rating "
"system useful. When comment moderation is enabled and the thresholds "
"are created, users will find another comment control panel option for "
"selecting their thresholds. They'll use the thresholds you enter here "
"to filter out comments with low ratings. Consequently, you'll probably "
"want to create more than one threshold to give users some flexibility "
"in filtering comments.</p>\n"
"      <p>When creating the thresholds, note that the <em>Minimum "
"score</em> is asking you for the lowest rating that a comment can have "
"in order to be displayed. To see a common example of how thresholds "
"work, you might visit <a href=\"%slashdot\">Slashdot</a> and view one "
"of their comment boards associated with a story. You can reset the "
"thresholds in their comment control panel.</p>\n"
"\n"
"      <h4>Initial comment scores</h4>\n"
"      <p>Finally, you may want to enter some <em>initial comment "
"scores</em>. In <a href=\"%comment-initial\">administer &raquo; "
"comments &raquo; configure &raquo; moderation roles</a> you can assign "
"a beginning rating for all comments posted by a particular permission "
"role. If you do not assign any initial scores, Drupal will assign a "
"rating of <strong>0</strong> as the default.</p>"
msgstr ""
"       "
"<p>当启用之后，Drupal评论模块为每个Drupal的节点建立一个讨论区，用户可以针对一个论坛主题，blog文章，稿件，合作手册页等等发表评论。管理员可以将评论权限赋予用户组，用户可以（可选的）编辑他们最后的评论,假如没有其他人在他之后发表评论的话。</p>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"<h3>显示评论的用户控制</h3>\r\n"
"<p>在每个评论版最后是一个用于自定义评论显示方式的控制面板。用户可以控制评论的排序顺序和显示的数量，额外的设置包括：</p>\r\n"
"      <ul><li><strong>主题</strong> &mdash; "
"显示与对话和子对话同组的评论。</li>\r\n"
"      <li><strong>平板</strong> &mdash;  "
"按时间顺序显示评论，没有主题关系。</li>\r\n"
"      <li><strong>展开</strong> &mdash; "
"显示每条评论的标题和文字。</li>\r\n"
"      <li><strong>折叠</strong> &mdash; "
"只显示评论的标题。</li></ul>\r\n"
"     <p>当用户选择 <em>保存设置</em>后, "
"评论会根据用户的选择重新显示。管理员可以设置评论控制面板的默认设置。在 "
"<a href=\"%comment-config\">管理 &raquo; 评论 &raquo; "
"配置</a>中. 注意: "
"当评论评分功能启用时，用户会有另一个控制面板来控制显示的评论。</p>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"      <h3>附加评论配置</h3>\r\n"
"      "
"<p>评论与其他Drupal的用户交互功能类似。过滤器，表情和 "
"HTML同样可用。管理员可以通过<a "
"href=\"%permissions\">管理 &raquo; 访问控制 &raquo; "
"权限</a>来控制评论模块的访问权限。在全新的Drupal安装中，所有评论权限都被默认禁用。权限分配的选择将由站点管理员来决定。有如下的权限：</p>\r\n"
"      <ul><li><strong>访问评论</strong> &mdash; "
"允许用户查看评论。</li>\r\n"
"      <li><strong>评论管理员</strong> &mdash; "
"允许用户完全控制设置、编辑和删除所有评论。</li>\r\n"
"      <li><strong>评分评论</strong> &mdash; "
"允许用户对评论进行评分。</li>\r\n"
"      <li><strong>发表评论</strong> &mdash; "
"允许用户将评论发表进入评分队列。</li>\r\n"
"      <li><strong>直接发表评论</strong> &mdash; "
"允许用户跳过评分队列，直接发表评论。</li></ul>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"     <h3>新评论通知</h3>\r\n"
"      <p>Drupal 提供给用户新评论通知功能。</p>\r\n"
"      <p>Drupal "
"显示每个节点所包括的评论总数，并跟踪单个用户阅读评论。用户登陆后，会发现在有未读评论的节点上会有一个通知。某些管理员可能想 "
"<a href=\"%download-notify\">下载，安装和配置通知模块</a>. "
"用户可以要求当有新的评论被发表后，Durapl发送一封E-mail通知。(此功能需要cron.php正常运行)。</p>\r\n"
"      <p>The <em>跟踪</em> 模块, 默认是禁用的, "
"显示所有站点的最新文章.  在导航板块上，有一个 <a "
"href=\"%tracker\">最新文章</a>页面。 "
"在浏览新的或更新的节点和评论时，这项功能是很有用的。 "
"用户未读的的内容将用一颗红星标记（根据站点主题，可能会有不能）。 "
"查看任何节点的评论板，Drupal将会在未读评论上显示一个红色的 "
"red <em>\"新\"</em> 标签。</p>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"      <h3>评论评分</h3>\r\n"
"      "
"<p>在用户非常活跃的评论站点上，管理员可以打开评论评分功能。</p>\r\n"
"      "
"<p>在评论评分功能中，每条评论都被自动指定一个初始分数。当用户阅读评论后，他们可以对其投票，这将影响评论的分值。同时，用户也可以通过选择来设置他们想查看的评论分数的下限，低于该下限的评论将不会被显示。为了启用评分功能，管理员必须授予 "
"<a href=\"%permissions\">评分评论</a> 权限. "
"同时，一系列在 <a href=\"%comment-config\">管理 &raquo; "
"评论 &raquo; 配置</a> 中的选项也需要被配置。</p>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"      <h4>评分</h4>\r\n"
"      "
"<p>第一步是建立允许用户对评论评分的标签。进入<a "
"href=\"%comment-votes\">管理 &raquo; 评论 &raquo; 配置 &raquo; "
"评论评分</a>. 在 <em>投票</em> 字段, "
"输入用户投票时所看到的文字标签。例如</p>\r\n"
"      <ul><li>很好 +3</li><li>不错 +2</li><li>有用 "
"+1</li><li>多余 -1</li><li>不好 -3</li></ul>\r\n"
"      "
"<p>这样用户就能知道他们的投票如何影响评论的得分。这些例子包括了分值，尽管这是可选的，使用顺序值选项，你可以控制投票顺序，设置大的顺序值（正数）将使投票标签显示在底部，反之则是在顶部。为了鼓励积极的评论，常用的顺序是高分值在上，其次是积极的，最后是低分值。</p>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"      <h4>评论评分权重</h4>\r\n"
"      <p>接着进入<a href=\"%comment-matrix\">管理 &raquo; 注释 "
"&raquo; 配置 &raquo; 评分矩阵</a>. "
"输入不同权限用户评论分值所占的权重。这个值将被用来建立每个评论的分数。 "
"注意: "
"评论分数将通过初始分数和用户评分平均数进行计算。</p>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"      <h4>建立评论下限</h4>\r\n"
"      <p>在<a href=\"%comment-thresholds\">管理 &raquo; 评论 "
"&raquo; 配置 &raquo; 评论下限</a>中, "
"你可以建立一些评论下限以使评分系统更有用。当评论评分被启用并且下限被建立，用户会发现另一个控制面板来选择他们的下限。他们将使用你在此确定的值来过滤低于分值的评论。当然，你也可以建立多个下限以给予用户弹性。</p>\r\n"
"      <p>当建立了下限后，注意 <em>最小分数</em> "
"询问你能够被显示的评论的最低分数。一个常见的例子是 "
"<a href=\"%slashdot\">Slashdot</a> "
"。你可以在评论控制面板中重设。</p>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"      <h4>初始化评论分数</h4>\r\n"
"      <p>最后，你需要输入<em>评论分数初值</em>. 在 <a "
"href=\"%comment-initial\">管理 &raquo; 评论 &raquo; 配置 "
"&raquo;评论角色</a> "
"中，你可以指定特定权限用户发表的所有评论的分数的初值。默认为<strong>0</strong>.</p>"

#:  modules/comment.module:63
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the latest comments posted your site. Click on a "
"subject to see the comment, the author's name to edit the author's "
"user information , \"edit\" to modify the text, and \"delete\" to "
"remove their submission."
msgstr ""
"下面是最近发表在你的站点上的评论。点击主题查看评论、作者名字并编辑作者的用户信息。 "
"\"编辑\" 以编辑文字, \"删除\" 删除评论。"

#:  modules/comment.module:65
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the comments posted to your site that need "
"approval. To approve a comment, click on \"edit\" and then change its "
"\"moderation status\" to Approved. Click on a subject to see the "
"comment, the author's name to edit the author's user information, "
"\"edit\" to modify the text, and \"delete\" to remove their "
"submission."
msgstr ""
"下面是需要审核的评论。要通过一篇评论，点击\"编辑\"并将他的\"审核状态\"改为通过。点击主题查看评论、作者名字并编辑作者的用户信息。 "
"\"编辑\" 以编辑文字, \"删除\" 删除评论。"

#:  modules/comment.module:68
msgid ""
"Comments can be attached to any node, and their settings are below. "
"The display comes in two types: a \"flat list\" where everything is "
"flush to the left side, and comments come in chronological order, and "
"a \"threaded list\" where replies to other comments are placed "
"immediately below and slightly indented, forming an outline. They also "
"come in two styles: \"expanded\", where you see both the title and the "
"contents, and \"collapsed\" where you only see the title. Preview "
"comment forces a user to look at their comment by clicking on a "
"\"Preview\" button before they can actually add the comment."
msgstr "评论可以被附带在任何节点上，设置在下面。显示有两种类型：\"平板式\"列表,所有内容都按时间顺序在左侧，以及\"主题式\"列表，回复将在评论之后并略为缩进。通常还有两种式样：\"展开\"，显示标题和内容，以及\"折叠\"，只显示标题。预览评论使用户在实际加入评论前先通过点击\"预览\"按钮来查看他们的评论。"

#:  modules/comment.module:70
msgid ""
"Here you assign a value to each item in the comment moderation "
"dropdown menu. This value is added to the vote total, which is then "
"divided by the number of users who have voted and rounded off to the "
"nearest integer. <ul><li>In order to use comment moderation, every "
"text box on this page should be populated.</li><li>You must assign the "
"\"moderate comments\" permission to at least one role in order to use "
"this page.</li><li>Every box not filled in will have a value of zero, "
"which will have the effect of lowering a comments overall "
"score.</li></ul>"
msgstr "这里你可以给评论评分下拉菜单里的每个项目一个值。这个值将被与总和相加，然后除以投票用户数并取整。</p><ul><li>为了使用评论评分功能，此页的每个文本框需要被组装。</li><li>你必须至少授予一个角色\"评分评论\"权限以使用本页。</li><li>每个没有填写的框都有一个0值，这将使评论总分降低。</li></ul>"

#:  modules/comment.module:72
msgid ""
"You can setup the initial vote value of a comment posted by each user "
"role using these forms. This value is used before any other users vote "
"on the comment. Blank entries are valued at zero."
msgstr "可以通过这些表单设置评论的分数初值。在任何其他用户投票之前将使用此值。留空代表0。"

#:  modules/comment.module:74
msgid ""
"Use these forms to setup the name and minimum \"cut off\" score to "
"help your users hide comments they don't want to see. These thresholds "
"appear in the user's comment control panel. Click \"edit threshold\" "
"to modify the values of an already existing configuration. To delete a "
"setting, \"edit\" it first, and then choose \"delete threshold\"."
msgstr "用这个表单设置名称和最小的\"丢弃\"分数以帮助你的用户隐藏他们不愿意看到的评论。这些限制将显示在用户的评论控制面板上。点击\"编辑下限\"编辑已存在配置的值。要删除一个配置，首先\"编辑\"他，然后选择\"删除下限\"。"

#:  modules/comment.module:76
msgid ""
"Create and control the possible comment moderation votes here. "
"\"Weight\" lets you set the order of the drop down menu. Click "
"\"edit\" to edit a current vote weight. To delete a name/weight "
"combination go to the \"edit\" area. To delete a setting, \"edit\" it "
"first, and then choose \"delete vote\"."
msgstr "在这里建立和控制可能的评论评分。\"顺序值\"让你设置下拉框的顺序，点击\"编辑\"以编辑一个已存在的投票顺序值，要删除一个名字/顺序值组合，进入\"编辑\"区域。要删除一个配置，首先\"编辑\"他，然后选择\"删除投票\"。"

#:  modules/comment.module:78
msgid ""
"Enter a simple pattern ('*' may be used as a wildcard match) to search "
"for a comment.  For example, one may search for 'br' and Drupal might "
"return 'bread brakers', 'our daily bread' and 'brenda'."
msgstr ""
"输入一个关键词。可以包括通配符 *。<br "
"/>例如，\"麻*\"可能返回\"麻雀\", \"麻将\" 和 "
"\"麻木不仁\"。"

#:  modules/comment.module:78
msgid "Enables user to comment on published content."
msgstr "允许用户对公开的内容发表评论。"

#:  modules/comment.module:133
msgid "edit your comment"
msgstr "编辑评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:287
msgid "Matching comments ranked in order of relevance"
msgstr "符合条件的评论按相关性排序"

#:  modules/comment.module:332
msgid "Must users provide a subject for their comments?"
msgstr "评论必须有标题？"

#:  modules/comment.module:378
msgid "Edit comment"
msgstr "编辑评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:658
msgid ""
"Comment: unauthorized comment submitted or comment submitted to a "
"closed node %subject."
msgstr ""
"评论：未授权的评论提交或试图提交到关闭的节点： "
"%subject。"

#:  modules/comment.module:1009
msgid "Do you want to delete this comment and all its replies?"
msgstr "你真的要删除此评论和其所有回复吗？"

#:  modules/comment.module:1538
msgid "---"
msgstr "---"

#:  modules/comment.module:1539
msgid "unpublish"
msgstr "未公开"

#:  includes/common.inc:230
msgid "404 error: %page not found."
msgstr "404错误： %page未找到。"

#:  includes/common.inc:403
msgid "%error: %message in %file on line %line."
msgstr "%error： 在 %file 的第 %line 行发生错误： %message。"

#:  includes/common.inc:735
msgid "Restrict search to"
msgstr "限制搜索在"

#:  includes/common.inc:1693
msgid "home"
msgstr "主页"

#:  includes/common.inc:1693
msgid "Return to the main page."
msgstr "返回主页。"

#:  includes/common.inc:1791
msgid ""
"Unsupported XML encoding '%s'. Please install iconv, GNU recode or "
"mbstring for PHP."
msgstr ""
"不支持的XML编码 '%s',请为PHP安装 iconv, GNU recode 或 "
"mbstring。"

#:  modules/drupal.module:24
msgid ""
"Using this your Drupal site can \"call home\" and add itself to the "
"Drupal directory. If you want it to add itself to a different "
"directory server you can change the <a "
"href=\"%xml-rpc-setting\">Drupal XML-RPC server</a> setting -- but the "
"directory server has to be able to handle Drupal XML. To get all your "
"site information listed, go to the <a "
"href=\"%site-settings\">administer &raquo; settings</a> page and set "
"the site name, the e-mail address, the slogan, and the mission "
"statement."
msgstr ""
"使用这个，你的Drupal站点可以\"呼叫主站\"并将其加入Drupal目录。如果你需要将它加入另一个目录服务器，你可以在<a "
"href=\"%xml-rpc-setting\">Drupal XML-RPC 服务器</a> "
"设置，当然，目录服务器需要能够管理Drupal "
"XML。要使所有站点信息可见，<a "
"href=\"%site-settings\">设置</a> "
"设置站点名称、email、口号和任务目标。"

#:  modules/drupal.module:98
msgid "Directory: ping from %name (%link)."
msgstr "目录：来自 %name (%link) 的 Ping。"

#:  modules/filter.module:29
msgid "Framework for handling filtering of content."
msgstr "管理过滤内容的框架。"

#:  modules/filter.module:38
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Every <em>filter</em> performs one particular change on the user "
"input, for example stripping out malicious HTML or making URLs "
"clickable. Choose which filters you want to apply to text in this "
"input format.</p>\n"
"<p>If you notice some filters are causing conflicts in the output, you "
"can <a href=\"%order\">rearrange them</a>."
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>每个<em>过滤器</em>都执行一个特定的对用户输入的转换，例如去除恶意HTML代码和使链接可用。选择你需要应用到文字的输入格式。</p>\n"
"<p>如果你发现一些导致输出冲突的过滤器,可以<a "
"href=\"%order\">重新排列他们</a>。</p>"

#:  modules/filter.module:139
msgid "list filters"
msgstr "显示过滤器"

#:  modules/filter.module:145
msgid "configure filters"
msgstr "配置过滤器"

#:  modules/filter.module:151
msgid "rearrange filters"
msgstr "重新排列过滤器"

#:  modules/filter.module:311
msgid ""
"Are you sure you want to delete the input format %format? If you have "
"any content left in this input format, it will be switched to the "
"default input format."
msgstr ""
"你真的要删除输入格式 %format "
"吗？如果有任何使用此格式的内容存在，它将会被转换为默认输入格式。"

#:  modules/filter.module:674
msgid "Compose Tips"
msgstr "撰写提示"

#:  modules/forum.module:15
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <h3>Creating a forum</h3>\n"
"      <p>The forum module uses taxonomy to organize itself. To create "
"a forum you first have to create a <a href=\"%taxonomy\">taxonomy "
"vocabulary</a>. When doing this, choose a sensible name for it (such "
"as \"fora\") and make sure under \"Types\" that \"forum\" is selected. "
"Once you have done this, <a href=\"%taxo-terms\">add some terms</a> to "
"it. Each term will become a forum. If you fill in the description "
"field, users will be given additonal information about the forum on "
"the main forum page. For example: \"troubleshooting\" - \"Please ask "
"your questions here.\"</p>\n"
"      <p>When you are happy with your vocabulary, go to <a "
"href=\"%forums\">administer &raquo; settings &raquo; forum</a> and set "
"<strong>Forum vocabulary</strong> to the one you have just created. "
"There will now be fora active on the site. For users to access them "
"they must have the \"access content\" <a "
"href=\"%permission\">permission</a> and to create a topic they must "
"have the \"create forum topics\" <a "
"href=\"%permission\">permission</a>. These permissions can be set in "
"the <a href=\"%permission\">permission</a> pages.</p>\n"
"      <h4>Icons</h4>\n"
"      <p>To disable icons, set the icon path as blank in <a "
"href=\"%forums\">administer &raquo; settings &raquo; forum</a>.</p>\n"
"      <p>All files in the icon directory are assumed to be images. You "
"may use images of whatever size you wish, but it is recommended to use "
"15x15 or 16x16.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"      <h3>建立论坛</h3>\n"
"      "
"<p>论坛模块用分类方式来组织。要建立一个论坛，你需要先建立一个 "
"<a "
"href=\"%taxonomy\">分类术语表</a>。做此时，选择一个适当的名字，例如\"论坛\"，并确定\"类型\"中\"论坛\"被选中。完成后，<a "
"href=\"%taxo-terms\">加入一些术语</a>。每个术语都将成为一个版面。如果输入了描述，用户将会在主论坛页面获得版面的额外信息。例如 "
"\"技术支持\" - \"在这里询问问题。\"</p>\n"
"      <p>当你感到满意后，进入<a href=\"%forums\">管理 "
"&raquo; 设置 &raquo; 论坛</a>并设置好 "
"<strong>论坛术语表</strong>。论坛现在就可用了。当然，用户需要有\"访问内容\" "
"<a "
"href=\"%permission\">权限</a>来访问，要发表文章的话，还需要有\"建立论坛主题\" "
"<a href=\"%permission\">权限</a>。权限可以在<a "
"href=\"%permission\">权限</a> 页面设置。</p>\n"
"      <h4>图标</h4>\n"
"      <p>要禁用图标，在<a href=\"%forums\">管理 &raquo; "
"设置 &raquo; 论坛</a>中将图标栏留空。</p>\n"
"      "
"<p>所有在icon目录下的文件都被假定为图像。你可以使用任意大小的图像，不过推荐 "
"15X15或16X16像素。</p>"

#:  modules/forum.module:21
msgid "Enable threaded discussions about general topics."
msgstr "启用关于特定主题的讨论。"

#:  modules/forum.module:25
msgid ""
"Forums are threaded discussions based on the taxonomy system.  For the "
"forums to work, the taxonomy module has to be installed and enabled.  "
"When activated, a taxonomy vocabulary (eg. \"forums\") needs to be <a "
"href=\"%created\">created</a> and bound to the node type \"forum "
"topic\"."
msgstr ""
"论坛是基于分类系统的关于特定主题的讨论。要使论坛工作，分类模块必须安装和启用。当启用后，一个分类术语表，例如\"论坛\"，需要被<a "
"href=\"%created\">创建</a>并将节点类型设置为论坛主题。"

#:  modules/forum.module:71
msgid "Forum vocabulary"
msgstr "论坛术语表"

#:  modules/forum.module:71
msgid ""
"The taxonomy vocabulary that will be used as the navigation tree.  The "
"vocabulary's terms define the forums."
msgstr "用于导航树的分类词汇表。定义论坛。"

#:  modules/forum.module:72
msgid "Containers"
msgstr "分区"

#:  modules/forum.module:72
msgid ""
"You can choose forums which will not have topics, but will be just "
"containers for other forums.  This lets you both group and nest "
"forums."
msgstr "你可选择没有任何主题，仅仅包含版面的分区。"

#:  modules/forum.module:73
msgid "Forum structure settings"
msgstr "论坛结构设置"

#:  modules/forum.module:75
msgid ""
"This text will be displayed at the top of the forum submission form.  "
"It is useful for helping or instructing your users."
msgstr "这些文字将显示在论坛主题提交表单的顶端。这将对帮助你的用户很有用。"

#:  modules/forum.module:76
msgid ""
"The path to the forum icons.  Leave blank to disable icons.  Don't add "
"a trailing slash.  Default icons are available in the \"misc\" "
"directory."
msgstr "版面图标路径。留空以禁用。不要加入尾部斜杠。默认图标在\"misc\"目录中。"

#:  modules/forum.module:77
msgid ""
"The number of posts a topic must have to be considered "
"<strong>hot</strong>."
msgstr "<strong>热门</strong>主题的文章数。"

#:  modules/forum.module:80
msgid "Forum viewing options"
msgstr "论坛显示选项"

#:  modules/forum.module:82
msgid "Number of topics in block"
msgstr "板块中显示的主题"

#:  modules/forum.module:82
msgid ""
"The number of topics to show in the \"Forum topics\" block.  To enable "
"the block, go to the <a href=\"%block-administration\">block "
"administration</a> page."
msgstr ""
"在\"论坛主题\"板块中显示的主题数量。要启用此板块，进入<a "
"href=\"%block-administration\">板块管理页面</a> 。"

#:  modules/forum.module:83
msgid "\"Forum topic\" block settings"
msgstr "\"论坛主题\"板块设置"

#:  modules/forum.module:120,,,  ;132
msgid "Forum topics"
msgstr "论坛主题"

#:  modules/forum.module:124
msgid "Active forum topics:"
msgstr "活跃的论坛主题："

#:  modules/forum.module:126
msgid "New forum topics:"
msgstr "新的论坛主题："

#:  includes/locale.inc:80
msgid ""
"Name of the language. Will be availabale for translation in all "
"languages."
msgstr "语言名称。翻译时可用。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:135
msgid "Translation file broken: Could not be read."
msgstr "翻译文件中断：不可读。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:157
msgid "Translation file broken."
msgstr "翻译文件中断。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:260
msgid ""
"Translation imported into %locale, %number translated strings added to "
"language, %update strings updated."
msgstr ""
"翻译被导入 %locale，%number 字符串被添加， %update "
"被更新。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:306
msgid "Translation file broken: expected 'msgstr' in line %line."
msgstr "翻译文件中断： 第 %line行期待 'msgstr'。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:312
msgid "Translation file broken: unexpected 'msgid_plural' in line %line."
msgstr "翻译文件中断：未期待的 'msgid_plural'在第 %line 行。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:318,,,  ;336;348;356;370;379
msgid "Translation file broken: syntax error in line %line."
msgstr "翻译文件中断：第 %line 行发生函数错误。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:330
msgid "Translation file broken: unexpected 'msgid' in line %line."
msgstr "翻译文件中断：未期待的 'msgid'在第 %line 行。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:344
msgid "Translation file broken: unexpected 'msgstr[]' in line %line."
msgstr "翻译文件中断：未期待的 'msgstr[]'在第 %line 行。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:364
msgid "Translation file broken: unexpected 'msgstr' in line %line."
msgstr "翻译文件中断：未期待的 'msgstr'在第 %line 行。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:392
msgid "Translation file broken: unexpected string in line %line."
msgstr "翻译文件中断：未期待的字符串在第 %line 行。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:403
msgid "Translation file broken: unexpected end file at line %line."
msgstr "翻译文件中断：未期待的文件终止在第 %line 行。\""

#:  includes/locale.inc:467
msgid "Warning: plural formula couldn't get parsed."
msgstr "警告：复数形式无法解析。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:770
msgid "PO file for locale %locale downloaded."
msgstr "%locale 的本地化文件已下载。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:791
msgid "POT file downloaded."
msgstr "POT文件已下载。"

#:  modules/locale.module:33
msgid ""
"<p>It is often more convinient to get the strings of your setup on the "
"<a href=\"%export\">export page</a>, and start with a desktop Gettext "
"translation editor though. Here you can search in the translated and "
"untranslated strings, and the default English texts provided by "
"Drupal.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>从<a "
"href=\"%export\">导出页面</a>获得字符串，并用桌面文本翻译编辑器翻译往往会更方便。这里你可以搜索翻译和未翻译的字符串，以及Drupal提供的默认的英文文本。</p>"

#:  modules/locale.module:36
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <p>Most programs are written and documented in English, and "
"primarily use English to interact with users. This is also true for a "
"great deal of web sites. However, most people are less comfortable "
"with English than with their native language, and would prefer to use "
"their mother tongue as much as possible. Many people love to see their "
"web site showing a lot less English, and far more of their own "
"language. Therefore Drupal provides a framework to setup a "
"multi-lingual web site, or to overwrite the default English "
"texts.</p>\n"
"      <h3>How to interface translation works</h3>\n"
"      <p>Whenever Drupal encounters an interface string which needs to "
"be displayed, it tries to translate it into the currently selected "
"language. If a translation is not available, then the string is "
"remembered, so you can look up untranslated strings easily.</p>\n"
"      <p>Drupal provides two options to translate these strings. First "
"is the integrated web interface, where you can search for untranslated "
"strings, and specify their translations via simple web forms. An "
"easier, and much less time consuming method is to import translations "
"already done for your language. This is achieved by the use of GNU "
"gettext Portable Object files. These are editable with quite "
"convinient desktop editors specifically architected for supporting "
"your work with GNU Gettext files. The import feature allows you to add "
"strings from such files into the site database. The export "
"functionality enables you to share your translations with others, "
"generating Portable Object files from your site strings."
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>大多数程序和文档都是用英文写的，并主要用英文与用户交互。大多数网站也是这样。然而，大部分用户会觉得是使用英语比起母语来不舒服，因而更希望尽可能的使用自己的母语。大多数用户希望网站的英语非常之少，而母语内容非常之多。因此，Drupal提供了一个设置多语言网站的结构，以覆盖默认的英文文本。</p>\n"
"<h3>界面语言如何工作</h3>\n"
"<p>当Drupal遇到一个需要显示的字符串时，首先尝试将其翻译为选定的语言。当翻译不可用时，字符串会被记住，这样，你可以轻松的搜索未翻译的字符串。</p>\n"
"<p>Drupal提供两种翻译字符串的选项。其一是网站交互，你可以搜索未翻译的字符串，并通过简单的表单进行翻译。更简单，更省时的办法则是导入一个已完成的翻译。这将通过GNU "
"获得文本对象文件进行。这类文件可以通过一些方便的编辑器进行编辑。导入选项允许你添加字符串到站点数据库中。导出选项产生 "
".po文件，以使你的翻译能够共享。"

#:  modules/locale.module:329
msgid "Delete language '%name'"
msgstr "删除语言 'name'"

#:  modules/locale.module:329
msgid ""
"Are you sure you want to delete the language and all data associated "
"with it?"
msgstr "你真的要删除此语言和所有相关数据吗？"

#:  modules/locale.module:391,,,  ;392
msgid "Translation import failed."
msgstr "翻译导入失败。"

#:  modules/menu.module:63
msgid ""
"Select an operation from the list to move, change, or delete a menu "
"item."
msgstr "选择一个选项，以进行菜单项的移动，修改或删除。"

#:  modules/menu.module:65
msgid ""
"Enter the name for your new menu. Remember to enable the newly created "
"block in the %blocks administration page."
msgstr ""
"输入新菜单的名字。记住在 %blocks "
"管理页面中启用新建板块。"

#:  modules/menu.module:67
msgid "Enter the title, path, position and the weight for your new menu item."
msgstr "<p>输入新菜单项标题、路径和顺序值。"

#:  modules/menu.module:125
msgid ""
"Are you sure you want to reset all menu items to their default "
"settings? Any custom menu items will be lost."
msgstr "你真的要把所有菜单项目恢复成默认值吗？所有自定义的菜单项将丢失。"

#:  modules/menu.module:171
msgid "Are you sure you want to reset this item to its default values?"
msgstr "你真的要将此项恢复默认值吗？"

#:  modules/menu.module:192
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this custom menu item?"
msgstr "你真的要删除此自定义菜单项吗？"

#:  modules/node.module:17
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <h3>Nodes</h3>\n"
"      <p>The core of the Drupal system is the node. All of the "
"contents of the system are placed in nodes, or extensions of nodes.\n"
"      A base node contains:<dl>\n"
"      <dt>A Title</dt><dd>Up to 128 characters of text that titles the "
"node.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>A Teaser</dt><dd>A small block of text that is meant to get "
"you interested in the rest of node. Drupal will automatically pull a "
"small amount of the body of the node to make the teaser (To configure "
"how long the teaser will be <a href=\"%teaser\">click here</a>). The "
"teaser can be changed if you don't like what Drupal grabs.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>The Body</dt><dd>The main text that comprises your "
"content.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>A Type</dt><dd>What kind of node is this? Blog, book, forum, "
"comment, unextended, etc.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>An Author</dt><dd>The author's name. It will either be "
"\"anonymous\" or a valid user. You <em>cannot</em> set it to an "
"arbitrary value.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>Authored on</dt><dd>The date the node was written.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>Changed</dt><dd>The last time this node was changed.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>Sticky at top of lists</dt><dd>In listings such as the "
"frontpage or a taxonomy overview the teasers of a selected amount of "
"nodes is displayed. If you want to force a node to appear on the top "
"of such a listing, you must set it to 'sticky'. This way it will float "
"to the top of a listing, and it will not be pushed down by newer "
"content.\n"
"      <dt>Allow user comments</dt><dd>A node can have comments. These "
"comments can be written by other users (Read-write), or only by admins "
"(Read-only).</dd>\n"
"      <dt>Revisions</dt><dd>Drupal has a revision system so that you "
"can \"roll back\" to an older version of a post if the new version is "
"not what you want.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>Promote to front page</dt><dd>To get people to look at the "
"new stuff on your site you can choose to move it to the front page. "
"The front page is configured to show the teasers from only a few of "
"the total nodes you have on your site (To configure how many teasers "
"<a href=\"%teaser\">click here</a>).</dd>\n"
"      <dt>In moderation queue</dt><dd>Drupal has a moderation system. "
"If it is active, a node is in one of three states: approved and "
"published, approved and unpublished, and awaiting approval. If you are "
"moderating a node it should be in the moderation queue.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>Votes</dt><dd>If you are moderating a node this counts how "
"many votes the node has gotten. Once a node gets a certain number of "
"vote it will either be approved or dropped.\n"
"      <dt>Score</dt><dd>The score of the node is gotten by the votes "
"it is given.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>Users</dt><dd>The list of users who have voted on a "
"moderated node.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>Published</dt><dd>When using Drupal's moderation system a "
"node remains unpublished -- unavailable to non-moderators -- until it "
"is marked Published.</dd></dl>\n"
"      <p>Now that you know what is in a node, here are some of the "
"types of nodes available.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"      <h3>节点</h3>\n"
"      "
"<p>Drupal系统的核心。所有系统内的内容都是节点或其扩展。\n"
"      一个基础的节点包括：<dl>\n"
"      <dt>标题</dt><dd>不超过128字符的标题。</dd>\n"
"      "
"<dt>摘要</dt><dd>一小段对节点的介绍。Drupal会自动防置一小部分正文作为摘要。（要配置此项，点击<a "
"href=\"%teaser\">这里</a>）。如果你不喜欢Drupal的自动截取，可以更改。</dd>\n"
"      <dt>正文</dt><dd></dd>\n"
"      "
"<dt>类型</dt><dd>节点的类型。如Blog、手册、帖子、评论、未扩展等等。</dd>\n"
"      <dt>作者</dt><dd>作者名称。可能是 \"匿名用户\" "
"或一个合法用户。你 <em>不能</em> "
"将它设为任意值。</dd>\n"
"      <dt>发表于</dt><dd>节点的发表时间</dd>\n"
"      <dt>修改于</dt><dd>节点最后改变的时间</dd>\n"
"      "
"<dt>置顶</dt><dd>在首页或分类列表中，将显示许多节点的摘要。如果你要使某一节点全文强制显示在顶端，将其设置为“置顶”。这样，这个节点就会一直显示在顶端，而不会被新的内容淹没。\n"
"      "
"<dt>允许用户评论</dt><dd>一个节点可以有评论。这些用户可以是其它用户所写（读-写），或仅仅是管理员（只读）。</dd>\n"
"      "
"<dt>历史版本</dt><dd>Drupal含有一个历史系统，这样你可以将你所不需要的文章 "
"\"回滚\" 到旧的版本。</dd>\n"
"      "
"<dt>推荐到首页</dt><dd>要让用户知道站点的新内容，你可以选择将它移至首页。首页将只显示一小部分文章的摘要。（设置数量在 "
"<a href=\"%teaser\">c这里</a>）。</dd>\n"
"      "
"<dt>公开</dt><dd>当使用Drupal的审核系统时，一个节点将保持不公开（非管理员不可见）直到其被标记为“公开”。</dd></dl>\n"
"      "
"<p>现在你知道了什么是节点，下面是一些可用的节点类型。</p>"

#:  modules/node.module:43
msgid "The core that allows content to be submitted to the site."
msgstr "允许用户将内容提交到站点的核心程序。"

#:  modules/node.module:50
msgid ""
"Settings for the core of Drupal. Almost everything is a node so these "
"settings will affect most of the site."
msgstr "Drupal核心的设置。几乎所有内容都是节点因而这些设置影响站点的绝大部分。"

#:  modules/node.module:52
msgid ""
"Below is a list of all of the posts on your site. Other forms of "
"content are listed elsewhere (e.g. <a "
"href=\"%comments\">comments</a>).<br />Clicking a title views the "
"post, while clicking an author's name edits their user information.<br "
"/>Other post-related tasks are available from the menu."
msgstr ""
"下面是一个所有文章的列表。其它的表格或内容在其它地方显示。（例如：<a "
"href=\"%comments\">评论</a>).</p><p>点击标题查看文章，点击作者名称查看个人信息。<br "
"/>其他相关操作在菜单中可用。"

#:  modules/node.module:54
msgid ""
"Enter a simple pattern to search for a post. This can include the "
"wildcard character *.<br />For example, a search for \"br*\" might "
"return \"bread bakers\", \"our daily bread\" and \"brenda\"."
msgstr ""
"输入一个关键词。可以包括通配符 *。<br "
"/>例如，\"麻*\"可能返回\"麻雀\", \"麻将\" 和 "
"\"麻木不仁\"。</p>"

#:  modules/node.module:56
msgid ""
"This page lets you set the defaults used during creation of nodes for "
"all the different node types.<br /><em>comment:</em> Read/write "
"setting for comments.<br /><em>publish:</em> Is this post publicly "
"viewable, has it been published?<br /><em>promote:</em> Is this post "
"to be promoted to the front page?<br /><em>moderate:</em> Does this "
"post need approval before it can be viewed?<br /><em>sticky:</em> Is "
"this post always visible at the top of lists?<br /><em>revision:</em> "
"Will this post go into the revision system allowing multiple versions "
"to be saved?"
msgstr ""
"此页面是你可以设置不同节点类型创建时的默认选项。<br "
"/><em>评论：</em>评论的读写设置<br /><em>公开：</em> "
"此文章是否公开？<br /><em>推荐：</em> "
"是否推荐到首页？<br /><em>评分：</em> "
"此文章在发表前是否需要通过审核？<br "
"/><em>置顶：</em> 此文是否总在最顶端？<br "
"/><em>修订：</em> "
"此文是否进入版本管理系统并允许多个版本存在？"

#:  modules/node.module:578
msgid "Matching nodes ranked in order of relevance"
msgstr "符合条件的节点按相关性排序"

#:  modules/node.module:644
msgid "default workflow"
msgstr "默认顺序"

#:  modules/node.module:700
msgid "View posts that are new or updated"
msgstr "查看新文章"

#:  modules/node.module:701
msgid "View posts that need approval"
msgstr "查看等待审核的文章"

#:  modules/node.module:702
msgid "View posts that are promoted"
msgstr "查看推荐的文章"

#:  modules/node.module:703
msgid "View posts that are not promoted"
msgstr "查看没有被推荐的文章"

#:  modules/node.module:705
msgid "View posts that are unpublished"
msgstr "查看未公开的文章"

#:  modules/node.module:749
msgid "Filter options"
msgstr "过滤器选项"

#:  modules/node.module:1199
msgid "You have to specify a valid title."
msgstr "你必须指定标题。"

#:  modules/node.module:1243
msgid "The name %name does not exist."
msgstr "%name不存在."

#:  modules/node.module:1086
msgid "You have to specifiy a valid date."
msgstr "你必须指定日期."

#:  modules/node.module:1407
msgid "Confirm deletion"
msgstr "确认删除"

#:  modules/node.module:1530
msgid "publish"
msgstr "公开"

#:  modules/node.module:1531
msgid "promote"
msgstr "推荐"

#:  modules/node.module:1532
msgid "moderate"
msgstr "审核"

#:  modules/node.module:1534
msgid "revision"
msgstr "修订"

#:  modules/path.module:15
msgid "Enables users to rename URLs."
msgstr "启用用户重命名URL。"

#:  modules/path.module:17
msgid ""
"Drupal provides users complete control over URLs through aliasing.  "
"This feature is typically used to make URLs human-readable or easy to "
"remember.  For example, one could map the relative URL 'node/1' onto "
"'about'. Each system path can have multiple aliases."
msgstr ""
"Drupal允许用户通过别名来控制URL。此功能通常是URL人性化，便于记忆。例如，你可以将 "
"URL 'node/1' 链接为 "
"'about'(关于)。每个系统路径都可以含有多个别名。"

#:  modules/path.module:19
msgid ""
"Enter the path you wish to create the alias for, followed by the name "
"of the new alias."
msgstr "在别名后输入你要建立别名的路径。"

#:  modules/path.module:21
msgid ""
"\n"
"<h3>Background</h3>\n"
"<p>A very powerful feature of Drupal is the ability to have control "
"over all paths. The path module is the tool that provides this "
"functionality and is part of the basic Drupal installation, although "
"it is not enabled by default. Some examples of re-mapping paths "
"are:</p>\n"
"<pre>\n"
"user/login => login\n"
"\n"
"image/tid/16 => store\n"
"\n"
"taxonomy/term/7+19+20+21 => store/products/whirlygigs\n"
"\n"
"node/3 => contact\n"
"</pre>\n"
"<p>This functionality integrates seamlessly into node forms and also "
"provides the administrator an interface to view all aliases that have "
"been created.</p>\n"
"<p>Aliases have a many to one relationship with their original Drupal "
"URLs. In other words you can have many different aliases map to a "
"single path. An example of where a multiple aliases come in handy is "
"creating a standard RSS feed URL:</p>\n"
"\n"
"<pre>\n"
"node/feed => rss.xml\n"
"node/feed => index.rdf\n"
"</pre>\n"
"\n"
"<p>When Drupal generates links for a path with multiple aliases it "
"will choose the first alias created per system URL.  So in our above "
"example, Drupal would use rss.xml as the default alias rather than "
"index.rdf. To change this behavior, delete the aliases for node/feed "
"and create the index.rdf alias before rss.xml.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<h3>Permissions</h3>\n"
"<p>Two permissions are related to URL aliasing: <em>create url "
"aliases</em> and <em>administer url aliases</em>.</p>\n"
"<ol><li><strong>create url aliases</strong> - Allows users to create "
"aliases for nodes. Enabling this permission will display a path field "
"to the user in any node form, allowing them to enter an alias for that "
"node. They will be able to edit/delete the alias after it is created "
"using the same form.</li><li><strong>administer url aliases</strong> - "
"Allows users to access the alias administration interface. They must "
"also have the <em>access administration pages</em> permission set as "
"well. This interface displays all aliases and provides a way to create "
"and modify them. This is also the location to build aliases for things "
"other than nodes. For example, you can create an alias for a taxonomy "
"URL or even re-map the admin path (although the original admin path "
"will still be accessible since aliases do not cancel out original "
"paths).</li></ol>\n"
"\n"
"<h3>Mass URL aliasing</h3>\n"
"<p>Drupal also comes with user defined mass URL aliasing capabilities. "
"You might like to see completely different URLs used by Drupal, or "
"even URLs translated to the visitors' native language, in which case "
"this feature is handy. Only an administrator with access to the "
"website source code can set up this kind of aliases. You can define a "
"<code>conf_url_rewrite</code> function in conf.php, following this "
"example:</p>\n"
"<pre>\n"
"function conf_url_rewrite($path, $mode = 'incoming') {\n"
"  if ($mode == 'incoming') { // URL coming from a client\n"
"    return preg_replace('!^display/(\\d+)$!', 'node/\\1', $path);\n"
"  }\n"
"  else { // URL going out to a client\n"
"    $aliased = preg_replace('!^node/(\\d+)$!', 'display/\\1', "
"$path);\n"
"    if ($aliased != $path) { return $aliased; }\n"
"  }\n"
"}\n"
"</pre>\n"
"<p>This function will shorten every <code>node/$node_id</code> type of "
"URL to <code>display/$node_id</code>. Individual URL aliases defined "
"on the browser interface of Drupal take precedence, so if you have the "
"'contact' page alias from the example above, then the "
"<code>display/3</code> alias will not be effective when outgoing links "
"are created. Incoming URLs however always work with the mass URL "
"aliased variant. Only the 'incoming' and 'outgoing' modes are supposed "
"to be supported by your <code>conf_url_rewrite</code> function.</p>\n"
"<p>You cannot only use this feature to shorten the URLs, or to "
"translate them to you own language, but also to add completely new "
"subURLs to an already existing module's URL space, or to compose a "
"bunch of existing stuff together to a common URL space. You can create "
"a <code>news</code> section for example aliasing nodes and taxonomy "
"overview pages falling under a 'news' vocabulary, thus having "
"<code>news/15</code> and <code>news/sections/3</code> instead of "
"<code>node/15</code> and <code>taxonomy/term/3</code>. You need "
"extensive knowledge of Drupal's inner workings and regular expressions "
"though to make such advanced aliases.</p>"
msgstr ""
"function conf_url_rewrite($path, $mode = 'incoming') {\r\n"
"  if ($mode == 'incoming') { // URL coming from a client\r\n"
"    return preg_replace('!^display/(\\d+)$!', 'node/\\1', $path);\r\n"
"  }\r\n"
"  else { // URL going out to a client\r\n"
"    $aliased = preg_replace('!^node/(\\d+)$!', 'display/\\1', "
"$path);\r\n"
"    if ($aliased != $path) { return $aliased; }\r\n"
"  }\r\n"
"}\r\n"
"</pre>\r\n"
"<p>此功能将所有的 <code>node/$node_id</code>变为 "
"<code>display/$node_id</code>。在浏览界面中定义的单个的URL映射优先，因此如果你有了'contact'的别名， "
"<code>display/3</code> 别名将不会有效。 引入 URLs "
"总是适用大量URL. 只有 '引入' 和 '引出' "
"模式通过<code>conf_url_rewrite</code>功能来设置。</p>\r\n"
"<p>你不仅仅可以使用此功能来缩短URL，翻译成母语，也可以使用它来给现存模块加入全新的子URL，或是一串现有URL的组合。你可以建立<code>新闻</code> "
"来组织一串新闻，通过 <code>news/15</code> "
"和<code>news/sections/3</code> 来代替<code>node/15</code> "
"和<code>taxonomy/term/3</code>. "
"使用此类功能你需要深入了解 "
"Drupal以及正则表达式。</p>"

#:  modules/ping.module:15
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <p>Drupal can pings sites automatically to notify them that your "
"site has changed. It can ping the following sites:</p>\n"
"      <p>%weblogs, a web site that tracks and displays links to "
"changed weblogs and news-oriented web sites. To get your Drupal site "
"listed, weblogs.com must be informed about your site's updates.  This "
"is the job of the ping module and when installed, the administrator "
"doesn't have to do anything to participate in the %weblogs system. The "
"ping module automatically notifies weblogs.com when your site is "
"updated.  To do so, Drupal implements the %weblogs-XML.</p>\n"
"      <p>%weblogs-RSS, a web site that tracks and displays links to "
"recently changed RSS feeds in XML format. To get your Drupal site "
"listed, %weblogs-RSS must be informed about updates to your RSS feed.  "
"This is the job of the ping module and when installed, the "
"administrator doesn't have to do anything to participate in the "
"%weblogs-RSS-changes system. The ping module automatically notifies "
"%weblogs-RSS when your site is updated.</p>\n"
"      <p>%blo-gs, a directory of recently updated weblogs and tools "
"for tracking interesting weblogs, in the spirit of services like "
"%weblogs, %blogtracker and %blogrolling. To get your Drupal site "
"listed, %blo-gs must be informed about your site's updates.  This is "
"the job of the ping module and when installed, the administrator "
"doesn't have to do anything to participate in the %blo-gs system. The "
"ping module automatically notifies blo.gs when your site is updated.  "
"To do so, Drupal implements the %blo-gs-XML.</p>\n"
"      <p>The ping feature requires crontab.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"      <p>Drupal "
"可以自动访问某些站点以通知你的站点改变，目前可以访问并通知的站点是：</p>\n"
"      <p>%weblogs, "
"一个跟踪和显示到更改或新建的Blog的站点。要使你的站点被列入，必须通知weblogs.com你的站点更改。这是ping模块所做的，管理员不需要任何参与到 "
"%weblogs "
"系统的工作。ping模块在你的站点改变时自动通知。Drupal通过%weblogs-XML来实现此功能。</p>\n"
"      <p>%weblogs-RSS,一个用XML格式显示最近更新的RSS "
"feed的站点的网站。 "
"要使你的站点被列入，必须通知%weblogs-RSS你的RSS "
"feed的更新。 "
"这也是ping模块所做的，管理员不需要任何参与到 "
"%weblogs-RSS-changes "
"系统的工作。ping模块在你的站点改变时自动通知。</p>\n"
"      <p>%blo-gs, "
"一个显示最近更新的blog和工具的目录，类似于%weblogs, "
"%blogtracker 和 %blogrolling。 "
"要使你的站点被列入，必须通知%blo-gs "
"你的更新。这也是ping模块所做的，管理员不需要任何参与到%blo-gs系统的工作。ping模块在你的站点改变时自动通知。Drupal通过%blo-gs-XML来实现此功能。</p>\n"
"      <p>此功能需要crontab。</p>"

#:  modules/ping.module:20
msgid "XML-RPC interface of weblogs.com"
msgstr "为weblogs.com准备XML-RPC界面"

#:  modules/ping.module:20
msgid "Weblogs.Com for RSS"
msgstr "Weblogs.com的RSS"

#:  modules/ping.module:20
msgid "the weblogs.com for RSS"
msgstr "Weblogs.com的RSS"

#:  modules/ping.module:20
msgid "XML-RPC interface of blo.gs"
msgstr "为blo.gs准备的XML-RPC界面"

#:  modules/ping.module:21
msgid "Alerts other sites that your site has been updated."
msgstr "当站点更新时通知其他站点。"

#:  modules/ping.module:72
msgid "Failed to notify weblogs.com (site)."
msgstr "通知weblogs.com失败（站点）。"

#:  modules/ping.module:84
msgid "Failed to notify weblogs.com (RSS)."
msgstr "通知weblogs.com失败（RSS）。"

#:  modules/ping.module:96
msgid "Failed to notify blo.gs."
msgstr "通知blo.gs失败。"

#:  modules/ping.module:108
msgid "Failed to notify technorati.com."
msgstr "通知technorati.com失败。"

#:  modules/poll.module:26
msgid ""
"Enables your site to capture votes on different topics in the form of "
"multiple choice questions."
msgstr "使你的站点可以获得关于不同主题的各个选项的投票信息。"

#:  modules/profile.module:22
msgid "Support for configurable user profiles."
msgstr "支持可配置的用户个人信息。"

#:  modules/queue.module:15
msgid "Enables content to be moderated by the community."
msgstr "使社区内容评分可用。"

#:  modules/queue.module:17
msgid ""
"The queue provides a way for your users to vote on submitted content. "
"This is called <strong>moderation</strong>. Users can moderate a post "
"up (give it a point), or down (subtract a point). The settings below "
"give you control over how many points are required for the status of a "
"post to be automatically changed. See individual items for details."
msgstr "队列提供了一种让用户就提交内容评价的办法。称之为<strong>评分</strong>。用户可以同意一篇文章（加1点）或不同意一篇文章（减1点）。下列设置中，你可以控制一篇文章需要多少点才能显示。欲知详情，请看单个项目的帮助。"

#:  modules/search.module:15
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <strong>Search guidelines</strong>\n"
"      <p>The search page allows you to search the web site's content.  "
"You can specify multiple words, and they will all be searched for.  "
"You can also use wildcards, so 'walk*' will match 'walk', 'walking', "
"'walker', 'walkable' and so on.  Furthermore, searches are not case "
"sensitive so searching for 'walk', 'Walk' or 'WALK' will yield exactly "
"the same results.</p>\n"
"      <strong>Words excluded from the search</strong>\n"
"      <p>Words that frequently occur, typically called 'noise words', "
"are ignored.  Example words are 'a', 'at', 'and', 'are', 'as', 'how', "
"'where', etc.  Words shorter than %number letters are also "
"ignored.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"      <strong>搜索指导</strong>\n"
"      <p>搜索页面允许你搜索站点内容。 "
"你可以指定多个关键词，并且都会被搜索，你可以使用通配符。搜索忽略大小写。</p>\n"
"      <strong>搜索不包括的词</strong>\n"
"      <p>常用词将被忽略，例如'a'、 'at'、 'and'、 "
"'are'、 'as'、'how'、'where'等等。少于 "
"%number字母的单词也会被忽略。</p>"

#:  modules/search.module:23
msgid ""
"The search engine works by keeping an index of \"interesting\" words. "
"To make sure we only get \"interesting\" words you need to set the "
"following."
msgstr "此搜索引擎通过建立\"有趣的\"单词的索引进行工作。为了确认我们只获得\"有趣的\"单词，你需要做："

#:  modules/search.module:41
msgid "Search for older content."
msgstr "搜索以前的内容"

#:  modules/search.module:58,,,  ;364
msgid "search help"
msgstr "搜索帮助"

#:  modules/search.module:82
msgid ""
"The number of characters a word has to be to be indexed.  Words "
"shorter than this will not be searchable."
msgstr "少于此数目的单词将不能被搜索。"

#:  modules/search.module:83
msgid "The number of characters a word has to be to be searched for."
msgstr "能够搜索的关键词的最小长度。"

#:  modules/search.module:84
msgid "Noise words"
msgstr "忽略的词"

#:  modules/search.module:84
msgid ""
"These words will not be indexed. Enter a comma separated list; "
"linebreaks and whitespace do not matter.  Example: and, or, not, a, "
"to, I, it, ..."
msgstr "这些词语将不被索引。用逗号隔开，不要用换行和空格。例如：\"的\"、\"得\"等。"

#:  modules/search.module:88
msgid "Help text position"
msgstr "帮助文本位置"

#:  modules/search.module:88
msgid "Above search output"
msgstr "在搜索结果上方"

#:  modules/search.module:88
msgid "Below search output"
msgstr "在搜索结果下方"

#:  modules/search.module:88
msgid "Link from above search output"
msgstr "在搜索结果上方的链接"

#:  modules/search.module:88
msgid "Link from below search output"
msgstr "在搜索结果下方的链接"

#:  modules/search.module:88
msgid "Where to show the help text for users on the search page."
msgstr "在搜索页面何处显示帮助。"

#:  modules/search.module:89
msgid "Viewing options"
msgstr "查看选项"

#:  modules/search.module:382
msgid "Search: %keys."
msgstr "搜索：%keys。"

#:  modules/search.module:388,,,  ;391
msgid "Search Results"
msgstr "搜索结果"

#:  modules/search.module:391
msgid "Your search yielded no results."
msgstr "没有找到任何内容。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:15
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <h3>Introduction</h3>\n"
"      <p>The statistics module keeps track of numerous statistics for "
"your site but be warned, statistical collection does cause a little "
"overhead, thus everything comes <strong>disabled</strong> by "
"default.</p>\n"
"      <p>The module counts how many times, and from where -- using "
"HTTP referrer -- each of your posts is viewed. Once we have that count "
"the module can do the following with it:\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"      <li>The count can be displayed in the node's link section next "
"to \"# comments\".</li>\n"
"      <li>A configurable block can be added which can display the "
"day's top stories, the all time top stories, and the last stories "
"read. Each section in the block has a title, which you can change, as "
"well as being able to change how many node titles will be "
"displayed.</li>\n"
"      <li>A configurable user page can be added, which can display the "
"day's top stories, the all time top stories, and the last stories "
"read.  You can individually configure how many posts are displayed in "
"each section.</li>\n"
"      <li>A configurable block can be added that displays the count of "
"how many users, as well as a list of their names, and guests are "
"currently accessing your site.</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <p>Notes on using the statistics:</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"      <li>If you enable the view counters for content, this adds 1 "
"database query for each node that is viewed (2 queries if it's the "
"first time the node has ever been viewed).</li>\n"
"      <li>If you enable the access log, this adds 1 database query for "
"each page that Drupal displays.  Logged information includes:  HTTP "
"referrer (if any), node being accessed (if any), user ID (if any), the "
"IP address of the user, and the time the page was viewed.</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <p>As with any new module, the statistics module needs to be <a "
"href=\"%modules\">enabled</a> before you can use it.  Also refer to "
"the <a href=\"%permissions\">permissions section</a>, as this module "
"supports four separate permissions.</p>\n"
"      <h3><a href=\"%referers\">referrers log</a></h3>\n"
"      <p>This admin page shows you site-wide referrer statistics.  You "
"can see <em>'all'</em> statistics, <em>'external'</em> statistics or "
"<em>'internal'</em> statistics.  Default is 'all'.</p>\n"
"      <h3><a href=\"%access\">access log</a></h3>\n"
"      <p>This admin page gives you an at-a-glance look at your most "
"popular content.  It is useful for understanding what content on your "
"Drupal site is the most popular.  Also on this page are links to the "
"referrer statistics for each listed node.</p>\n"
"      <h3>Configuring the statistics module</h3>\n"
"      <p>There are some configuration options added to the main <a "
"href=\"%configuration\">administer &raquo; settings &raquo; "
"statistics</a> section:</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"      <li><em>enable access log</em> -- allows you to turn the access "
"log on and off.  This log is used to store data about every page "
"accessed, such as the remote host's IP address, where they came from "
"(referrer), what node they've viewed, and their user name.  Enabling "
"the log adds one database call per page displayed by Drupal.</li>\n"
"      <li><em>discard access logs older than</em> -- allows you to "
"configure how long an access log entry is saved, after which time it "
"is deleted from the database table. To use this you need to run "
"\"cron.php\"</li>\n"
"      <li><em>enable node view counter</em> -- allows you to turn on "
"and off the node-counting functionality of this module.  If it is "
"turned on, an extra database query is added for each node displayed, "
"which increments a counter.</li>\n"
"      <li><em>display node view counters</em> -- allows you to "
"globally disable the displaying of node view counters.  Additionally, "
"a user group must have 'access statistics' permissions to view the "
"counters.</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <h3>Popular content block</h3>\n"
"      <p>This module creates a block that can display the day's top "
"viewed content, the all time top viewed content, and the last content "
"viewed.  Each of these links can be enabled or disabled individually, "
"and the number of posts displayed for each can be configured with a "
"drop down menu.  If you disable all sections of this block, it will "
"not appear.</p>\n"
"      <p>Don't forget to <a href=\"%block\">enable the "
"block</a>.</p>\n"
"      <h3>Popular content page</h3>\n"
"      <p>This module creates a user page that can display summaries of "
"the day's most popular viewed content, the all time most popular "
"content, and the last content viewed.  Each of these summaries can be "
"enabled or disabled individually, and the number of posts displayed "
"for each can be configured with a drop down menu.  You can also assign "
"a name for the automatically generated link to the user page.  If no "
"name is set, the link will not be displayed.</p>\n"
"      <h3>Permissions</h3><p>This module has four permissions that "
"need to be configured in the <a href=\"%permissions\">permissions "
"section</a>.</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"      <li><em>access statistics</em> - enable for user roles that get "
"to see view counts for individual content.  (This does not define "
"access to the block)</li>\n"
"      <li><em>administer statistics module</em> - enable for user "
"roles that get to configure the statistics "
"module.</li><li><em>administer statistics</em> - enable for user roles "
"that get to view the referrer statistics.</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <p>If '<em>administer statistics</em>' and '<em>access "
"statistics</em>' are both enabled, the user will see a link from each "
"node to that node's referrer statistics (if enabled).</p>"
msgstr ""
"      <p>和众多新模块一样，统计模块需要被 <a "
"href=\"%modules\">启用</a>才能使用。参见 <a "
"href=\"%permissions\">权限</a>页，因为此模块有四个不同的权限。</p>\n"
"      <h3>配置统计统计模块</h3>\n"
"      <p>在<a href=\"%configuration\">管理 &raquo; 设置 &raquo; "
"统计</a>中有如下选项:</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"      <li><em>启用访问记录</em> -- "
"允许你启用或关闭访问记录。此记录用于存储页面访问信息，例如用户IP、来源、访问内容、用户名等等。启用该记录将增加一叫做per "
"page的数据库。</li>\n"
"      <li><em>禁用早期访问记录</em> -- "
"允许你配置访问配置记录保存的时间。超过时间后将会被从数据库中删除。此功能需要 "
"cron.php。</li>\n"
"      <li><em>启用节点访问计数器</em> -- "
"允许你打开和关闭节点技术功能。打开此功能时，每次访问将增加1个数字。</li>\n"
"      <li><em>显示节点计数器</em> -- "
"允许你控制节点计数器的显示和关闭。</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <h3>人气板块</h3>\n"
"      "
"<p>此模块将建立一个显示每日热门内容、总热门排行和最新阅读内容的页面。每个内容都可以单独启用或禁用。显示的数量可以通过下拉框来配置。如果你禁用了所有选项，将不会显示此板块。</p>\n"
"      <p>不要忘了 <a href=\"%block\">启用板块</a>.</p>"

#:  modules/statistics.module:45
msgid ""
"Settings for the statistical information that Drupal will keep about "
"the site. See <a href=\"%statistics\">site statistics</a> for the "
"actual information."
msgstr ""
"Drupal将保存的统计信息的设置。要查看实际信息，参阅 "
"<a href=\"%statistics\">站点统计</a>。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:60
msgid "This page gives you an at-a-glance look at your most popular content."
msgstr "此页面显示热门内容一览。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:62
msgid "This page shows access statistics for each page of your website."
msgstr "此页面显示站点每日页面访问统计。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:64
msgid "This page shows access statistics for each user of your website."
msgstr "此页面显示站点每日用户访问统计。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:66
msgid ""
"This page shows access statistics for each hostname visiting your "
"website."
msgstr "此页面显示站点每日来源访问统计。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:68
msgid ""
"This page shows your site-wide referrer statistics.  You can "
"optionally view just the \"external referrers\" or the \"internal "
"referrers\". Referrers are web pages, both local and on other sites, "
"that point to your web site."
msgstr "此页面显示站点每日页面外部来源统计。你可以选择\"外部来源\"或\"内部来源\"。来源是页面，包括本地和其他站点。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:70
msgid ""
"This page shows you only \"internal referrers\". These are links "
"pointing to your web site from within your web site."
msgstr "此页面只显示\"内部来源\"。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:72
msgid ""
"This page shows you only \"external referrers\". These are links "
"pointing to your web site from outside your web site."
msgstr "此页面只显示\"外部来源\"。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:74
msgid ""
"This page shows you who is accessing your web site.  You can see the "
"hostnames and referrers.  For example, it is easy to inspect a user's "
"navigation history/trail by clicking on <em>track user</em>."
msgstr "此页面显示访问站点用户。你可以看到IP和来源。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:145
msgid "View this site's most popular content."
msgstr "显示此站点热门内容。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:159
msgid "most popular content"
msgstr "最热内容"

#:  modules/statistics.module:165
msgid "hits"
msgstr "点击"

#:  modules/statistics.module:168
msgid "posts"
msgstr "文章"

#:  modules/statistics.module:171
msgid "pages"
msgstr "页面"

#:  modules/statistics.module:178
msgid "hostnames"
msgstr "来源IP"

#:  modules/statistics.module:184
msgid "internal"
msgstr "内部"

#:  modules/statistics.module:186
msgid "external"
msgstr "外部"

#:  modules/statistics.module:210
msgid "Recent hits for \"%username\""
msgstr "\"%username\"最近的点击"

#:  modules/statistics.module:215
msgid "Recent hits for all users"
msgstr "所有用户最近的点击"

#:  modules/statistics.module:221
msgid "Recent hits for \"%title\""
msgstr "\"%title\"最近的点击"

#:  modules/statistics.module:226
msgid "Recent hits for \"%hostname\""
msgstr "\"%hostname\"最近的点击"

#:  modules/statistics.module:232
msgid "Recent hits"
msgstr "最近点击"

#:  modules/statistics.module:263,,,  ;327;359
msgid "track user"
msgstr "跟踪用户"

#:  modules/statistics.module:263,,,  ;295;434
msgid "track title"
msgstr "跟踪标题"

#:  modules/statistics.module:263,,,  ;327;359
msgid "track host"
msgstr "跟踪来源IP"

#:  modules/statistics.module:288,,,  ;319;351;400;426
msgid "Last hit"
msgstr "上次点击"

#:  modules/statistics.module:343
msgid "Top hostnames in the past %interval"
msgstr "过去 %interval 中最多的来源IP"

#:  modules/statistics.module:386
msgid "Top internal referrers in the past %interval"
msgstr "过去 %interval 中最多的内部来源"

#:  modules/statistics.module:392
msgid "Top external referrers in the past %interval"
msgstr "过去 %interval 中最多的外部来源"

#:  modules/statistics.module:424
msgid "Today"
msgstr "今天"

#:  modules/statistics.module:425
msgid "All time"
msgstr "所有时间"

#:  modules/statistics.module:434,,,  ;637
msgid "View this posting."
msgstr "查看此文"

#:  modules/statistics.module:441
msgid "Top posts"
msgstr "热门文章"

#:  modules/statistics.module:457
msgid ""
"Display how many times given content has been viewed.  User must have "
"the \"access statistics\" permissions to be able to view these counts."
msgstr "显示页面被访问的次数。用户要访问计数器，必须有\"访问统计\"权限。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:462
msgid ""
"How many content items to display in \"day\" list.  Requires enabled "
"content viewing counters."
msgstr ""
"在 \"每日\" "
"列表中显示多少内容。需要启用访问计数器。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:463
msgid ""
"How many content items to display in \"all time\" list.  Requires "
"enabled content viewing counters."
msgstr ""
"在 \"总体\" "
"列表中显示多少内容。需要启用访问计数器。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:464
msgid ""
"How many content items to display in \"recently viewed\" list.  "
"Requires enabled content viewing counters."
msgstr ""
"在 \"最近访问\" "
"列表中显示多少内容。需要启用访问计数器。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:465
msgid "\"Popular content\" block settings"
msgstr "\"热门内容\" 板块设置"

#:  modules/statistics.module:469
msgid "Name for link to user page"
msgstr "链接到用户页的链接的名称"

#:  modules/statistics.module:469
msgid ""
"This node generates a user page listing your site's most popular "
"content.  If you specify a name here, a link to the \"Popular "
"content\" page will be added automatically."
msgstr ""
"此节点产生一个显示站点热门内容的用户页面。如果在此指定了名称，一个链接到\"热门内容\" "
"的链接将被自动加入。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:470
msgid ""
"How many content items to display in the \"day\" list.  Requires "
"enabled content viewing counters."
msgstr ""
"在 \"每日\" "
"列表中显示多少内容。需要启用访问计数器。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:471
msgid "Number of all time top views to display"
msgstr "总热门访问显示的数目"

#:  modules/statistics.module:471
msgid ""
"How many content items to display in the \"all time\" list.  Requires "
"enabled content viewing counters."
msgstr ""
"在 \"总体\" "
"列表中显示多少内容。需要启用访问计数器。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:472
msgid ""
"How many posts to display in the \"recently viewed\" list.  Requires "
"enabled content viewing counters."
msgstr ""
"在 \"最近访问\" "
"列表中显示多少内容。需要启用访问计数器。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:473
msgid "\"Popular content\" page settings"
msgstr "\"热门内容\"页面设置"

#:  modules/statistics.module:596
msgid "Day's most popular content:"
msgstr "日热门内容："

#:  modules/statistics.module:605
msgid "All time most popular content:"
msgstr "总热门内容："

#:  modules/statistics.module:614
msgid "Last viewed content:"
msgstr "最近访问内容："

#:  modules/statistics.module:637
msgid "Submitted by %a on %b"
msgstr "%a 发表于 %b"

#:  modules/statistics.module:119
msgid "administer statistics module"
msgstr "管理统计模块"

#:  modules/statistics.module:119
msgid "administer statistics"
msgstr "管理统计"

#:  modules/story.module:15
msgid "Enables users to submit stories, articles or similar content."
msgstr "使用户可以提交稿件、文章或其他内容。"

#:  modules/story.module:17
msgid ""
"Stories are like newspaper articles. They tend to follow a publishing "
"flow of <strong>submit -&gt; moderate -&gt; post to the main page "
"-&gt; comments</strong>. Below you may fix a minimum word count for "
"stories and also write some submission or content guidelines for users "
"wanting to post a story."
msgstr ""
"稿件就像报纸的新闻和文章一样。它们和出版流程类似：<strong>提交 "
"-&gt; 主持 \"\"-&gt; 发布到首页 -&gt; "
"评论</strong>。下面您可以设置一篇文章的最小字数，也可以写一些提交或者内容方面的指南、标准，给想要发布文章、新闻的用户看。"

#:  modules/story.module:19
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <p>The story module lets your users submit articles for "
"consideration by the rest of the community, who can vote on them if "
"moderation is enabled.  Stories usually follow a publishing flow of "
"<strong>submit -&gt; moderate -&gt; post to the main page -&gt; "
"comments</strong>.  Administrators are able to shortcut this flow as "
"desired.</p>\n"
"      In <a href=\"%story-config\">administer &raquo; settings &raquo; "
"story</a> you can set up an introductory text for story authors, and a "
"floor on the number of words which may be included in a story. This is "
"designed to help discourage the submission of trivially short "
"stories.</p>\n"
"      <h3>User access permissions for stories</h3>\n"
"      <p><strong>create stories:</strong> Allows a role to create "
"stories. They cannot edit or delete stories, even if they are the "
"authors. You must enable this permission to in order for a role to "
"create a story.</p>\n"
"      <p><strong>edit own stories:</strong> Allows a role to add/edit "
"stories if they own the story. Use this permission if you want users "
"to be able to edit and maintain their own stories.</p>\n"
"      "
msgstr ""
"\n"
"      "
"<p>稿件模块使用户可以向社区投稿。稿件通常遵循一个流程：<strong>提交 "
"-&gt; 审核 -&gt; 发表到主页 -&gt; "
"评论</strong>。管理员可以根据需要缩短此流程。</p>\n"
"      在 <a href=\"%story-config\">管理 &raquo; 设置&raquo; "
"稿件</a> 中，你可以输入一些指导语句。</p>\n"
"      <h3>稿件的用户权限</h3>\n"
"      "
"<p><strong>投稿：</strong>允许用户发表稿件。但即时是作者，也不能编辑和删除自己的稿件。</p>\n"
"      <p><strong>编辑自己的稿件：</strong> "
"用户可以编辑/增加自己的稿件。</p>\n"
"      "

#:  modules/story.module:29
msgid ""
"A story is similar to a newspaper article. If stories are moderated, "
"the post will be submitted to the attention of other users and be "
"queued in the submission queue.  Users and moderators vote on the "
"posts they like or dislike, promoting or demoting them.  When a post "
"gets above a certain threshold it automatically gets promoted to the "
"front page."
msgstr "稿件就像报纸的新闻和文章类似。如果稿件被审核，将进入提交队列。用户和管理员可以对其投票，推荐或不推荐。当稿件得到一定分数数，将会自动推荐到首页。"

#:  modules/story.module:37
msgid ""
"This text will be displayed at the top of the story submission form.  "
"It is useful for helping or instructing your users."
msgstr "这些文字将显示在稿件提交表单的顶端。这将对帮助你的用户很有用。"

#:  modules/story.module:38
msgid ""
"The minimum number of words a story must be to be considered valid.  "
"This can be useful to rule out submissions that do not meet the site's "
"standards, such as short test posts."
msgstr "稿件所必需具有的最小字数。"

#:  modules/story.module:83
msgid "edit this story"
msgstr "编辑稿件"

#:  modules/story.module:111
msgid ""
"The body of your story is too short. You need at least %words words to "
"submit your story."
msgstr "你的稿件正文过短。至少需要%words个单词。"

#:  modules/system.module:19
msgid ""
"General configuration options for your site. Set up the name of the "
"site, e-mail address used in mail-outs, clean URL options, caching, "
"etc."
msgstr "站点的通用设置。设置站点名称、用于外发电子邮件地址、干净Url选项、缓存等等。"

#:  modules/system.module:21
msgid ""
"Select which themes are available to your users and specify the "
"default theme. To configure site-wide display settings, click the "
"\"configure\" task above. Alternately, to override these settings in a "
"specific theme, click the \"configure\" link for the corresponding "
"theme."
msgstr "选择用户可用的主题并指定默认主题。要配置全站显示设置，点击\"配置\"。当然，如果更改特定主题，也可以点击相应主题的\"配置\"。"

#:  modules/system.module:23
msgid ""
"These options control the default display settings for your entire "
"site, across all themes. Unless they have been overridden by a "
"specific theme, these settings will be used."
msgstr "这些选项控制全站的显示设置，影响所有主题。只要没有特定主题覆盖，他们就将被显示。"

#:  modules/system.module:26
msgid ""
"These options control the display settings for the "
"<code>%template</code> theme. When your site is displayed using this "
"theme, these settings will be used. By clicking \"Reset to defaults,\" "
"you can choose to use the <a href=\"%global\">global settings</a> for "
"this theme."
msgstr ""
"这些选项控制 "
"<code>%template</code>主题的显示设置。当你的站点使用此主题显示时，这些设置将会被使用。通过点击\"恢复默认值\"，你可以选择为此主题使用 "
"<a href=\"%global\">全局设置</a>。"

#:  modules/system.module:26
msgid ""
"Modules are plugins for Drupal that extend its core functionality.  "
"Here you can select which modules are enabled.  Click on the name of "
"the module in the navigation menu for their individual configuration "
"pages.  Once a module is enabled, new <a "
"href=\"%permissions\">permissions</a> might be made available.  "
"Modules can automatically be temporarily disabled to reduce server "
"load when your site becomes extremely busy by checking throttle.  The "
"auto-throttle functionality must be enabled on the <a "
"href=\"%throttle\">throttle configuration page</a> after having "
"enabled the throttle module."
msgstr ""
"模块是扩展Drupal功能的插件。这里你可以选择需要启用的插件。在导航条点击模块名称以进入其单独配置页。当模块启用后，新的<a "
"href=\"%permissions\">权限</a>将可用。模块可以在站点负荷较高时临时禁用以降低系统负荷，要这样做的话，启用throttle.module(低负荷模块)并选中“低负荷”复选框。自动低负荷选项需要在启用低负荷模块后在<a "
"href=\"%throttle\">低负荷配置页</a>启用。"

#:  modules/system.module:28
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <p>Drupal comes with system-wide defaults but the setting-module "
"provides control over many Drupal preferences, behaviours including "
"visual and operational settings.</p>\n"
"      <h3><a id=\"cron\">Cron</a></h3>\n"
"      <p>Some modules require regularly scheduled actions, such as "
"cleaning up logfiles.  Cron, which stands for chronograph, is a "
"periodic command scheduler executing commands at intervals specified "
"in seconds.  It can be used to control the execution of daily, weekly "
"and monthly jobs (or anything with a period measured in seconds).   "
"Automating tasks is one of the best ways to keep a system running "
"smoothly, and if most of your administration does not require your "
"direct involvement, cron is an ideal solution.</p>\n"
"      <p>Whenever %cron-link is accessed, cron will run: it calls the "
"_cron hook in each module allowing the module to run tasks if they "
"have not been executed in the last <em>n</em> seconds, where n is the "
"period of that task.  When all the tasks are finished, cron is "
"done.</p>\n"
"      <p>The recommended way to set up your cron system is to set up a "
"Unix/Linux crontab entry (see \"man crontab\") that frequently visits "
"%cron-link.  Note that cron does not guarantee the commands will be "
"executed at the specified interval.  However, Drupal will try its best "
"to run the tasks as close to the specified intervals as possible.  The "
"more you visit cron.php, the more accurate cron will be.</p>\n"
"      <p>If your hosting company does not allow you to set up crontab "
"entries, you can always ask someone else to set up an entry for you. "
"After all, virtually any Unix/Linux machine with access to the "
"internet can set up a crontab entry to frequently visit "
"%cron-link.</p>\n"
"      <p>For the Unix/Linux crontab itself, use a browser like <a "
"href=\"%lynx\">lynx</a> or <a href=\"%wget\">wget</a> but make sure "
"the process terminates: either use <code>/usr/bin/lynx -source "
"%base_url/cron.php</code> or <code>/usr/bin/wget -o /dev/null -O "
"/dev/null %cron-link</code>.  Take a look at the example scripts in "
"the <code>scripts</code>-directory. Make sure to adjust them to fit "
"your needs.  A good crontab line to run the cron script once every "
"hour would be:\n"
"      <pre>     00 * * * * "
"/home/www/drupal/scripts/cron-lynx.sh</pre>\n"
"      Note that it is essential to access <code>cron.php</code> using "
"a browser on the web site's domain; do not run it using command line "
"PHP and avoid using <code>localhost</code> or <code>127.0.0.1</code> "
"or some of the environment variables will not be set correctly and "
"features may not work as expected.</p>\n"
"      <h3><a id=\"cache\">Cache</a></h3>\n"
"      <p>Drupal has a caching mechanism which stores dynamically "
"generated web pages in a database.  By caching a web page, Drupal does "
"not have to create the page each time someone wants to view it, "
"instead it takes only one SQL query to display it, reducing response "
"time and the server's load.  Only pages requested by \"anonymous\" "
"users are cached.  In order to reduce server load and save bandwidth, "
"Drupal stores and sends cached pages compressed.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"      "
"<p>Drupal由许多系统默认值，但设置模块可以设置大部分的选项，包括界面和内在设置。</p>\n"
"      <h3><a id=\"cron\">Cron</a></h3>\n"
"      "
"<p>某些模块需要定时重复运行的动作，例如清理日志。 "
"Cron, "
"代表计时器，是一个在指定间隔执行指定命令的周期性程序。他可以控制每天、每周、每月所作的工作。自动任务是保持系统正常运行的最好办法，如果大部分管理不需要你直接参与，cron是一个理想的方案。</p>\n"
"      "
"<p>推荐的建立cron的方式是在unix/linux的crontab中设置你的cron系统。（参见 "
"\"man crontab （crontab手册）\") 定时访问 %cron-link.  注意 "
"cron并不保证程序会一定在指定间隔运行，然而， "
"Drupal将使任务在尽可能接近的时间运行。你访问cron.php时间越多，cron的准确性也就会越高。</p>\n"
"      <p>如果你的主机服务上不允许你设置 crontab "
"，你总是可以要求其他人为你设置。总而言之，事实上任何能够访问互联网的Unix/Linux主机都可以通过定时访问%cron-link来设置crontab。</p>\n"
"      <p>对于 Unix/Linux crontab，使用类似 <a "
"href=\"%lynx\">lynx</a> 的浏览器或 <a href=\"%wget\">wget</a> "
"，不过确定进程终止：使用 <code>/usr/bin/lynx -source "
"%base_url/cron.php</code> 或 <code>/usr/bin/wget -o /dev/null -O "
"/dev/null %cron-link</code>.  "
"翻阅一下在<code>scripts</code>-目录里的示范脚本。确认你将他根据你的需要进行了调整。一个不错的每小时运行的cron脚本如下：\n"
"      <pre>     00 * * * * "
"/home/www/drupal/scripts/cron-lynx.sh</pre>\n"
"      注意必须通过域名浏览器来访问 "
"<code>cron.php</code>。不要在PHP命令行运行，并避免使用<code>localhost</code> "
"或 "
"<code>127.0.0.1</code>或其他不能被正确设置的环境变量，否则可能不会正常运行。</p>\n"
"      <h3><a id=\"cache\">缓存</a></h3>\n"
"      "
"<p>Drupal有一个从数据库中动态产生页面的缓存机制。通过缓存页面， "
"Drupal无需在用户访问页面时创建，而只是从数据库中执行SQL查询来显示。这可以降低系统的反应时间和负荷。 "
"只有被\"匿名用户\"请求的页面才会被缓存。为了降低服务器负荷和节省贷宽，Drupal将缓存页面压缩后存贮和传输。</p>"

#:  modules/system.module:42
msgid ""
"Configuration system that lets administrators modify the workings of "
"the site."
msgstr "配置系统以让管理员修改站点。"

#:  modules/system.module:77
msgid "select"
msgstr "选择"

#:  modules/system.module:188
msgid ""
"Enable or disable clean URLs.  If enabled, you'll need "
"<code>ModRewrite</code> support.  See also the <code>.htaccess</code> "
"file in Drupal's top-level directory."
msgstr "启用或禁用干净URL。如果启用，需要<code>ModRewrite</code>支持。注意.htaccess文件。"

#:  modules/system.module:649
msgid ""
"The HTML code for the primary links. If this field is empty, Drupal "
"will automatically generate a set of links based on which modules are "
"enabled."
msgstr "主链接的HTML代码。留空将自动产生一组基于启用的链接的代码。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:194
msgid "Delete vocabulary \"%name\""
msgstr "删除术语表 \"%name\""

#:  formal,  modules/taxonomy.module:194
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the vocabulary and all its terms?"
msgstr "你真的删除此术语表和其中所有的术语吗？"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:320
msgid "deleted term \"%name\"."
msgstr "删除了术语 \"%name\"。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:337
msgid "Delete term \"%name\" and all its children"
msgstr "删除术语\"name\"和所有其下级术语"

#:  formal,  modules/taxonomy.module:337
msgid ""
"Are you sure you want to delete the term and all its children (if "
"any)?"
msgstr "你真的要删除术语和他的所有的下级术语吗？"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:346
msgid "Node types"
msgstr "节点类型"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:1049
msgid "Enables the organization of content into categories."
msgstr "启用分类组织。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:1008
msgid ""
"The taxonomy module allows you to classify content into categories and "
"subcategories; it allows multiple lists of categories for "
"classification (controlled vocabularies) and offers the possibility of "
"creating thesauri (controlled vocabularies that indicate the "
"relationship of terms) and taxonomies (controlled vocabularies where "
"relationships are indicated hierarchically). To delete a term choose "
"\"edit term\". To delete a vocabulary, and all its terms, choose "
"\"edit vocabulary\"."
msgstr "分类模块允许你将内容分类，允许分类的多重列表、建立指示术语关系的术语表和用层次结构代表术语关系的术语表。要删除一个术语，选择\"编辑\"，要删除一个术语表，选择\"编辑术语表\"。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:1010
msgid ""
"When you create a controlled vocabulary you are creating a set of "
"terms to use for describing content (known as descriptors in indexing "
"lingo).  Drupal allows you to describe each piece of content (blog, "
"story, etc.) using one or many of these terms. For simple "
"implementations, you might create a set of categories without "
"subcategories, similar to Slashdot.org's or Kuro5hin.org's sections. "
"For more complex implementations, you might create a hierarchical list "
"of categories."
msgstr ""
"当你建立一个术语表后，Drupal允许你使用各种内容（例如，blog,新闻等等）来描述此术语。例如，为了简单起见，你可能建立类似于 "
"Slashdot.org或 "
"Kuro5hin.org的没有子分类的分类，而复杂的，则可能是一个层次化的分类列表。"

#:  modules/throttle.module:111
msgid "Allows configuration of congestion control auto-throttle mechanism."
msgstr "允许自动低负荷机制的配置。"

#:  modules/throttle.module:70
msgid ""
"If your site gets linked to by a popular website, or otherwise comes "
"under a \"Denial of Service\" (DoS) attack, your webserver might "
"become overwhelmed.  This module provides a mechanism for "
"automatically detecting a surge in incoming traffic.  This mechanism "
"is utilized by other Drupal models to automatically optimize their "
"performance by temporarily disabling CPU-intensive functionality.  To "
"use the auto-throttle, the access log must be enabled.  It is advised "
"that you carefully read the explanations below and then properly tune "
"this module based on your site's requirements and your webserver's "
"capabilities."
msgstr "如果你的站点被一个热门站点链接，或是遭遇\"拒绝服务\"(DoS)攻击，你的站点将可能超负荷运转。此模块提供一个对于突如其来的用户潮的控制机制。此机制利用其他Drupal的模块来自动优化性能。"

#:  modules/throttle.module:72
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <h3>Introduction</h3>\n"
"      <p>This Drupal module allows you to enable and configure the "
"auto-throttle congestion control mechanism offered by the <a "
"href=\"%statistics-module\">statistics module</a>.  The auto-throttle "
"mechanism allows your site to automatically adapt to different server "
"levels.</p>\n"
"      <p>This module also adds a block that displays the current "
"status of the throttle.  You must have \"<a "
"href=\"%throttle-block\">access throttle block</a>\" privileges to "
"view the block.  As a general rule of thumb, only site administrators "
"should be granted access to this block.</p>\n"
"      <p>The auto-throttle mechanism performs an extra database query "
"in order to determine what the current throttle level should be.  "
"Fortunately the throttle can be tuned so these database queries only "
"occur on a fraction of all pages generated by your site, reducing the "
"overhead to an insignificant amount.  Additionally, when the top-most "
"throttle level is reached, all throttle queries are suspended for a "
"configurable period of time.  More detail follows.</p>\n"
"      <p>As with any module, the throttle module needs to be <a "
"href=\"%modules-enable\">enabled</a> before you can use it.  Also "
"refer to the permissions section below if you wish to access the "
"throttle statistics block.</p>\n"
"      <h3>Configuring the throttle module</h3>\n"
"      <p>The <a href=\"%throttle-config\">configuration section</a> "
"for the throttle allows you to turn it on and off, as well as to "
"fine-tune how sensitive it is.</p>\n"
"      <h4>enable auto-throttle:</h4>\n"
"      <blockquote>This first option on the throttle module "
"configuration screen allows you to enable or disable the "
"auto-throttling mechanism.  Note that the access-log must also be "
"enabled via the <a href=\"%statistics-config\">statistics module</a> "
"for the auto-throttling mechanism to have any effect.</blockquote>\n"
"      <h4>auto-throttle multiplier:</h4>\n"
"      <blockquote><p>This second option allows you to tune the "
"auto-throttle mechanism.  The auto-throttle mechanism supports six "
"throttle levels, from 0 (off) to 5 (maximum).  The current throttle "
"level is based upon how many pages have been accessed on your site in "
"the past 60 seconds - the more pages being displayed, the higher the "
"throttle level.  This multiplier defines how many hits are required to "
"switch from one throttle level to the next.</p>\n"
"      <p>For example, with a throttle multiplier of 20:  Once 20 pages "
"have been accessed on your site within a period of 60 seconds, the "
"throttle level will be incremented to a level of 1.  Once 40 pages "
"have been accessed on your site within a period of 60 seconds, the "
"throttle level will be incremented to a level of 2.  And so on, until "
"100 pages are accessed on your site within a period of 60 seconds, at "
"which time the throttle level will be set to a maximum level of "
"5.</p></blockquote>\n"
"      <h4>auto-throttle probability limiter:</h4>\n"
"      <blockquote><p>This option allows you to minimize the "
"performance impact of the auto-throttle.  If we refer to the "
"probability limiter as P, then P% of all pages generated by your site "
"will perform an extra database query to verify that the current "
"throttle level is appropriate to the current server load.</p>\n"
"      <p>As a rule of thumb, the higher your multiplier, the lower "
"your probability limiter should be.  For example, if you have a "
"multiplier of 100, then you logically don't need to check the throttle "
"level more than once out of every 100 page views, so the probability "
"limiter should be set to 1%.  As database queries are \"expensive\", "
"it's recommended that you keep the probability limiter to the smallest "
"percentage possible, while still high enough to react quickly to a "
"change in server load.</p></blockquote>\n"
"      <h3>Throttle block</h3>\n"
"      <p>This block displays some statistics regarding the current "
"throttle and its configuration.  It is recommended that only site "
"administrators receive the \"<a href=\"%throttle-access\">access "
"throttle block</a>\" permission bit required to view this block.  It "
"does not display information that would interest a normal site "
"end-user.</p>\n"
"      <p>Don't forget to <a href=\"%throttle-block-enable\">enable the "
"block</a>.</p>\n"
"      <h3>Permissions</h3>\n"
"      <p>This module has one permission that needs to be configured in "
"<a href=\"%permissions\">user permissions</a>.</p>\n"
"      <ul><li><em>access throttle block</em> - enable for user roles "
"that get to view the throttle block.</li></ul>\n"
"      <h3>For programmers: throttle_status()</h3>\n"
"      <p>The function <code>throttle_status()</code> will return a "
"number from 0 to 5.  0 means that there is no throttle enabled at this "
"time.  Each number above that is a progressively more throttled "
"system...  To disable a feature when a site first begins to get busy, "
"disable it at a throttle of 2 or 3.  To hold on to the bitter end, "
"wait until 4 or 5.</p>\n"
"      <p>To implement the throttle, you should do something like "
"this:\n"
"      <pre>\n"
"       if (module_invoke(\"throttle\", \"status\") >= "
"$my_throttle_value) {\n"
"          // my throttle limit was reached, disable stuff\n"
"        }\n"
"        else {\n"
"          // throttle limit not reached, execute normally\n"
"       }</pre>\n"
"      </p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"      <h3>简介</h3>\n"
"      <p>这个Drupal 模块允许您通过<a "
"href=\"%statistics-module\">统计模块</a>来配置自动低负荷机制。自动低负荷可以有多个级别。</p>\n"
"      "
"<p>这个模块还增加一个显示当前状态的板块。你必须有\"<a "
"href=\"%throttle-block\">访问低负荷板块</a>\"权限才能查看。默认情况下，只有管理员能够查看。</p>\n"
"      "
"<p>自动低负荷执行一个额外的数据库操作来判断当前状态，当然，频率可以由您自行控制。</p>\n"
"      <p>和其他模块一样，此模块需要在 <a "
"href=\"%modules-enable\">启用</a>后才能使用。同时确认你设置了相应的权限。</p>\n"
"      <h3>配置模块</h3>\n"
"      <p><a href=\"%throttle-config\"配置</a> "
"允许你打开、关闭和调整低负荷模块。</p>\n"
"      <h4>启用自动低负荷：</h4>\n"
"      "
"<blockquote>这是第一个选项。使你可以启用和禁用此机制。注意必须在 "
"<a href=\"%statistics-config\">统计模块</a> "
"中启用访问记录，才能使自动低负荷生效。</blockquote>\n"
"      <h4>自动低负荷增量：</h4>\n"
"      "
"<blockquote><p>这是第二个选项。用于调整自动低负荷的级别。目前允许从0（关闭）到5（最大）的6个级别。当前级别基于过去60秒的页面访问次数，访问越多则级别越高。此选项定义切换到下一低负荷级别所需的点击次数。</p>\n"
"      "
"<p>例如，我们将其设置为20。当1分钟的页面点击次数达到20时，自动低负荷级备增加到1；1分钟页面访问到40时，增加到2，依次类推。</p></blockquote>\n"
"      <h4>自动低负荷检查间隔</h4>\n"
"      "
"<blockquote><p>此选项允许你尽可能降低此模块对负荷的影响。如果我们将此时间设为P，那么，访问页面时有P%概率执行一次数据库查询以确定当前的自动低负荷级别。</p>\n"
"      "
"<p>A默认情况下，增量越大，间隔应该越小。例如，如果你的增量设为100，逻辑上你不需要在100页内检查负荷级别。所有此间隔应设为1%。由于数据库花销很大，因此建议你将间隔保持在一个较低的水平。</p></blockquote>\n"
"      <h3>低负荷板块</h3>\n"
"      "
"<p>此板块显示当前低负荷状态和配置。推荐只有站点管理员才拥有\"<a "
"href=\"%throttle-access\">访问低负荷板块</a>\"权限。此板块不会显示任何吸引站点最终用户的内容。</p>\n"
"      <p>不要忘了 <a "
"href=\"%throttle-block-enable\">启用板块</a>.</p>\n"
"      <h3>权限</h3>\n"
"      <p>此模块只有1个需要在<a "
"href=\"%permissions\">用户权限</a>里配置的权限。.</p>\n"
"      <ul><li><em>访问低负荷板块</em> - "
"使用户可以访问低负荷板块。</li></ul>\n"
"      <h3>对于开发者：throttle_status()</h3>\n"
"      "
"<p>函数<code>throttle_status()</code>将返回一个介于0到5的值。0代表目前没有启用低负荷状态。值越高则负荷越大。要在站点忙时禁用某个功能，在2或3时禁用。要硬撑的话，等待4或5。</p>\n"
"      <p>要实现低负荷，你需要做如下工作：\n"
"      <pre>\n"
"       if (module_invoke(\"throttle\", \"status\") >= "
"$my_throttle_value) {\n"
"          // 我的低负荷限制到了，停用功能\n"
"        }\n"
"        else {\n"
"          // 低负荷限制未达到，正常执行\n"
"       }</pre>\n"
"      </p>"

#:  modules/throttle.module:114
msgid "Auto-throttle multiplier"
msgstr "自动低负荷增量"

#:  modules/throttle.module:114
msgid ""
"The \"auto-throttle multiplier\" is the number of hits in the past 60 "
"seconds required to trigger a higher throttle level.  For example, if "
"you set the multiplier to 60, and your site is getting less than 60 "
"hits a minute, then the throttle will be at a level of 0.  Only once "
"you start getting more than 60 hits a minute will the throttle level "
"go to 1.  If you start getting more than 120 hits a minute, the "
"throttle becomes 2.  This continues until your site is sustaining more "
"than 300 hits per minute, at which time the throttle reaches a maximum "
"level of 5.  In the pop down menu, the first number is the multiplier, "
"and the numbers in parenthesis are how many hits are required to "
"switch to each throttle level.  The more powerful your server, the "
"higher you should set the multiplier value."
msgstr ""
" "
"\"自动低负荷增量\"是切换到更高的低负荷级别所需要的1分钟内页面点击次数。例如，将其设置为60，当站点1分钟页面点击小于60时，低负荷级别为0，当多于60时，低负荷级别将增加到1，多于120时，增加到2，依次类推。在下拉菜单中，第一个值是增量， "
"带括号的则是切换到每一级所需要的页面点击次数。服务器性能越强，此值应该越大。"

#:  modules/throttle.module:116
msgid ""
"The auto-throttle probability limiter is an efficiency mechanism to "
"statistically reduce the overhead of the auto-throttle.  The limiter "
"is expressed as a percentage of page views, so for example if set to "
"the default of 10% we only perform the extra database query to update "
"the current level 1 out of every 10 page views.  The busier your site, "
"the lower you should set the limiter value."
msgstr "自动低负荷间隔是一个降低负荷的有效机制。被解释为页面访问的百分比。例如设为默认的10%，将只在访问10个页面后执行一次数据库查询。站点越忙，此值应该越低。"

#:  modules/throttle.module:138
msgid "Current level: %level (%min - %max)"
msgstr "当前级别：%level (%min - %max)"

#:  modules/throttle.module:141
msgid "Current level: %level (%min+)"
msgstr "当前级别：%level (%min 以上)"

#:  modules/throttle.module:143
msgid "Probability: %probability%"
msgstr "检测间隔：%probability%"

#:  modules/throttle.module:146
msgid "This site has served %pages pages in the past minute."
msgstr "此站点在过去1分钟内服务了 %pages 页。"

#:  modules/throttle.module:158,,,  ;162
msgid "Throttle status"
msgstr "低负荷状态："

#:  modules/throttle.module:183
msgid ""
"Throttle: %hits hits in past minute; throttle decreased to level "
"%level."
msgstr ""
"低负荷：过去1分钟点击%hits，低负荷等级降低到 "
"%level。"

#:  modules/throttle.module:187
msgid ""
"Throttle: %hits hits in past minute; throttle increased to level "
"%level."
msgstr ""
"低负荷：过去1分钟点击%hits，低负荷等级提高到 "
"%level。"

#:  modules/throttle.module:146
msgid "1 page"
msgstr "1页"

#:  modules/throttle.module:146
msgid "%count pages"
msgstr "%count页"

#:  modules/throttle.module:102
msgid "access throttle block"
msgstr "访问低负荷板块"

#:  modules/upload.module:12
msgid "File-handling and attaching files to nodes."
msgstr "文件管理与上传附件。"

#:  modules/upload.module:14
msgid ""
"Users with the <a href=\"%permissions\"><em>upload files</em> "
"permission</a> can upload attachments. You can choose which node types "
"can take attachments on the <a href=\"%workflow\">workflow "
"settings</a> page."
msgstr ""
"Users with the <a href=\"%permissions\"><em>upload files</em> "
"permission</a> can upload attachments. You can choose which node types "
"can take attachments on the <a href=\"%workflow\">workflow "
"settings</a> page."

#:  modules/upload.module:16
msgid ""
"<p>If you want users to be able to attach files to nodes, check the "
"<em>attachments</em> column in the appropriate column.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>如果你希望用户能够上传附件，选中 "
"<em>附件</em>。</p>"

#:  modules/upload.module:18
msgid ""
"\n"
"<h3>Background</h3>\n"
"<p>The upload module allows users to upload attachments. You can "
"choose which node types can take attachments on the <a "
"href=\"%workflow\">workflow settings</a> page.</p>\n"
"<h3>Permissions</h3>\n"
"<p>Two permissions are related to uploads: <em>upload files</em> and "
"<em>view uploaded files</em>.</p>\n"
"<ol><li><strong>upload files</strong> - Allows users to upload "
"attachments.</li><li><strong>view uploaded files</strong> - Allows "
"users to view and download attachments. Keep in mind that if you are "
"using the <a href=\"%settings\">public download method</a>, anyone "
"will be able to access uploaded files with a direct URL regardless of "
"this permission.</li></ol>\n"
"<p>Lastly, users with the <em>administer site configuration</em> "
"permission will be able to configure <a href=\"%upload\">role-specific "
"upload settings</a> such as allowed file types, maximum file size per "
"upload and total file size per user.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<h3>背景</h3>\n"
"<p>上传模块允许用户上传附件。你可以在<a "
"href=\"%workflow\">流程设置</a> "
"页面决定哪些内容可以上传附件。</p>\n"
"<h3>权限</h3>\n"
"<p>与此相关的有两个权限：<em>上传文件</em>和<em>查看上传文件</em>.</p>\n"
"<ol><li><strong>上传文件</strong> - "
"允许用户上传附件。</li><li><strong>查看上传文件</strong> "
"- 允许用户查看和下载附件。注意如果你使用<a "
"href=\"%settings\">公开下载模式</a>，任何人都可以通过直接的URL访问附件而不受此权限影响。</li></ol>\n"
"<p>最后，拥有 <em>管理站点配置</em> "
"权限的用户可以配置<a "
"href=\"%upload\">角色上载设置</a>类似允许的文件类型、大小等。</p>\n"

#:  modules/upload.module:108
msgid "attachments"
msgstr "附件"

#:  modules/upload.module:327
msgid ""
"Note: changes made to the attachments are not permanent until you save "
"this post."
msgstr "在你保存此文章前，对附件的更改不是永久的。"

#:  modules/user.module:444
msgid "Matching users"
msgstr "符合条件的用户"

#:  modules/user.module:659
msgid "access rules"
msgstr "访问规则"

#:  modules/user.module:662
msgid "e-mail rules"
msgstr "电子邮件规则"

#:  modules/user.module:665
msgid "name rules"
msgstr "用户名规则"

#:  modules/user.module:810
msgid "Sorry.  Unrecognized username or password."
msgstr "抱歉。用户名/密码错误。"

#:  modules/user.module:1129,,,  ;1161
msgid "Save account"
msgstr "保存帐户"

#:  modules/user.module:1146,,,  ;1163
msgid "Delete account"
msgstr "删除帐户"

#:  modules/user.module:1156
msgid "Failed to delete account: the account has to be blocked first."
msgstr "删除帐户失败：账户需要首先被锁定。"

#:  modules/user.module:1289
msgid ""
"Affects \"Who's online\" block.  A user is considered online for this "
"long after they have last viewed a page."
msgstr "影响\"在线用户\"板块。一个用户在最后访问页面后的这段时间被认为在线。"

#:  modules/user.module:1290
msgid ""
"Affects \"Who's online\" block.  Maximum number of currently online "
"users to display."
msgstr "影响\"在线用户\"板块。最多显示的在线用户数。"

#:  modules/user.module:1291
msgid "\"Who's online\" block settings"
msgstr "\"在线用户\"板块设置"

#:  modules/user.module:1303
msgid "Created a new user account.  No e-mail has been sent."
msgstr "建立了新帐户。没有发送电子邮件。"

#:  modules/user.module:1339,,,  ;1375;1564
msgid "Check"
msgstr "检查"

#:  modules/user.module:1370
msgid "Check e-mail address"
msgstr "检查电子邮件地址"

#:  modules/user.module:1373
msgid "Check username"
msgstr "检查用户名"

#:  modules/user.module:1583
msgid ""
"The name for this role.  Example: \"moderator\", \"editorial board\", "
"\"site architect\"."
msgstr "角色的名称。例如：\"管理员\"、\"版主\"、\"站点设计师\"。"

#:  modules/user.module:1529
msgid "operations"
msgstr "操作"

#:  modules/user.module:1569
msgid "The user permissions have been saved."
msgstr "用户权限被保存。"

#:  modules/user.module:1576
msgid "Your role changes were saved."
msgstr "角色改变被把保存。"

#:  modules/user.module:1617
msgid ""
"Drupal allows users to register, login, logout, maintain user "
"profiles, etc.  No participant can use his own name to post content "
"until he signs up for a user account."
msgstr "Drupal允许用户注册、登录、注销、维护用户信息。在注册用户之前，用户不能使用自己的名字发表内容。"

#:  modules/user.module:1620
msgid ""
"This web page allows the administrators to register a new users by "
"hand.  Note that you cannot have a user where either the e-mail "
"address or the username match another user in the system."
msgstr "此页面允许管理员手工注册新用户。你不能有一个与其它用户使用相同用户名或电子邮件的用户。"

#:  modules/user.module:1622
msgid ""
"Access rules allow Drupal administrators to choose usernames and "
"e-mail address that are prevented from using drupal. To enter the mask "
"for e-mail addresses click on <a href=\"%email\">e-mail rules</a>, for "
"the username mask click on <a href=\"%username\">name rules</a>."
msgstr ""
"访问规则允许Drupal管理员选择站点可以使用的电子邮件地址和用户名。要输入电子邮件规则，点击<a "
"href=\"%email\">电子邮件规则</a>，用户名规则则点击<a "
"href=\"%username\">用户名规则</a>。"

#:  modules/user.module:1624
msgid ""
"Setup and test the e-mail access rules. The access function checks if "
"you match a deny and not an allow. If you match <strong>only</strong> "
"a deny then it is denied. Any other case, such as both a deny and an "
"allow pattern matching, allows the pattern."
msgstr "设置并测试电子邮件规则。访问功能检查你输入的被拒绝还是接受。如果<strong>只</strong>符合拒绝，则它会被拒绝。否则，类似同时符合拒绝和允许条件时，他将被允许。"

#:  modules/user.module:1626
msgid ""
"Setup and test the username access rules. The access function checks "
"if you match a deny and not an allow. If you do then it is denied. Any "
"other case, such as a deny pattern and an allow pattern, allows the "
"pattern."
msgstr "设置并测试用户名规则。访问功能检查你输入的被拒绝还是接受。如果<strong>只</strong>符合拒绝，则它会被拒绝。否则，类似同时符合拒绝和允许条件时，他将被允许。"

#:  modules/user.module:1628
msgid ""
"In this area you will define the permissions for each user role (role "
"names are defined on the <a href=\"%role\">user roles page</a>). Each "
"permission describes a fine-grained logical operation, such as being "
"able to access the administration pages, or adding/modifying a user "
"account. You could say a permission represents access granted to a "
"user to perform a set of operations."
msgstr ""
"在这里，你可以定义每个用户角色的权限(角色名称在<a "
"href=\"%role\">用户角色</a>页面定义)。每个权限描述了一个逻辑操作，例如可以访问管理页面，或是添加/修改用户帐户。你也可以说权限代表访问被授予一个用户以执行特定的操作。"

#:  modules/user.module:1630
msgid ""
"\n"
"      Roles allow you to fine tune the security and administration of "
"drupal.  A role defines a group of users that have certain privileges "
"as defined in <a href=\"%permission\">user permissions</a>.  Examples "
"of roles include: anonymous user, authenticated user, moderator, "
"administrator and so on. In this area you will define the <em>role "
"names</em> of the various roles. To delete a role choose \"edit\".<br "
"/>By default, Drupal comes with two user roles:\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"      <li>Anonymous user: this role is used for users that don't have "
"a user account or that are not authenticated.</li>\n"
"      <li>Authenticated user: this role is assigned automatically to "
"authenticated users.  Most registered users will belong to this user "
"role unless specified otherwise.</li>\n"
"      </ul>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"角色允许你调整 "
"drupal的安全和管理。一个角色定义了一组拥有特定权限的用户，他们的权限在<a "
"href=\"%permissions\">用户权限</a>中定义。例如：匿名用户、注册用户、管理员、版主等。在这里你可以定义 "
"<em>角色名称</em> 。要删除一个角色，先 "
"\"编辑\"。</p><p>默认的两个角色是：\n"
"     <ul>\n"
"      "
"<li>匿名用户:：没有注册或尚未通过注册的用户</li>\n"
"      <li>注册用户： "
"正式用户自动属于此角色。大多数注册用户在没有其他权限之前属于此角色。</li>\n"
"</ul>"

#:  modules/user.module:1637
msgid ""
"Enter a simple pattern (\"*\" may be user as a wildcard match) to "
"search for a username.  For example, one may search for \"br\" and "
"Drupal might return \"brian\", \"brad\", and \"brenda\"."
msgstr ""
"输入一个关键词。可以包括通配符 *。 "
"例如，\"麻*\"可能返回\"麻雀\"、 \"麻将\" 和 "
"\"麻木不仁\"。"

#:  modules/user.module:1710
msgid "Enables the user registration and login system."
msgstr "启用用户注册和登陆系统。"

#:  modules/user.module:1642
msgid ""
"In order to use the full power of Drupal a visitor must sign up for an "
"account. This page lets you setup how a user signs up, logs out, the "
"guidelines from the system about user subscriptions, and the e-mails "
"the system will send to the user."
msgstr "为了使用Drupal的强大功能，用户必须注册帐号。此页面让你设置用户如何注册、登出以及用户条款和系统使用的电子邮件地址。"

#:  modules/user.module:1660
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <h3>Introduction</h3>\n"
"      <p>Drupal offers a powerful access system that allows users to "
"register, login, logout, maintain user profiles, etc. By using <a "
"href=\"%user-role\">roles</a> you can setup fine grained <a "
"href=\"%user-permission\">permissions</a> allowing each role to do "
"only what you want them to. Each user is assigned to one or more "
"roles. By default there are two roles \"anonymous\" - a user who has "
"not logged in, and \"authorized\" a user who has signed up and who has "
"been authorized. As anonymous users, participants suffer numerous "
"disadvantages, for example they cannot sign their names to nodes, and "
"their moderated posts beginning at a lower score.</p>\n"
"      <p>In contrast, those with a user account can use their own name "
"or handle and are granted various privileges: the most important is "
"probably the ability to moderate new submissions, to rate comments, "
"and to fine-tune the site to their personal liking, with saved "
"personal settings.  Drupal themes make fine tuning quite a "
"pleasure.</p>\n"
"      <p>Registered users need to authenticate by supplying either a "
"local username and password, or a remote username and password such as "
"a <a href=\"%jabber\">Jabber ID</a>, <a "
"href=\"%delphi-forums\">DelphiForums ID</a>, or one from a <a "
"href=\"%drupal\">Drupal powered</a> website. See the <a "
"href=\"%da-auth\">distributed authentication help</a> for more "
"information on this innovative feature.\n"
"      The local username and password, hashed with Message Digest 5 "
"(MD5), are stored in your database. When you enter a password it is "
"also hashed with MD5 and compared with what is in the database. If the "
"hashes match, the username and password are correct. Once a user "
"authenticated session is started, and until that session is over, the "
"user won't have to re-authenticate. To keep track of the individual "
"sessions, Drupal relies on <a href=\"%php-sess\">PHP sessions</a>. A "
"visitor accessing your website is assigned an unique ID, the so-called "
"session ID, which is stored in a cookie. For security's sake, the "
"cookie does not contain personal information but acts as a key to "
"retrieve the information stored on your server. When a visitor "
"accesses your site, Drupal will check whether a specific session ID "
"has been sent with the request. If this is the case, the prior saved "
"environment is recreated.</p>\n"
"      <h3>User preferences and profiles</h3><p>Each Drupal user has a "
"profile, and a set of preferences which may be edited by clicking on "
"the \"<a href=\"%user-prefs\">my account</a>\" link. Of course, a user "
"must be logged into reach those pages. There, users will find a page "
"for changing their preferred time zone, language, username, e-mail "
"address, password, theme, signature, and <a "
"href\"%da-auth\">distributed authentication names</a>. Changes made "
"here take effect immediately. Also, administrators may make profile "
"and preferences changes in <a href=\"%admin-user\">account "
"administration</a> on behalf of their users.</p>\n"
"\n"
"      <h3>Distributed authentication<a id=\"da\"></a></h3>\n"
"      <p>One of the more tedious moments in visiting a new website is "
"filling out the registration form. The reg form provides helpful "
"information to the website owner, but not much value for the user. The "
"value for the end user is usually the ability to post a messages or "
"receive personalized news, etc. Distributed authentication (DA) gives "
"the user what they want without having to fill out the reg form. "
"Removing this obstacle yields more registered and active users for the "
"website.</p>\n"
"      <p>DA enables a new user to input a username and password into "
"the login box and immediately be recognized, even if that user never "
"registered on your site. This works because Drupal knows how to "
"communicate with external registration databases. For example, lets "
"say that your new user 'Joe' is already a registered member of Delphi "
"Forums. If your Drupal has the delphi module installed, then Drupal "
"will inform Joe on the registration and login screens that he may "
"login with his Delphi ID instead of registering with your Drupal "
"instance. Joe likes that idea, and logs in with a username of "
"joe@remote.delphiforums.com and his usual Delphi password. Drupal then "
"communicates with remote.delphiforums.com (usually using <a "
"href=\"%xml\">XML</a>, <a href=\"%http-post\">HTTP-POST</a>, or <a "
"href=\"%soap\">SOAP</a>) behind the scenes and asks &quot;is this "
"password for username=joe?&quot; If Delphi replies yes, then Drupal "
"will create a new local account for joe and log joe into it. Joe may "
"keep on logging into your Drupal instance in the same manner, and he "
"will be logged into the same joe@remote.delphiforums.com "
"account.</p>\n"
"      <p>One key element of DA is the 'authmap' table, which maps a "
"user's authname (e.g. joe@remote.delphiforums.com) to his local UID "
"(i.e. user identification number). This map is checked whenever a user "
"successfully logs into an external authentication source. Once Drupal "
"knows that the current user is definitely joe@remote.delphiforums.com "
"(because Delphi says so), he looks up Joe's UID and logs Joe into that "
"account.</p>\n"
"      <p>To disable distributed authentication, simply <a "
"href=\"%dis-module\">disable</a> or remove all DA modules. For a "
"virgin install, that means removing/disabling the jabber module and "
"the drupal module.</p>\n"
"      <p>Drupal is setup so that it is very easy to add support for "
"any external authentication source. You currently have the following "
"authentication modules installed ...</p>"
msgstr ""
"\\n"
"\r\n"
"      <h3>简介</h3>\\n"
"\r\n"
"      "
"<p>Drupal提供一个强力的访问控制系统，可以让用户注册、登录、注销和维护个人信息。通过使用<a "
"href=\\\"%user-role\\\">角色</a>你可以设置用户<a "
"href=\\\"%user-permission\\\">权限</a>。每个用户属于一个或多个角色。默认是两种： "
"\\\"匿名用户\\\" - 没有登录的用户，和 "
"\\\"注册用户\\\" "
"-注册通过的用户。作为匿名用户，在互动中将有许多不利条件，例如：不能将他们的名字分配给节点，并且他们的评分文章开始分数较低。</p>\\n"
"\r\n"
"      "
"<p>相对而言，拥有帐户的用户可以使用他们的名字，并有多种权限：最重要的是对新文章评分、对评论评分以及根据个人喜好调整站点的一些设置。</p>\\n"
"\r\n"
"      "
"<p>注册用户需要提供本地的用户名密码来验证，或是提供一个类似<a "
"href=\\\"%jabber\\\">Jabber ID</a>、<a "
"href=\\\"%delphi-forums\\\">DelphiForums ID</a>或来自一个 <a "
"href=\\\"%drupal\\\">使用Drupal站点 </a> "
"的用户名和密码。参见 <a "
"href=\\\"%da-auth\\\">分布式验证</a>。\\n"
"\r\n"
"      "
"本地用户名和密码通过消息摘要5(MD5)进行哈希变换后存储在数据库中。当你输入一个密码后，它同样被MD5变换并于数据库中的数据对比。如果相同，用户名和密码自然是正确的。当用户验证会话开始到结束，用户不需要重新登录。为了保存单个会话，Drupal依靠<a "
"href=\\\"%php-sess\\\">PHP sessions</a>. "
"一个访问站点的用户被分配一个独一无二的用户ID，即session "
"ID，用于存储cookie。为了安全起见，不包括不包含个人信息，但作为获取服务器信息的关键。当用户访问站点时， "
"Drupal会检查特定的session "
"ID是否与请求发送，如果是的话，先前保存的环境被重建。</p>\\n"
"\r\n"
"      "
"<h3>用户参数和信息</h3><p>每个Drupal用户都有一个个人信息，并且可以通过\\\"<a "
"href=\\\"%user-prefs\\\">我的帐户</a>\\\"进行设置的参数。当然，用户必须登录才能使用。用户会发现一个可以更改时区、语言、用户名、密码、主题、签名、和 "
"<a "
"href=\\\"%da-auth\\\">分布式验证名称</a>的页面。改变会立刻生效，当然管理员也可以通过<a "
"href=\\\"%admin-user\\\">帐户管理</a> "
"来改变用户设置。</p>\\n"
"\r\n"
"\\n"
"\r\n"
"      <h3>分布式验证<a id=\\\"da\\\"></a></h3>\\n"
"\r\n"
"      "
"<p>在访问一个新的web站点时，注册一个新帐号总是非常麻烦并且枯燥的。注册使站点所有者更好的了解用户，但对用户却没有什么价值。对于最终用户的价值往往是发表文章或接受个性化的新闻等等。分布式验证技术（DA）则跨越了这个障碍。</p>\\n"
"\r\n"
"      <p>DA "
"使用户可以在登录框中输入用户名和密码，并且即使该用户从未在你的站点上注册，也能使系统立即识别。这是因为Drupal了解如何和外部注册数据库通信。例如：新用户'Joe'已经是<a "
"href=\\\"%delphi-forums\\\">Delphi Forums</a>的一名注册用户， "
"Drupal 通知 Joe 可以用他的Delphi ID和密码登录 "
"%site，而不是注册。 Joe觉得不错，并用 "
"joe@remote.delphiforums.com 和他的 Delphi密码登录。 Drupal "
"在后台和<em>remote.delphiforums.com</em>服务器联系 "
"(通常使用 <a href=\\\"%xml\\\">XML-RPC</a>, <a "
"href=\\\"%http-post\\\">HTTP POST</a>, 或 <a "
"href=\\\"%soap\\\">SOAP</a>)并询问：\\\"Joe的密码对吗？\\\"。如果Delphi回复是，那么我们就为Joe建立一个了新的 "
"%site 帐户。Joe以后可以一直这样登录。</p>\\n"
"\r\n"
"      <p>DA的关键元素是 'authmap' 表, "
"它将用户的外部名称，例如joe@remote.delphiforums.com和他的本地ID(例如，用户编号)建立映射。此表在用户每次用外部验证源登录时检查。当Drupal知道当前用户是确定的 "
"joe@remote.delphiforums.com (因为Delphi 回答了“是”), "
"他搜索Joe的UID并使其登录。</p>\\n"
"\r\n"
"      <p>要禁用分布式验证，只需要<a "
"href=\\\"%dis-module\\\">禁用</a>或删除所有分布式验证模块。对于初次安装，这代表删除/禁用 "
"jabber模块 和 drupal 模块。</p>\\n"
"\r\n"
"      "
"<p>添加外部验证到Drupal是非常简单的。你当前安装了下列验证模块：</p>"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:21
msgid ""
"<p>The watchdog module monitors your web site, capturing system events "
"in a log to be reviewed by an authorized individual at a later time.  "
"The watchdog log is simply a list of recorded events containing usage "
"data, performance data, errors, warnings and operational information.  "
"It is vital to <a href=\"%watchdog\">check the watchdog report</a> on "
"a regular basis as it is often the only way to tell what is going "
"on.</p>"
msgstr "<p>“日志”模块监视你的站点，将系统事件放入日志以备有权限的用户查看。日志简单提供了一个包括使用数据、性能数据、错误、警告和操作的事件记录。定期检查日志是非常重要的，因为这经常是告诉我们什么正在进行的唯一办法。</p>"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:23
msgid ""
"The watchdog module monitors your web site, capturing system events in "
"a log to be reviewed by an authorized individual at a later time.  The "
"watchdog log is simply a list of recorded events containing usage "
"data, performance data, errors, warnings and operational information.  "
"It is vital to check the watchdog report on a regular basis as it is "
"often the only way to tell what is going on."
msgstr "<p>日志模块监视你的站点，将系统事件放入日志以备有权限的用户查看。日志简单提供了一个包括使用数据、性能数据、错误、警告和操作的事件记录。定期检查日志是非常重要的，因为这经常是告诉我们什么正在进行的唯一办法。</p>"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:25
msgid "Watchdog events about PHP and database errors."
msgstr "关于PHP和数据库错误的事件。"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:27
msgid "Watchdog events that are from the web server, like 404s, etc."
msgstr "来自服务器的事件，类似404错误。"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:29
msgid "Watchdog events that are \"normal\" and have no other classification."
msgstr "\"正常\"和没有分类的事件。"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:31
msgid "Watchdog events showing what users have searched for."
msgstr "用户搜索事件。"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:33
msgid ""
"Watchdog events about adding, changing, and moderating nodes and "
"comments."
msgstr "用户对节点和评论的添加、改变、评分事件。"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:35
msgid "Watchdog events that have to do with users and their accounts."
msgstr "与用户和其账户有关的事件。"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:37
msgid ""
"Watchdog events that don't stop normal operation, but are things you "
"should know."
msgstr "并没有打断正常操作，但你应该了解的事件。"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:53
msgid "view details"
msgstr "详情"

#:  modules/user.module:474,,,,  ;540
msgid "Who's new"
msgstr "新进会员"

#:  modules/user.module:475,,,,  ;580
msgid "Who's online"
msgstr "在线用户"

#:  modules/user.module:481
msgid "User activity"
msgstr "用户超时"

#:  modules/user.module:481
msgid ""
"A user is considered online for this long after they have last viewed "
"a page."
msgstr "在最后访问页面后的这段时间认为该用户在线。"

#:  modules/user.module:482
msgid "User list length"
msgstr "用户列表长度"

#:  modules/user.module:482
msgid "Maximum number of currently online users to display."
msgstr "最多显示的用户数。"

#:  modules/user.module:513
msgid "Create a new user account."
msgstr "建立一个新的用户帐号"

#:  modules/user.module:515
msgid "Request new password"
msgstr "重设密码"

#:  modules/user.module:515
msgid "Request new password via e-mail."
msgstr "通过e-mail重设密码"

#:  modules/user.module:557
msgid "There is currently %members and %visitors online."
msgstr "当前共有 %members 和 %visitors 在线。"

#:  modules/user.module:560
msgid "There are currently %members and %visitors online."
msgstr "当前共有 %members 和 %visitors 在线。"

#:  modules/user.module:576
msgid "Online users:"
msgstr "在线用户："

#:  modules/user.module:598
msgid "%user's picture"
msgstr "%user 的图片"

#:  modules/user.module:800
msgid "The name %s has been denied access."
msgstr "%s 被拒绝访问。"

#:  modules/user.module:809
msgid "Session opened for %name."
msgstr "%name 的会话打开。"

#:  modules/user.module:821
msgid "Sorry. Unrecognized username or password."
msgstr "抱歉，用户名/密码错误。"

#:  modules/user.module:821
msgid "Have you forgotten your password?"
msgstr "你是否忘了密码？"

#:  modules/user.module:823
msgid "Login attempt failed for %user: %error."
msgstr "%user试图登录失败：%error。"

#:  modules/user.module:837
msgid "Enter your %s username, or an ID from one of our affiliates: %a."
msgstr ""
"输入你的 %s 用户名，或一个我们合作伙伴处的ID： "
"%a。"

#:  modules/user.module:840
msgid "Enter your %s username."
msgstr "输入你的 %s 用户名"

#:  modules/user.module:842
msgid "Enter the password that accompanies your username."
msgstr "输入你的密码。"

#:  modules/user.module:865
msgid "External load by %user using module %module."
msgstr "通过模块 %module 导入了外部用户：  %user。"

#:  modules/user.module:868
msgid "Invalid password for %s."
msgstr "非法密码。"

#:  modules/user.module:882
msgid "New external user: %user using module %module."
msgstr "新的外部用户：  通过模块 %module 的 %user"

#:  modules/user.module:903
msgid "Session closed for %name."
msgstr "%name 的会话关闭。"

#:  modules/user.module:918
msgid "Sorry. The username %name is not recognized."
msgstr "抱歉，用户名错误。"

#:  modules/user.module:921
msgid "Sorry. The e-mail address %email is not recognized."
msgstr "抱歉，电子邮件不可识别。"

#:  modules/user.module:938
msgid "Password mailed to %name at %email."
msgstr "%name的密码已发送至 %email。"

#:  modules/user.module:939,,,,  ;999
msgid ""
"Your password and further instructions have been sent to your e-mail "
"address."
msgstr "你的密码和将来信息将被发送到你的email地址。"

#:  modules/user.module:942
msgid "Error mailing password to %name at %email."
msgstr "发送 %name 的密码到 %email时发生错误。"

#:  modules/user.module:943
msgid "Unable to send mail. Please contact the site admin."
msgstr "无法发送邮件。请联系站点管理员。"

#:  modules/user.module:949
msgid "You must provider either a username or e-mail address."
msgstr "你必须提供用户名或电邮地址。"

#:  modules/user.module:952
msgid "Enter your username <strong><em>or</em></strong> your e-mail address."
msgstr "输入你的用户名<strong><em>或</em></strong>你的email地址。"

#:  modules/user.module:955
msgid "E-mail new password"
msgstr "e-mail新的密码"

#:  modules/user.module:978,,,,  ;1310
msgid "New user: %name %email."
msgstr "新用户： %name %email。"

#:  modules/user.module:984
msgid "drupal user account details for %s"
msgstr "%s的drupal用户帐户详细信息"

#:  modules/user.module:984
msgid ""
"%username,\n"
"\n"
"You may now login to %uri using the following username and password:\n"
"\n"
"  username: %username\n"
"  password: %password\n"
"\n"
"%edit_uri\n"
"\n"
"--drupal"
msgstr ""
"%username,\n"
"\n"
"你现在可以通过如下的用户名和密码登录 %uri :\n"
"\n"
"  用户名: %username\n"
"  密码: %password\n"
"\n"
"%edit_uri\n"
"\n"
"--drupal"

#:  modules/user.module:472,,,,  ;519
msgid "User login"
msgstr "用户登录"

#:  modules/user.module:265
msgid "The %u ID %s is already taken."
msgstr "%u ID %s 已经被占用。"

#:  modules/user.module:248
msgid ""
"The uploaded image is too large; the maximum dimensions are "
"%dimensions pixels."
msgstr "上载图像过大。最大尺寸是%dimensions像素。"

#:  modules/user.module:256
msgid ""
"Failed to upload the picture image; the %directory directory doesn't "
"exist."
msgstr "上载图像失败；目录 %directory 不存在。"

#:  modules/user.module:239
msgid "The uploaded file was not an image."
msgstr "上载的不是图像。"

#:  modules/user.module:245
msgid "The uploaded image is too large; the maximum file size is %size kB."
msgstr "上载图像过大，最大 %size KB"

#:  modules/user.module:225
msgid "The e-mail address %mail is not valid."
msgstr "email地址 %mail 不合法。"

#:  modules/user.module:223
msgid "You must enter an e-mail address."
msgstr "你必须输入e-mail地址。"

#:  modules/user.module:219
msgid "The username %name is too long: it must be less than 56 characters."
msgstr "用户名 %name 过长。最长56字符。"

#:  modules/user.module:215
msgid "The username cannot end with a space."
msgstr "用户名不能以空格结尾。"

#:  modules/user.module:216
msgid "The username cannot contain multiple spaces in a row."
msgstr "用户名不能包括多个空格。"

#:  modules/user.module:217
msgid "The username contains an illegal character."
msgstr "用户名包含非法字符。"

#:  modules/user.module:218
msgid "The username is not a valid authentication ID."
msgstr "用户名不是一个合法的ID。"

#:  modules/user.module:214
msgid "The username cannot begin with a space."
msgstr "用户名不能以空格开头。"

#:  modules/user.module:213
msgid "You must enter a username."
msgstr "你必须输入用户名。"

#:  modules/upload.module:415
msgid ""
"Your image was resized to fit within the maximum allowed resolution of "
"%resolution pixels."
msgstr "你的图像被调整尺寸以适应最大允许分辨率。"

#:  modules/upload.module:43,,,,  ;293
msgid "1 attachment"
msgstr "1个附件"

#:  modules/upload.module:242
msgid "Attachment"
msgstr "附件"

#:  modules/upload.module:210
msgid "Error attaching file %name: invalid extension"
msgstr "上传附件%name 失败：不允许的扩展名"

#:  modules/upload.module:213,,,,  ;216
msgid "Error attaching file %name: exceeds maximum file size"
msgstr "上传附件%name 失败：文件超限"

#:  modules/upload.module:172
msgid "Error attaching file %name: total file size exceeded"
msgstr "上传附件%name 失败：总大小超限"

#:  modules/upload.module:97
msgid "Settings for %role"
msgstr "%role的设置"

#:  modules/upload.module:96
msgid ""
"The maximum size of all files a user can have on the site (in "
"megabytes)."
msgstr ""
"每个用户可以上传得附件的最大尺寸（单位： "
"MB）。0为无限。"

#:  modules/upload.module:96
msgid "Total file size per user"
msgstr "每个用户的附件大小"

#:  modules/upload.module:95
msgid "The maximum size of a file a user can upload (in megabytes)."
msgstr "用户一次可以上传得附件的最大尺寸（单位： MB）。"

#:  modules/upload.module:94
msgid ""
"Extensions that users in this role can upload. Separate extensions "
"with a space and do not include the leading dot."
msgstr "允许此角色上传文件的扩展名。用空格隔开，不要带."

#:  modules/upload.module:95
msgid "Maximum file size per upload"
msgstr "一次上传最大文件大小。"

#:  modules/upload.module:87
msgid ""
"The maximum allowed image size expressed as WIDTHxHEIGHT (e.g. "
"640x480). Set to 0 for no restriction."
msgstr "用户上传图像的最大分辨率（例如：640x480）。0为不限制。"

#:  modules/upload.module:94
msgid "Permitted file extensions"
msgstr "允许的文件扩展名"

#:  modules/upload.module:87
msgid "Maximum resolution for uploaded images"
msgstr "上传图像的最大分辨率"

#:  modules/upload.module:86
msgid ""
"The maximum size of a file a user can upload in megabytes. Enter 0 for "
"unlimited."
msgstr ""
"用户可以上传得附件的最大尺寸（单位： "
"MB）。0为无限。"

#:  modules/upload.module:86
msgid "Maximum total file size"
msgstr "总文件最大大小"

#:  modules/upload.module:43
msgid "Read full article to view attachments."
msgstr "阅读全文以显示附件。"

#:  modules/upload.module:17
msgid ""
"<p>Users with the <a href=\"%permissions\">upload files permission</a> "
"can upload attachments. You can choose which post types can take "
"attachments on the <a href=\"%types\">content types settings</a> "
"page.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>拥有 <a "
"href=\"%permissions\">上传附件</a>权限的用户可以上传附件。你可以在<a "
"href=\"%types\">内容类型设置</a> "
"页上选择用户可以上传附件的内容类型。</p>"

#:  modules/throttle.module:118
msgid ""
"The congestion control throttle can be automatically enabled when the "
"number of authenticated users currently visiting your site exceeds the "
"specified threshold.  For example, to start the throttle when your "
"site has 50 registered users online at once, enter '50' in this field. "
"Leave this value blank or set to \"0\" if you do not wish to "
"auto-throttle on authenticated users.  You can inspect the current "
"number of authenticated users using the \"Who's online\" block."
msgstr "当访问你的站点的注册用户达到此数值时启用自动低负荷。例如，你想在有260个注册用户同时在线时启用低负荷设置，输入260。留空则不启用。你可以通过\"在线用户\"板块来查看在线注册用户数量。"

#:  modules/throttle.module:120
msgid "Auto-throttle probability limiter"
msgstr "自动低负荷检查时间"

#:  modules/throttle.module:120
msgid ""
"The auto-throttle probability limiter is an efficiency mechanism to "
"statistically reduce the overhead of the auto-throttle.  The limiter "
"is expressed as a percentage of page views, so for example if set to "
"the default of 10% we only perform the extra database queries to "
"update the throttle status 1 out of every 10 page views.  The busier "
"your site, the lower you should set the limiter value."
msgstr "自动低负荷检查时间是降低站点负荷的一个有效的机制。限制被解释为页面访问的百分比。例如，我们将其设置为默认的10%，则只在每10次页面访问后执行1次数据库查询以更新低负荷状态。你的站点越忙，此值应该越低。"

#:  modules/throttle.module:122
msgid "Auto-throttle tuning"
msgstr "自动低负荷调整"

#:  modules/throttle.module:77,,,,  ;84
msgid "guest"
msgstr "游客"

#:  modules/throttle.module:117
msgid ""
"The congestion control throttle can be automatically enabled when the "
"number of anonymous users currently visiting your site exceeds the "
"specified threshold.  For example, to start the throttle when your "
"site has 250 anonymous users online at once, enter '250' in this "
"field. Leave this value blank or set to \"0\" if you do not wish to "
"auto-throttle on anonymous users.  You can inspect the current number "
"of anonymous users using the \"Who's online\" block."
msgstr "当访问你的站点的匿名用户达到此数值时启用自动低负荷。例如，你想在有260个低负荷用户同时在线时启用低负荷设置，输入260。留空则不启用。你可以通过\"在线用户\"板块来查看在线匿名用户数量。"

#:  modules/throttle.module:118
msgid "Auto-throttle on authenticated users"
msgstr "当达到此注册用户数时，自动启用低负荷"

#:  modules/throttle.module:84
msgid ""
"Throttle: %users %user, %guests %guest accessing site; throttle "
"disabled."
msgstr ""
"低负荷：  %users %user，%guests %guest "
"访问站点：停用低负荷模式。"

#:  modules/throttle.module:93
msgid ""
"'%value' is not a valid auto-throttle setting.  Please enter a "
"positive numeric value."
msgstr ""
"'%value' "
"不是一个合法的自动低负荷设置。请输入一个正数。"

#:  modules/throttle.module:106
msgid ""
"If your site gets linked to by a popular website, or otherwise comes "
"under a \"Denial of Service\" (DoS) attack, your webserver might "
"become overwhelmed.  This module provides a congestion control "
"throttling mechanism for automatically detecting a surge in incoming "
"traffic.  This mechanism is utilized by other Drupal modules to "
"automatically optimize their performance by temporarily disabling "
"CPU-intensive functionality."
msgstr "如果你的站点被一个热门站点链接，或是遭遇\"拒绝服务\"(DoS)攻击，你的站点将可能超负荷运转。此模块提供一个对于突如其来的用户潮的控制机制。此机制利用其他Drupal的模块来自动优化性能。"

#:  modules/throttle.module:117
msgid "Auto-throttle on anonymous users"
msgstr "当达到此匿名用户数时，自动启用低负荷"

#:  modules/throttle.module:70
msgid "Throttle: %users %user accessing site; throttle enabled."
msgstr "低负荷：  %users %user 访问站点：启用低负荷模式。"

#:  modules/throttle.module:77
msgid "Throttle: %guests %guest accessing site; throttle enabled."
msgstr "低负荷：  %guests %guest 访问站点：启用低负荷模式。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:1055
msgid ""
"<p>When you create a controlled vocabulary you are creating a set of "
"terms to use for describing content (known as descriptors in indexing "
"lingo).  Drupal allows you to describe each piece of content (blog, "
"story, etc.) using one or many of these terms. For simple "
"implementations, you might create a set of categories without "
"subcategories, similar to Slashdot.org's or Kuro5hin.org's sections. "
"For more complex implementations, you might create a hierarchical list "
"of categories.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>当你建立一个术语表后，Drupal允许你使用各种内容（例如，blog,新闻等等）来描述此术语。例如，为了简单起见，你可能建立类似于 "
"Slashdot.org或 "
"Kuro5hin.org的没有子分类的分类，而复杂的，则可能是一个层次化的分类列表。</p>"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:877
msgid "There are currently no posts in this category."
msgstr "分类中没有文章。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:217
msgid ""
"In listings, the heavier terms will sink and the lighter terms will be "
"positioned nearer the top."
msgstr "在列表中，顺序值大的将在底端，而小的在顶端。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:238
msgid "The term %term has been updated."
msgstr "术语 %term 被更新。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:317
msgid "Deleted term %name."
msgstr "术语 %name被删除。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:333
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the term %title?"
msgstr "你真的要删除术语 %title 吗？"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:335
msgid ""
"Deleting a term will delete all its children if there are any. This "
"action cannot be undone."
msgstr "删除术语将删除其所有的下层术语。此操作不可恢复！"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:371
msgid "No categories available."
msgstr "没有可用分类。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:216
msgid "Synonyms"
msgstr "同义词"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:216
msgid "<a href=\"%help-url\">Synonyms</a> of this term, one synonym per line."
msgstr "此术语的<a href=\"%help-url\">同义词</a>， 一行一个。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:208
msgid "Parent terms"
msgstr "上层术语"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:208
msgid "Parents"
msgstr "上层"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:205
msgid "Parent term"
msgstr "上层术语"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:192
msgid "A description of the term."
msgstr "术语的描述。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:191
msgid "The name for this term.  Example: \"Linux\"."
msgstr "术语的名称。例如 \"Linux\"。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:191
msgid "Term name"
msgstr "术语名称"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:180
msgid ""
"Deleting a vocabulary will delete all the terms in it. This action "
"cannot be undone."
msgstr "删除术语表将删除其中所有的术语。此操作不可恢复！"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:178
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the vocabulary %title?"
msgstr "你真的要删除术语表 %title 吗？"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:168
msgid "deleted vocabulary \"%name\"."
msgstr "删除了术语表\"%name\"。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:106
msgid ""
"Allows <a href=\"%help-url\">a tree-like hierarchy</a> between terms "
"of this vocabulary."
msgstr ""
"允许在此术语表的术语中显示 <a "
"href=\"%help-url\">树状结构</a> 。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:107
msgid "Multiple select"
msgstr "多重选择"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:107
msgid "Allows nodes to have more than one term in this vocabulary."
msgstr "允许节点在术语表中拥有多个术语。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:108
msgid ""
"If enabled, every node <strong>must</strong> have at least one term in "
"this vocabulary."
msgstr "如果启用，每个节点<strong>必须</strong>在此术语表至少有一个术语。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:109
msgid ""
"In listings, the heavier vocabularies will sink and the lighter "
"vocabularies will be positioned nearer the top."
msgstr "在列表中，顺序值大的将在底端，而小的在顶端。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:132
msgid "Updated vocabulary %name."
msgstr "更新了术语表 %name。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:106
msgid "Hierarchy"
msgstr "层次"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:106
msgid "Single"
msgstr "单个"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:106
msgid "Multiple"
msgstr "多个"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:105
msgid "Allows <a href=\"%help-url\">related terms</a> in this vocabulary."
msgstr ""
"允许在此术语表中出现 <a "
"href=\"%help-url\">相关术语</a>。"

#:  modules/system.module:684
msgid "User pictures in posts"
msgstr "发表文章的用户图像"

#:  modules/system.module:685
msgid "User pictures in comments"
msgstr "评论内的用户图像"

#:  modules/system.module:686
msgid "Search box"
msgstr "搜索框"

#:  modules/system.module:695
msgid "Toggle display"
msgstr "切换显示"

#:  modules/system.module:695
msgid "Enable or disable the display of certain page elements."
msgstr "启用或禁用页面元素的显示。"

#:  modules/system.module:705
msgid "Engine-specific settings"
msgstr "指定引擎设置"

#:  modules/system.module:705
msgid ""
"These settings only exist for all the templates and styles based on "
"the %engine theme engine."
msgstr ""
"这些设置仅存在于基于 %engine "
"主题引擎的主题和式样。"

#:  modules/system.module:709
msgid "Theme-specific settings"
msgstr "指定主题设置"

#:  modules/system.module:709
msgid ""
"These settings only exist for the %theme theme and all the styles "
"based on it."
msgstr "这些设置仅存在于基于 %engine 主题的主题和式样。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:101
msgid "Vocabulary name"
msgstr "术语表名称"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:101
msgid "The name for this vocabulary.  Example: \"Topic\"."
msgstr "术语表的名称，例如：\"主题\"。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:102
msgid "Description of the vocabulary; can be used by modules."
msgstr "术语表的说明，可以被模块使用。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:103
msgid "Help text"
msgstr "帮助文本"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:103
msgid "Instructions to present to the user when choosing a term."
msgstr "当用户选择项目时显示的文本。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:104
msgid "Types"
msgstr "类型"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:104
msgid "A list of node types you want to associate with this vocabulary."
msgstr "你想与此术语表建立关联的节点类型列表。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:105,,,,  ;213
msgid "Related terms"
msgstr "相关术语"

#:  modules/system.module:681
msgid "Mission statement"
msgstr "任务描述"

#:  modules/system.module:673
msgid ""
"Enable or disable the \"submitted by Username on date\" text when "
"displaying posts of the above type"
msgstr ""
"在上述类型的内容中显示或不显示 "
"\"有用户提交于日期\"字样。"

#:  modules/system.module:679
msgid "Site name"
msgstr "站点名称"

#:  modules/system.module:680
msgid "Site slogan"
msgstr "站点口号"

#:  modules/system.module:673
msgid "Display post information on"
msgstr "在以下类型内容中显示文章信息"

#:  modules/system.module:665,,,,  ;683
msgid "Secondary links"
msgstr "备用链接"

#:  modules/system.module:665
msgid "The HTML code for the secondary links."
msgstr "备用链接的HTML代码。"

#:  modules/system.module:666
msgid "Menu Settings"
msgstr "菜单设置"

#:  modules/system.module:666
msgid ""
"Customize the menus that are displayed at the top and/or bottom of the "
"page. This configuration screen is only available in the site wide "
"display configuration."
msgstr "自定义顶层或底端显示的菜单，只在全站显示设置中可用。"

#:  modules/system.module:654
msgid ""
"If you don't have direct file access to the server, use this field to "
"upload your logo."
msgstr "如果你不能直接访问服务器，从这里上传。"

#:  modules/system.module:655
msgid "Upload"
msgstr "上传"

#:  modules/system.module:657
msgid "Logo image settings"
msgstr "标志图像设置"

#:  modules/system.module:664,,,,  ;682
msgid "Primary links"
msgstr "主链接"

#:  modules/system.module:664
msgid "The HTML code for the primary links."
msgstr "主链接的HTML代码"

#:  modules/system.module:654
msgid "Upload logo image"
msgstr "上传标志图像"

#:  modules/system.module:651
msgid "Path to custom logo"
msgstr "自定义标志路径"

#:  modules/system.module:651
msgid ""
"The path to the file you would like to use as your logo file instead "
"of the default logo."
msgstr "标志文件的路径"

#:  modules/system.module:555
msgid ""
"It appears your host is not configured correctly for Clean URLs. "
"Please check for <code>ModRewrite</code> support with your "
"administrator."
msgstr ""
"你的主机似乎没有对Clean "
"URL进行正确的配置。参见<code>ModRewrite</code>。"

#:  modules/system.module:641
msgid "Only JPEG, PNG and GIF images are allowed to be used as logos."
msgstr "标志只能使用JPEG、PNG和GIF图像。"

#:  modules/system.module:650
msgid "Use the default logo"
msgstr "使用默认标志"

#:  modules/system.module:650
msgid "Check here if you want the theme to use the logo supplied with it."
msgstr "如果你需要主题使用标志选中此项。"

#:  modules/system.module:288
msgid "Date settings"
msgstr "日期设置"

#:  modules/system.module:528,,,,  ;562
msgid "The configuration options have been saved."
msgstr "设置已被保存。"

#:  modules/system.module:550
msgid "The configuration options have been reset to their default values."
msgstr "设置已被恢复到默认值。"

#:  modules/system.module:282
msgid "Configurable time zones"
msgstr "配置时区"

#:  modules/system.module:282
msgid ""
"Enable or disable user-configurable time zones.  When enabled, users "
"can set their own time zone and dates will be updated accordingly."
msgstr "启用或禁用用户自定义时区。当启用后，用户可以设置自己的时区，日期将按此显示。"

#:  modules/system.module:283
msgid "Short date format"
msgstr "短日期格式"

#:  modules/system.module:283
msgid "The short format of date display."
msgstr "显示短日期的格式"

#:  modules/system.module:284
msgid "Medium date format"
msgstr "中日期格式"

#:  modules/system.module:284
msgid "The medium sized date display."
msgstr "显示中日期的格式"

#:  modules/system.module:285
msgid "Long date format"
msgstr "长日期格式"

#:  modules/system.module:285
msgid "Longer date format used for detailed display."
msgstr "显示长日期的格式"

#:  modules/system.module:286
msgid "First day of week"
msgstr "一周的第一天"

#:  modules/system.module:286
msgid "The first day of the week for calendar views."
msgstr "日历视图上一周的第一天。"

#:  modules/system.module:241
msgid ""
"If you want any sort of access control on the downloading of files, "
"this needs to be set to <em>private</em>. You can change this at any "
"time, however all download URLs will change and there may be "
"unexpected problems so it is not recommended."
msgstr "如果你需要对下载文件进行访问控制，这需要将其设置为<em>私有</em>。你可以在任何时候更改设置，但这可能会导致所有URL改变和未知错误，所以不被推荐。"

#:  modules/system.module:242
msgid "File system settings"
msgstr "文件系统设置"

#:  modules/system.module:248
msgid "Select an image processing toolkit"
msgstr "选择一个图像处理工具包"

#:  modules/system.module:252
msgid "Image handling"
msgstr "图像管理"

#:  modules/system.module:281
msgid "Default time zone"
msgstr "默认时区"

#:  modules/system.module:281
msgid "Select the default site time zone."
msgstr "选择站点默认时区"

#:  modules/system.module:241
msgid "Private - files are transferred by Drupal."
msgstr "私有——文件通过Drupal传输。"

#:  modules/system.module:241
msgid "Download method"
msgstr "下载模式"

#:  modules/system.module:241
msgid "Public - files are available using http directly."
msgstr "公开——文件可以用HTTP直接下载。"

#:  modules/system.module:240
msgid ""
"Location where uploaded files will be kept during previews. Relative "
"paths will be resolved relative to the file system path."
msgstr "在预览时上载的文件放置的目录，相对目录将被解析到文件系统路径。"

#:  modules/system.module:240
msgid "Temporary directory"
msgstr "临时目录"

#:  modules/system.module:239
msgid ""
"A file system path where the files will be stored. This directory has "
"to exist and be writable by Drupal. If the download method is set to "
"public this directory has to be relative to Drupal installation "
"directory, and be accessible over the web. When download method is set "
"to private this directory should not be accessible over the web. "
"Changing this location after the site has been in use will cause "
"problems so only change this setting on an existing site if you know "
"what you are doing."
msgstr "文件系统路径是文件存储的地方。目录必须存在并且是Drupal可写。如果下载模块被设置为公开，此目录必须与Drupal安装目录相关，并且能在网络上被访问。当下在模块被设为私有时，此目录不应在web上可访问。在站点启用后更改此设置会引起不可预料的问题。所以只有在你确定你知道在干什么的时候，才在存在的站点上更改此设置。"

#:  modules/system.module:239
msgid "File system path"
msgstr "文件系统路径"

#:  modules/system.module:230
msgid "Cache settings"
msgstr "缓存设置"

#:  modules/system.module:228
msgid ""
"Enable or disable the caching of rendered pages.  When caching is "
"enabled, Drupal will flush the cache when required to make sure "
"updates take effect immediately.  Check the <a "
"href=\"%documentation\">cache documentation</a> for information on "
"Drupal's cache system."
msgstr ""
"启用或禁用页面缓存。当缓存启用后，Drupal将在必要时刷新缓存以确保更新立即有效。更多信息，参见<a "
"href=\"%documentation\">缓存文档</a>。"

#:  modules/system.module:228
msgid "Cache support"
msgstr "缓存支持"

#:  modules/system.module:225
msgid "Error handling"
msgstr "错误管理"

#:  modules/system.module:223
msgid ""
"The time log entries should be kept.  Older entries will be "
"automatically discarded.  Requires crontab."
msgstr "日志保存时间。到时间后会自动删除。需要crontab。"

#:  modules/system.module:223
msgid "Discard log entries older than"
msgstr "日志保存时间"

#:  modules/system.module:204
msgid "Footer message"
msgstr "底部信息"

#:  modules/system.module:204
msgid ""
"This text will be displayed at the bottom of each page.  Useful for "
"adding a copyright notice to your pages."
msgstr "此信息将添加在站点底部，通常用于添加版权信息。"

#:  modules/system.module:205
msgid "Anonymous user"
msgstr "匿名用户"

#:  modules/system.module:205
msgid "The name used to indicate anonymous users."
msgstr "匿名用户显示的名称。"

#:  modules/system.module:206
msgid "Default front page"
msgstr "默认首页"

#:  modules/system.module:206
msgid ""
"The home page displays content from this relative URL.  If you are not "
"using clean URLs, specify the part after \"?q=\".  If unsure, specify "
"\"node\"."
msgstr ""
"主页从此相对路径显示，如果不使用干净URL，在其前面加上\"?q=\"。不确定的话，指定 "
"\"node\"。"

#:  modules/system.module:209
msgid "Clean URLs"
msgstr "干净URL"

#:  modules/system.module:209
msgid ""
"This option makes Drupal emit clean URLs (i.e. without "
"<code>?q=</code> in the URL). You'll need <code>ModRewrite</code> "
"support for this to work. See the <code>.htaccess</code> file in "
"Drupal's top-level directory for more information."
msgstr "此选项使Drupal使用干净URL（例如，在URL中不包括<code>?q=</code>）。你需要设置好<code>ModRewrite</code>，参见Drupal根目录上的.htaccess文件。"

#:  modules/system.module:219
msgid "Never"
msgstr "从不"

#:  modules/system.module:220
msgid "Default 403 (access denied) page"
msgstr "默认禁止访问(403错误)页面"

#:  modules/system.module:220
msgid ""
"This page is displayed when the requested document is denied to the "
"current user.  If you are not using clean URLs, specify the part after "
"\"?q=\". If unsure, specify nothing."
msgstr "此页面将在用户被拒绝访问时显示。如果不使用干净URL，在其前面加上\"?q=\"。不确定的话，将其留空。"

#:  modules/system.module:221
msgid "Default 404 (not found) page"
msgstr "默认找不到网页(404错误)页面"

#:  modules/system.module:221
msgid ""
"This page is displayed when no other content matches the requested "
"document.  If you are not using clean URLs, specify the part after "
"\"?q=\". If unsure, specify nothing."
msgstr "此页面将在用户请求内容找不到时显示。如果不使用干净URL，在其前面加上\"?q=\"。不确定的话，将其留空。"

#:  modules/system.module:222
msgid "Error reporting"
msgstr "错误报告"

#:  modules/system.module:222
msgid "Write errors to the log"
msgstr "将错误写入日志"

#:  modules/system.module:222
msgid "Write errors to the log and to the screen"
msgstr "将错误写入日志并在屏幕上显示"

#:  modules/system.module:222
msgid ""
"Where Drupal, PHP and SQL errors are logged. On a production server it "
"is recommended that errors are only written to the error log. On a "
"test server it can be helpful to write logs to the screen."
msgstr "记录Drupal，PHP和SQL错误记录的地方。在一个正式服务器上，建议只将错误写入日志，而在一个测试服务器上，将错误输出到屏幕则很有好处。"

#:  modules/system.module:203
msgid "Your site's mission statement or focus."
msgstr "站点任务或关注的内容。"

#:  modules/system.module:200
msgid "The name of this web site."
msgstr "站点名称"

#:  modules/system.module:201
msgid ""
"A valid e-mail address for this website, used by the auto-mailer "
"during registration, new password requests, notifications, etc."
msgstr "一个合法的e-mail地址，用于注册、忘记密码和通知的自动发信。"

#:  modules/system.module:202
msgid "Slogan"
msgstr "口号"

#:  modules/system.module:202
msgid ""
"The slogan of this website. Some themes display a slogan when "
"available."
msgstr "站点口号，某些主题会在可用时显示口号。"

#:  modules/system.module:203
msgid "Mission"
msgstr "任务"

#:  modules/system.module:174
msgid "Selecting a different theme will change the look and feel of the site."
msgstr "选择一个不同的主题将改变站点的外观和感觉。"

#:  modules/system.module:154,,,,  ;431
msgid "no screenshot"
msgstr "没有效果图"

#:  modules/system.module:173,,,,  ;448
msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "效果图"

#:  modules/system.module:173
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "选中"

#:  modules/system.module:174
msgid "Theme settings"
msgstr "主题设置"

#:  modules/system.module:154,,,,  ;431
msgid "Screenshot for %theme theme"
msgstr "%theme 的效果图"

#:  modules/system.module:21
msgid ""
"<p>Select which themes are available to your users and specify the "
"default theme. To configure site-wide display settings, click the "
"\"configure\" task above. Alternately, to override these settings in a "
"specific theme, click the \"configure\" link for the corresponding "
"theme.</p>"
msgstr "<p>选择用户可用的主题并指定默认主题。要配置全站显示设置，点击\"配置\"。当然，如果更改特定主题，也可以点击相应主题的\"配置\"。</p>"

#:  modules/system.module:23
msgid ""
"<p>These options control the default display settings for your entire "
"site, across all themes. Unless they have been overridden by a "
"specific theme, these settings will be used.</p>"
msgstr "<p>这些选项控制全站的显示设置，影响所有主题。只有没有特定主题覆盖，他们就将被显示。</p>"

#:  modules/system.module:26
msgid ""
"<p>These options control the display settings for the "
"<code>%template</code> theme. When your site is displayed using this "
"theme, these settings will be used. By clicking \"Reset to defaults,\" "
"you can choose to use the <a href=\"%global\">global settings</a> for "
"this theme.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>这些选项控制 "
"<code>%template</code>主题的显示设置。当你的站点使用此主题显示时，这些设置将会被使用。通过点击\"恢复默认值\"，你可以选择为此主题使用 "
"<a href=\"%global\">全局设置</a>。</p>"

#:  modules/system.module:30
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <p>Drupal comes with system-wide defaults but the setting-module "
"provides control over many Drupal preferences, behaviours including "
"visual and operational settings.</p>\n"
"      <h3><a id=\"cron\">Cron</a></h3>\n"
"      <p>Some modules require regularly scheduled actions, such as "
"cleaning up logfiles.  Cron, which stands for chronograph, is a "
"periodic command scheduler executing commands at intervals specified "
"in seconds.  It can be used to control the execution of daily, weekly "
"and monthly jobs (or anything with a period measured in seconds).   "
"Automating tasks is one of the best ways to keep a system running "
"smoothly, and if most of your administration does not require your "
"direct involvement, cron is an ideal solution.</p>\n"
"      <p>The recommended way to set up your cron system is to set up a "
"Unix/Linux crontab entry (see \"man crontab\") that frequently visits "
"%cron-link.  Note that cron does not guarantee the commands will be "
"executed at the specified interval.  However, Drupal will try its best "
"to run the tasks as close to the specified intervals as possible.  The "
"more you visit cron.php, the more accurate cron will be.</p>\n"
"      <p>If your hosting company does not allow you to set up crontab "
"entries, you can always ask someone else to set up an entry for you. "
"After all, virtually any Unix/Linux machine with access to the "
"internet can set up a crontab entry to frequently visit "
"%cron-link.</p>\n"
"      <p>For the Unix/Linux crontab itself, use a browser like <a "
"href=\"%lynx\">lynx</a> or <a href=\"%wget\">wget</a> but make sure "
"the process terminates: either use <code>/usr/bin/lynx -source "
"%base_url/cron.php</code> or <code>/usr/bin/wget -o /dev/null -O "
"/dev/null %cron-link</code>.  Take a look at the example scripts in "
"the <code>scripts</code>-directory. Make sure to adjust them to fit "
"your needs.  A good crontab line to run the cron script once every "
"hour would be:\n"
"      <pre>     00 * * * * "
"/home/www/drupal/scripts/cron-lynx.sh</pre>\n"
"      Note that it is essential to access <code>cron.php</code> using "
"a browser on the web site's domain; do not run it using command line "
"PHP and avoid using <code>localhost</code> or <code>127.0.0.1</code> "
"or some of the environment variables will not be set correctly and "
"features may not work as expected.</p>\n"
"      <h3><a id=\"cache\">Cache</a></h3>\n"
"      <p>Drupal has a caching mechanism which stores dynamically "
"generated web pages in a database.  By caching a web page, Drupal does "
"not have to create the page each time someone wants to view it, "
"instead it takes only one SQL query to display it, reducing response "
"time and the server's load.  Only pages requested by \"anonymous\" "
"users are cached.  In order to reduce server load and save bandwidth, "
"Drupal stores and sends cached pages compressed.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"      "
"<p>Drupal由许多系统默认值，但设置模块可以设置大部分的选项，包括界面和内在设置。</p>\n"
"      <h3><a id=\"cron\">Cron</a></h3>\n"
"      "
"<p>某些模块需要定时重复运行的动作，例如清理日志。 "
"Cron, "
"代表计时器，是一个在指定间隔执行指定命令的周期性程序。他可以控制每天、每周、每月所作的工作。自动任务是保持系统正常运行的最好办法，如果大部分管理不需要你直接参与，cron是一个理想的方案。</p>\n"
"      "
"<p>推荐的建立cron的方式是在unix/linux的crontab中设置你的cron系统。（参见 "
"\"man crontab （crontab手册）\") 定时访问 %cron-link.  注意 "
"cron并不保证程序会一定在指定间隔运行，然而， "
"Drupal将使任务在尽可能接近的时间运行。你访问cron.php时间越多，cron的准确性也就会越高。</p>\n"
"      <p>如果你的主机服务上不允许你设置 crontab "
"，你总是可以要求其他人为你设置。总而言之，事实上任何能够访问互联网的Unix/Linux主机都可以通过定时访问%cron-link来设置crontab。</p>\n"
"      <p>对于 Unix/Linux crontab，使用类似 <a "
"href=\"%lynx\">lynx</a> 的浏览器或 <a href=\"%wget\">wget</a> "
"，不过确定进程终止：使用 <code>/usr/bin/lynx -source "
"%base_url/cron.php</code> 或 <code>/usr/bin/wget -o /dev/null -O "
"/dev/null %cron-link</code>.  "
"翻阅一下在<code>scripts</code>-目录里的示范脚本。确认你将他根据你的需要进行了调整。一个不错的每小时运行的cron脚本如下：\n"
"      <pre>     00 * * * * "
"/home/www/drupal/scripts/cron-lynx.sh</pre>\n"
"      注意必须通过域名浏览器来访问 "
"<code>cron.php</code>。不要在PHP命令行运行，并避免使用<code>localhost</code> "
"或 "
"<code>127.0.0.1</code>或其他不能被正确设置的环境变量，否则可能不会正常运行。</p>\n"
"      <h3><a id=\"cache\">缓存</a></h3>\n"
"      "
"<p>Drupal有一个从数据库中动态产生页面的缓存机制。通过缓存页面， "
"Drupal无需在用户访问页面时创建，而只是从数据库中执行SQL查询来显示。这可以降低系统的反应时间和负荷。 "
"只有被\"匿名用户\"请求的页面才会被缓存。为了降低服务器负荷和节省贷宽，Drupal将缓存页面压缩后存贮和传输。</p>"

#:  modules/system.module:19
msgid ""
"<p>General configuration options for your site. Set up the name of the "
"site, e-mail address used in mail-outs, clean URL options, caching, "
"etc.</p>"
msgstr "<p>站点的通用设置。设置站点名称、用于外发电子邮件地址、干净Url选项、缓存等等。</p>"

#:  modules/statistics.module:450
msgid "All time:"
msgstr "总体："

#:  modules/statistics.module:455
msgid "Last viewed:"
msgstr "最新访问："

#:  modules/statistics.module:101
msgid "1 read"
msgstr "1阅读"

#:  modules/statistics.module:445
msgid "Today's:"
msgstr "今日："

#:  modules/statistics.module:430
msgid "How many content items to display in \"recently viewed\" list."
msgstr "在 \"最新\" 列表中显示多少内容。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:430
msgid "Number of most recent views to display"
msgstr "最新热门访问显示的数目"

#:  modules/statistics.module:428
msgid "How many content items to display in \"day\" list."
msgstr "在 \"每日\" 列表中显示多少内容。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:429
msgid "Number of all time views to display"
msgstr "总热门访问显示的数目"

#:  modules/statistics.module:429
msgid "How many content items to display in \"all time\" list."
msgstr "在 \"总体\" 列表中显示多少内容。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:428
msgid "Number of day's top views to display"
msgstr "每日热门访问显示的数目"

#:  modules/statistics.module:421,,,,  ;459
msgid "Popular content"
msgstr "热门内容"

#:  modules/statistics.module:343
msgid "Content viewing counter settings"
msgstr "页面访问计数器设置"

#:  modules/statistics.module:342
msgid "Display counter values"
msgstr "显示计数器"

#:  modules/statistics.module:342
msgid "Display how many times given content has been viewed."
msgstr "显示页面被访问的次数。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:341
msgid "Increment a counter each time content is viewed."
msgstr "当页面被访问时计数器加1"

#:  modules/statistics.module:341
msgid "Count content views"
msgstr "页面访问计数"

#:  modules/statistics.module:338
msgid "Access log settings"
msgstr "访问记录设置"

#:  modules/statistics.module:337
msgid ""
"Older access log entries (including referrer statistics) will be "
"automatically discarded.  Requires crontab."
msgstr "之前的访问记录（包括来源统计）将会自动删除。需要crontab。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:337
msgid "Discard access logs older than"
msgstr "页面访问记录保留"

#:  modules/statistics.module:334
msgid "Log each page access.  Required for referrer statistics."
msgstr "记录每个页面访问。来源统计需要。"

#:  modules/search.module:503
msgid "The word %words was not included because it is too short."
msgstr "%words由于过短而没有被包括。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:15
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <h3>Introduction</h3>\n"
"      <p>The statistics module keeps track of numerous statistics for "
"your site but be warned, statistical collection does cause a little "
"overhead, thus everything comes <strong>disabled</strong> by "
"default.</p>\n"
"      <p>The module counts how many times, and from where -- using "
"HTTP referrer -- each of your posts is viewed. Once we have that count "
"the module can do the following with it:\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"      <li>The count can be displayed in the node's link section next "
"to \"# comments\".</li>\n"
"      <li>A configurable block can be added which can display a "
"configurable number of the day's top stories, the all time top "
"stories, and the last stories read.</li>\n"
"      <li>A configurable user page can be added, which can display the "
"day's top stories, the all time top stories, and the last stories "
"read.  You can individually configure how many posts are displayed in "
"each section.</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <p>Notes on using the statistics:</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"      <li>If you enable the view counters for content, this adds 1 "
"database query for each node that is viewed (2 queries if it's the "
"first time the node has ever been viewed).</li>\n"
"      <li>If you enable the access log, this adds 1 database query for "
"each page that Drupal displays.  Logged information includes:  HTTP "
"referrer (if any), node being accessed (if any), user ID (if any), the "
"IP address of the user, and the time the page was viewed.</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <p>As with any new module, the statistics module needs to be <a "
"href=\"%modules\">enabled</a> before you can use it.  Also refer to "
"the <a href=\"%permissions\">permissions section</a>, as this module "
"supports four separate permissions.</p>\n"
"      <h3>Configuring the statistics module</h3>\n"
"      <p>There are some configuration options added to the main <a "
"href=\"%configuration\">administer &raquo; settings &raquo; "
"statistics</a> section:</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"      <li><em>enable access log</em> -- allows you to turn the access "
"log on and off.  This log is used to store data about every page "
"accessed, such as the remote host's IP address, where they came from "
"(referrer), what node they've viewed, and their user name.  Enabling "
"the log adds one database call per page displayed by Drupal.</li>\n"
"      <li><em>discard access logs older than</em> -- allows you to "
"configure how long an access log entry is saved, after which time it "
"is deleted from the database table. To use this you need to run "
"\"cron.php\"</li>\n"
"      <li><em>enable node view counter</em> -- allows you to turn on "
"and off the node-counting functionality of this module.  If it is "
"turned on, an extra database query is added for each node displayed, "
"which increments a counter.</li>\n"
"      <li><em>display node view counters</em> -- allows you to "
"globally disable the displaying of node view counters.</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <h3>Popular content block</h3>\n"
"      <p>This module creates a block that can display the day's top "
"viewed content, the all time top viewed content, and the last content "
"viewed.  Each of these links can be enabled or disabled individually, "
"and the number of posts displayed for each can be configured with a "
"drop down menu.  If you disable all sections of this block, it will "
"not appear.</p>\n"
"      <p>Don't forget to <a href=\"%block\">enable the block</a>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"      <h3>简介</h3>\n"
"      "
"<p>统计模块提供站点的各项资料。但由于会占有一些负荷，因此默认是<strong>禁用</strong></p>\n"
"      "
"<p>统计记录每篇文章的访问次数、访问来源（使用HTTP_REFERER）。当我们有了统计资料后，可以：\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"      <li>统计可以在接近 \"# 评论\"的地方显示。.</li>\n"
"      "
"<li>一个可配置的板块显示当日人气文章、所有人气文章和最新阅读文章。</li>\n"
"      "
"<li>一个可配置的用户页可以被加入以显示所有人气文章和最新阅读文章。你可以设置每页显示多少。</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <p>使用统计注意：</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"      "
"<li>如果你启用内容浏览计数器，将在访问节点时加入1个数据库操作（如果节点从来没被访问，则是2次）。</li>\n"
"      "
"<li>如果你启用了访问记录，将在Drupal显示每个页面时加入1个数据库操作。记录内容包括：HTTP "
"referrer、 "
"访问的节点、用户名、IP以及访问时间。</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <p>和众多新模块一样，统计模块需要被 <a "
"href=\"%modules\">启用</a>才能使用。参见 <a "
"href=\"%permissions\">权限</a>页，因为此模块有四个不同的权限。</p>\n"
"      <h3>配置统计统计模块</h3>\n"
"      <p>在<a href=\"%configuration\">管理 &raquo; 设置 &raquo; "
"统计</a>中有如下选项:</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"      <li><em>启用访问记录</em> -- "
"允许你启用或关闭访问记录。此记录用于存储页面访问信息，例如用户IP、来源、访问内容、用户名等等。启用该记录将增加一叫做per "
"page的数据库。</li>\n"
"      <li><em>禁用早期访问记录</em> -- "
"允许你配置访问配置记录保存的时间。超过时间后将会被从数据库中删除。此功能需要 "
"cron.php。</li>\n"
"      <li><em>启用节点访问计数器</em> -- "
"允许你打开和关闭节点技术功能。打开此功能时，每次访问将增加1个数字。</li>\n"
"      <li><em>显示节点计数器</em> -- "
"允许你控制节点计数器的显示和关闭。</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <h3>人气板块</h3>\n"
"      "
"<p>此模块将建立一个显示每日热门内容、总热门排行和最新阅读内容的页面。每个内容都可以单独启用或禁用。显示的数量可以通过下拉框来配置。如果你禁用了所有选项，将不会显示此板块。</p>\n"
"      <p>不要忘了 <a href=\"%block\">启用板块</a>.</p>"

#:  modules/statistics.module:45
msgid ""
"<p>Settings for the statistical information that Drupal will keep "
"about the site. See <a href=\"%statistics\">site statistics</a> for "
"the actual information.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Drupal将保存的统计信息的设置。要查看实际信息，参阅 "
"<a href=\"%statistics\">站点统计</a>。</p>"

#:  modules/statistics.module:47
msgid "<p>This page shows you the most recent hits.</p>"
msgstr "<p>此页面显示最新浏览文章。</p>"

#:  modules/statistics.module:49
msgid ""
"<p>This page shows you all external referrers. These are links "
"pointing to your web site from outside your web site.</p>"
msgstr "<p>此页面显示所有的外部来源。是从站点外进入的链接。</p>"

#:  modules/statistics.module:150
msgid "Page URL"
msgstr "页面URL"

#:  modules/statistics.module:152,,,,  ;169
msgid "Referrer"
msgstr "来源"

#:  modules/statistics.module:259,,,,  ;282;311
msgid "Hits"
msgstr "点击"

#:  modules/statistics.module:272
msgid "Top pages in the past %interval"
msgstr "在过去 %interval 的热门页面"

#:  modules/statistics.module:298
msgid "Top users in the past %interval"
msgstr "在过去 %interval 的活跃用户"

#:  modules/statistics.module:308
msgid "Top referrers in the past %interval"
msgstr "在过去 %interval 的热门来源"

#:  modules/statistics.module:313
msgid "Last visit"
msgstr "上次访问"

#:  modules/statistics.module:334
msgid "Enable access log"
msgstr "启用访问记录"

#:  modules/search.module:151
msgid "There is 1 item left to index."
msgstr "尚有1项目需要索引。"

#:  modules/search.module:662
msgid "Enter your keywords"
msgstr "输入关键词"

#:  modules/search.module:593
msgid "Please enter some keywords."
msgstr "情输入搜索词"

#:  modules/search.module:589
msgid "Your search yielded no results"
msgstr "搜索没有找到任何结果"

#:  modules/search.module:163
msgid "Minimum word length to search for"
msgstr "搜索关键词最小单词长度"

#:  modules/search.module:163
msgid ""
"The number of characters a word has to be to be searched for, "
"including wildcard characters."
msgstr "能够搜索的关键词的最小长度，包括通配符。"

#:  modules/search.module:164
msgid "Indexing settings"
msgstr "索引设置"

#:  modules/search.module:577
msgid "Search: %keys (%type)."
msgstr "搜索： %keys (%type)."

#:  modules/search.module:586
msgid "Search results"
msgstr "搜索结果"

#:  modules/search.module:159
msgid "Indexing throttle"
msgstr "停止索引"

#:  modules/search.module:161
msgid ""
"<p>Changing the setting below will cause the site index to be rebuilt. "
"The search index is not cleared but systematically updated to reflect "
"the new settings. Searching will continue to work but new content "
"won't be indexed until all existing content has been "
"re-indexed.</p><p>The default settings should be appropriate for the "
"majority of sites.</p>"
msgstr "<p>更改此设置将导致站点索引重建。索引不会被清除但会系统的更新以适应新的设置。搜索将会继续工作，但新的内容不会被加入，直到所有内容都被重新索引。</p><p>此设置应根据站点需要进行设置。</p>"

#:  modules/search.module:162
msgid "Minimum word length to index"
msgstr "索引关键词最小单词数"

#:  modules/search.module:162
msgid ""
"The number of characters a word has to be to be indexed. Words shorter "
"than this will not be searchable."
msgstr "少于此数目的单词将不能被搜索。"

#:  modules/queue.module:283
msgid ""
"The post is queued for approval. You can check the votes in the <a "
"href=\"%queue\">submission queue</a>."
msgstr ""
"文章正等待通过。你可以在<a "
"href=\"%queue\">提交队列</a>中查看投票结果。"

#:  modules/queue.module:286
msgid ""
"The post is queued for approval. The editors will decide whether it "
"should be published."
msgstr "文章正等待管理员审核通过。"

#:  modules/search.module:53
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>The search engine works by maintaining an index of the words in "
"your site's content. You can adjust the settings below to tweak the "
"indexing behaviour. Note that the search requires cron to be set up "
"correctly.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>搜索引擎通过维护一个站点内容的关键词索引来工作。你可以在下面调整设置。注意搜索引擎需要cron被正确配置。</p>\n"

#:  modules/search.module:57
msgid ""
"<p><ul>\n"
"<li>Check if your spelling is correct.</li>\n"
"<li>Try using wildcards: <em>walk*</em> matches <em>walker</em>, "
"<em>walking</em>, ...</li>\n"
"<li>Use longer words (words shorter than %number letters are "
"ignored).</li>\n"
"</ul></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><ul>\n"
"<li>检查你是否输入了正确的字符。</li>\n"
"<li>尝试使用通配符，例如： <em>麻*</em> 可以代表 "
"<em>麻将</em>、<em>麻酱</em>等等</li>\n"
"<li>使用更长的单词（少于 %number "
"的字符将被忽略）。</li>\n"
"</ul></p>"

#:  modules/search.module:78
msgid "Search form"
msgstr "搜索表单"

#:  modules/search.module:133
msgid "The index will be rebuilt."
msgstr "索引将被重建。"

#:  modules/search.module:153
msgid "%percentage of the site has been indexed."
msgstr "站点的 %percentage 已被索引。"

#:  modules/search.module:158
msgid "Items to index per cron run"
msgstr "每次cron运行后索引的数量"

#:  modules/search.module:158
msgid ""
"The maximum amount of items that will be indexed in one cron run. Set "
"this number lower if your cron is timing out or if PHP is running out "
"of memory."
msgstr "在一次cron运行中所索引的内容的最大数量。如果你的cron运行超时或php内存溢出，将其设置低一些。"

#:  modules/queue.module:167
msgid "neutral (+0)"
msgstr "中立 (+0)"

#:  modules/queue.module:167
msgid "post it (+1)"
msgstr "可以发表(+1)"

#:  modules/queue.module:167
msgid "dump it (-1)"
msgstr "撤掉它 (-1)"

#:  modules/queue.module:179
msgid "Your vote has been recorded."
msgstr "你的投票已被记录。"

#:  modules/queue.module:183
msgid ""
"When new content is submitted, it goes into the submission queue.  "
"Registered users with the appropriate permission can access this queue "
"and vote whether they think the content should be approved or not.  "
"When enough people vote to approve the content, it is displayed on the "
"front page.  On the other hand, if enough people vote to drop it, the "
"content will disappear."
msgstr "当新的内容被提交后，他进入提交队列。拥有一定权限的注册用户可以访问队列并就他们认为文章是否该发表而进行投票。当足够的用户同意该内容后，文章将在首页显示。另一方面，如果足够多的用户认为文章应该被撤下，文章也会消失。"

#:  modules/queue.module:186
msgid "Your vote"
msgstr "你的投票"

#:  modules/queue.module:195
msgid "Moderate"
msgstr "评分"

#:  modules/queue.module:226,,,,  ;245
msgid "Moderation results"
msgstr "评分结果"

#:  modules/queue.module:242
msgid "%user voted %vote"
msgstr "%user 投了 %vote"

#:  modules/queue.module:246
msgid "This node has not yet been moderated."
msgstr "此节点尚未被评分。"

#:  modules/queue.module:109
msgid "The post has expired."
msgstr "文章被终止。"

#:  modules/queue.module:108
msgid "Moderation: expired %title."
msgstr "评分：终止了 %title。"

#:  modules/queue.module:102
msgid "The post has expired and the previous version has been restored."
msgstr "文章被终止并且恢复了上一个版本。"

#:  modules/queue.module:101
msgid "Moderation: expired %title (rollback)."
msgstr "评分：终止了 %title(回滚)。"

#:  modules/queue.module:28
msgid "Tick the box to show comments below the moderation form."
msgstr "选中此框以在评分表下显示评论。"

#:  modules/queue.module:81
msgid "Moderation: approved %title."
msgstr "评分：通过了 %title"

#:  modules/queue.module:82
msgid "The post is promoted."
msgstr "文章已被推荐。"

#:  modules/queue.module:87
msgid "Moderation: declined %title (rollback)."
msgstr "评分：拒绝了 %title(回滚)。"

#:  modules/queue.module:88
msgid "The post has been declined and the previous version has been restored."
msgstr "文章被拒绝并且恢复了上一个版本。"

#:  modules/queue.module:94
msgid "Moderation: declined %title."
msgstr "评分：拒绝了 %title。"

#:  modules/queue.module:95
msgid "The post has been declined."
msgstr "文章被拒绝。"

#:  modules/queue.module:28
msgid "Show comments"
msgstr "显示评论"

#:  modules/profile.module:551
msgid "Add new field"
msgstr "加入新的字段"

#:  modules/profile.module:579
msgid "single-line textfield"
msgstr "单行文本框"

#:  modules/profile.module:580
msgid "multi-line textfield"
msgstr "多行文本域"

#:  modules/profile.module:581
msgid "checkbox"
msgstr "复选框"

#:  modules/profile.module:582
msgid "list selection"
msgstr "下拉列表"

#:  modules/profile.module:583
msgid "freeform list"
msgstr "下拉框"

#:  modules/profile.module:585
msgid "date"
msgstr "日期"

#:  modules/queue.module:17
msgid ""
"<p>The queue provides a way for your users to vote on submitted "
"content. This is called <strong>moderation</strong>. Users can "
"moderate a post up (give it a point), or down (subtract a point). The "
"settings below give you control over how many points are required for "
"the status of a post to be automatically changed. See individual items "
"for details.</p>"
msgstr "<p>队列提供了一种让用户就提交内容评价的办法。称之为<strong>评分</strong>。用户可以同意一篇文章（加1点）或不同意一篇文章（减1点）。下列设置中，你可以控制一篇文章需要多少点才能显示。欲知详情，请看单个项目的帮助。"

#:  modules/queue.module:25
msgid "Post threshold"
msgstr "发表分数线"

#:  modules/queue.module:25
msgid ""
"When a post gets this number of moderation points, it is "
"<strong>promoted to the front page</strong> automatically."
msgstr "当一篇文章获得此分数时，它将被自动<strong>推荐到首页</strong>。"

#:  modules/queue.module:26
msgid "Dump threshold"
msgstr "撤稿分数线"

#:  modules/queue.module:26
msgid ""
"When a post drops below this number of points, its status is changed "
"to <strong>unpublished</strong>."
msgstr "当文章得分低于此数值时，将会改变为<strong>不公开</strong>。"

#:  modules/queue.module:27
msgid "Expiration threshold"
msgstr "终止分数线"

#:  modules/queue.module:27
msgid ""
"When a post gets this number of points, its status is changed to "
"<strong>unpublished</strong>."
msgstr "当文章得分低于此数值时，将会改变为<strong>不公开</strong>。"

#:  modules/profile.module:545
msgid "No fields defined."
msgstr "没有字段被定义。"

#:  modules/profile.module:523
msgid ""
"The title of the page showing all users with the specified field.  "
"Only applicable if the field is configured to be shown on member "
"listings."
msgstr "此页面的标题显示所有由此特性的用户。只有当字段在成员列表显示时此功能才可用。"

#:  modules/profile.module:525
msgid "The user must enter a value."
msgstr "用户必须输入一个值。"

#:  modules/profile.module:526
msgid "Visible in user registration form."
msgstr "在注册表单可见。"

#:  modules/profile.module:528
msgid "Field settings"
msgstr "字段设置"

#:  modules/profile.module:529
msgid "Save field"
msgstr "保存字段"

#:  modules/profile.module:518
msgid "Public field, content shown on profile page and on member list pages."
msgstr "公共字段，内容同时在会员列表和用户信息页上显示。"

#:  modules/profile.module:520
msgid ""
"The title of the page showing all users with the specified field.  The "
"word <code>%value</code> will be substituted with the corresponding "
"value.  An example page title is \"People whose favorite color is "
"%value\".  Only applicable if the field is configured to be shown on "
"member list pages."
msgstr "此页面的标题显示所有有此特性的用户。<code>%value</code>将被替换为相应的值。例如：\"幸运色是红色的用户\"。只有当字段在成员列表显示时此功能才可用。"

#:  modules/profile.module:517
msgid ""
"The weights define the order in which the form fields are shown.  "
"Lighter fields \"float up\" towards the top of the category."
msgstr "顺序定义了表单项目（字段）的显示顺序。数值小的将显示。"

#:  modules/profile.module:518
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr "可见性"

#:  modules/profile.module:518
msgid "Private field, content only available to privileged users."
msgstr "保密字段，内容只对有特定权限的用户可见。"

#:  modules/profile.module:518
msgid ""
"Public field, content shown on profile page but not used on member "
"list pages."
msgstr "公共字段，内容在用户信息页上显示，但不在会员列表上显示。"

#:  modules/profile.module:515
msgid ""
"A list of all options.  Put each option on a separate line.  Example "
"options are \"red\", \"blue\", \"green\", etc."
msgstr ""
"所有选项的列表。一行一个。例如：\"红\"、\"绿\"、 "
"\"蓝\"等等。"

#:  modules/profile.module:515
msgid "Selection options"
msgstr "可选项"

#:  modules/profile.module:513
msgid ""
"An optional explanation to go with the new field.  The explanation "
"will be shown to the user."
msgstr "对于新字段的说明。用户可见。"

#:  modules/profile.module:513
msgid "Explanation"
msgstr "说明"

#:  modules/profile.module:511
msgid ""
"The name of the field.  The form name is not shown to the user but "
"used internally in the HTML code and URLs.\n"
"Unless you know what you are doing, it is highly recommended that you "
"prefix the form name with <code>profile_</code> to avoid name clashes "
"with other fields.  Spaces or any other special characters except dash "
"(-) and underscore (_) are not allowed. An example name is "
"\"profile_favorite_color\" or perhaps just \"profile_color\"."
msgstr ""
"字段的名称。名称由HTML和URL内部使用而不显示给用户。\n"
"除非你知道你在干什么，否则我们强烈推荐你使用<code>profile_</code>前缀来对其命名以避免与其他字段冲突。不允许除了连接号(-)和下划线(_)外的空格或其他特殊字符。例如，\"profile_favorite_color\"或\"profile_color\"都是合法的。"

#:  modules/profile.module:511
msgid "Form name"
msgstr "表单名称"

#:  modules/profile.module:510
msgid ""
"The title of the new field.  The title will be shown to the user.  An "
"example title is \"Favorite color\"."
msgstr "新字段的标题。标题将显示给用户，例如\"幸运色\"。"

#:  modules/profile.module:509,,,,  ;548
msgid "Category"
msgstr "分类"

#:  modules/profile.module:509
msgid ""
"The category the new field should be part of.  Categories are used to "
"group fields logically.  An example category is \"Personal "
"information\"."
msgstr "新字段将属于的分类。分类用于对字段进行分组。例如：\"个人详细信息\"。"

#:  modules/profile.module:491
msgid "Edit %type"
msgstr "编辑 %type"

#:  modules/profile.module:503
msgid "The field has been deleted."
msgstr "字段被删除。"

#:  modules/profile.module:463
msgid "Add new %type"
msgstr "加入了新的 %type"

#:  modules/profile.module:483
msgid "The field has been updated."
msgstr "字段被更新。"

#:  modules/path.module:19
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the path you wish to create the alias for, followed by the "
"name of the new alias.</p>"
msgstr "<p>在别名后输入你要建立别名的路径。</p>"

#:  modules/path.module:21
msgid ""
"\n"
"<h3>Background</h3>\n"
"<p>A very powerful feature of Drupal is the ability to have control "
"over all paths. The path module is the tool that provides this "
"functionality and is part of the basic Drupal installation, although "
"it is not enabled by default. Some examples of re-mapping paths "
"are:</p>\n"
"<pre>\n"
"user/login => login\n"
"\n"
"image/tid/16 => store\n"
"\n"
"taxonomy/term/7+19+20+21 => store/products/whirlygigs\n"
"\n"
"node/3 => contact\n"
"</pre>\n"
"<p>This functionality integrates seamlessly into node forms and also "
"provides the administrator an interface to view all aliases that have "
"been created.</p>\n"
"<p>Aliases have a many to one relationship with their original Drupal "
"URLs. In other words you can have many different aliases map to a "
"single path. An example of where a multiple aliases come in handy is "
"creating a standard RSS feed URL:</p>\n"
"\n"
"<pre>\n"
"node/feed => rss.xml\n"
"node/feed => index.rdf\n"
"</pre>\n"
"\n"
"<p>When Drupal generates links for a path with multiple aliases it "
"will choose the first alias created per system URL.  So in our above "
"example, Drupal would use rss.xml as the default alias rather than "
"index.rdf. To change this behavior, delete the aliases for node/feed "
"and create the index.rdf alias before rss.xml.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<h3>Permissions</h3>\n"
"<p>Two permissions are related to URL aliasing: <em>create url "
"aliases</em> and <em>administer url aliases</em>.</p>\n"
"<ol><li><strong>create url aliases</strong> - Allows users to create "
"aliases for nodes. Enabling this permission will display a path field "
"to the user in any node form, allowing them to enter an alias for that "
"node. They will be able to edit/delete the alias after it is created "
"using the same form.</li><li><strong>administer url aliases</strong> - "
"Allows users to access the alias administration interface. This "
"interface displays all aliases and provides a way to create and modify "
"them. This is also the location to build aliases for things other than "
"nodes. For example, you can create an alias for a taxonomy URL or even "
"re-map the admin path (although the original admin path will still be "
"accessible since aliases do not cancel out original "
"paths).</li></ol>\n"
"\n"
"<h3>Mass URL aliasing</h3>\n"
"<p>Drupal also comes with user defined mass URL aliasing capabilities. "
"You might like to see completely different URLs used by Drupal, or "
"even URLs translated to the visitors' native language, in which case "
"this feature is handy. Only an administrator with access to the "
"website source code can set up this kind of aliases. You can define a "
"<code>conf_url_rewrite</code> function in conf.php, following this "
"example:</p>\n"
"<pre>\n"
"function conf_url_rewrite($path, $mode = 'incoming') {\n"
"  if ($mode == 'incoming') { // URL coming from a client\n"
"    return preg_replace('!^display/(\\d+)$!', 'node/\\1', $path);\n"
"  }\n"
"  else { // URL going out to a client\n"
"    $aliased = preg_replace('!^node/(\\d+)$!', 'display/\\1', "
"$path);\n"
"    if ($aliased != $path) { return $aliased; }\n"
"  }\n"
"}\n"
"</pre>\n"
"<p>This function will shorten every <code>node/$node_id</code> type of "
"URL to <code>display/$node_id</code>. Individual URL aliases defined "
"on the browser interface of Drupal take precedence, so if you have the "
"'contact' page alias from the example above, then the "
"<code>display/3</code> alias will not be effective when outgoing links "
"are created. Incoming URLs however always work with the mass URL "
"aliased variant. Only the 'incoming' and 'outgoing' modes are supposed "
"to be supported by your <code>conf_url_rewrite</code> function.</p>\n"
"<p>You cannot only use this feature to shorten the URLs, or to "
"translate them to you own language, but also to add completely new "
"subURLs to an already existing module's URL space, or to compose a "
"bunch of existing stuff together to a common URL space. You can create "
"a <code>news</code> section for example aliasing nodes and taxonomy "
"overview pages falling under a 'news' vocabulary, thus having "
"<code>news/15</code> and <code>news/sections/3</code> instead of "
"<code>node/15</code> and <code>taxonomy/term/3</code>. You need "
"extensive knowledge of Drupal's inner workings and regular expressions "
"though to make such advanced aliases.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<h3>背景</h3>\r\n"
"<p>Drupal的一个强力功能就是完全控制路径。路径模块提供此功能并且是基础Drupal安装的一部分，尽管默认没有被启用。一些URL映射的例子是：</p>\r\n"
"<pre>\r\n"
"user/login => login\r\n"
"\r\n"
"image/tid/16 => store\r\n"
"\r\n"
"taxonomy/term/7+19+20+21 => store/products/whirlygigs\r\n"
"\r\n"
"node/3 => contact\r\n"
"</pre>\r\n"
"<p>此功能和节点表单等无缝链接。</p>\r\n"
"<p>一个Drupal "
"URL可以有多个别名。多重别名的一个例子是建立标准的RSS "
"feed URL：</p>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"<pre>\r\n"
"node/feed => rss.xml\r\n"
"node/feed => index.rdf\r\n"
"</pre>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"<p>当Drupal生成一个多重链接的路径时，将首先使用第一个别名作为系统路径。所以在上例中，Drupal将使用 "
"rss.xml作为默认别名而不是 "
"index.rdf。要更改此行为，删除 node/feed 的别名并在 "
"rss.xml之前 建立 index.rdf的别名。</p>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"<h3>权限</h3>\r\n"
"<p>与URL映射相关的权限有两个：<em>建立映射</em>和 "
"<em>管理映射</em>.</p>\r\n"
"<ol><li><strong>建立映射</strong> - "
"允许用户为每个节点建立映射。启用此权限将在每个节点中显示一个路径字段，允许输入别名。他们将可以在别名建立后用同样的表单进行编辑/删除。</li><li><strong>管理映射</strong> "
"- "
"允许用户访问别名管理界面。该界面显示了所有的别名并提供建立和修改的方法。这里同样是建立非节点的映射的地方。例如，你可以为分类URL，甚至对管理路径进行重新映射（当然，源路径仍然可以访问，因为映射并不影响源路径。）</li></ol>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"<h3>大量URL映射</h3>\r\n"
"<p>Drupal同样提供用户定义大量URL "
"映射。你可以看到完全不同的URL，甚至翻译成用户母语的URL。只有能够访问站点源代码的管理员才能做这些。你可以在conf.php中定义 "
"<code>conf_url_rewrite</code> 功能, 下面是个例子：</p>\r\n"
"<pre>\r\n"
"function conf_url_rewrite($path, $mode = 'incoming') {\r\n"
"  if ($mode == 'incoming') { // URL coming from a client\r\n"
"    return preg_replace('!^display/(\\d+)$!', 'node/\\1', $path);\r\n"
"  }\r\n"
"  else { // URL going out to a client\r\n"
"    $aliased = preg_replace('!^node/(\\d+)$!', 'display/\\1', "
"$path);\r\n"
"    if ($aliased != $path) { return $aliased; }\r\n"
"  }\r\n"
"}\r\n"
"</pre>\r\n"
"<p>此功能将所有的 <code>node/$node_id</code>变为 "
"<code>display/$node_id</code>。在浏览界面中定义的单个的URL映射优先，因此如果你有了'contact'的别名， "
"<code>display/3</code> 别名将不会有效。 引入 URLs "
"总是适用大量URL. 只有 '引入' 和 '引出' "
"模式通过<code>conf_url_rewrite</code>功能来设置。</p>\r\n"
"<p>你不仅仅可以使用此功能来缩短URL，翻译成母语，也可以使用它来给现存模块加入全新的子URL，或是一串现有URL的组合。你可以建立<code>新闻</code> "
"来组织一串新闻，通过 <code>news/15</code> "
"和<code>news/sections/3</code> 来代替<code>node/15</code> "
"和<code>taxonomy/term/3</code>. "
"使用此类功能你需要深入了解 "
"Drupal以及正则表达式。</p>"

#:  modules/path.module:105,,,,  ;185
msgid "Create new alias"
msgstr "建立新的别名"

#:  modules/path.module:105,,,,  ;182
msgid "Update alias"
msgstr "更新别名"

#:  modules/path.module:125
msgid "The alias has been deleted."
msgstr "别名被删除。"

#:  modules/path.module:177
msgid "Existing system path"
msgstr "现存的系统路径"

#:  modules/path.module:177
msgid ""
"Specify the existing path you wish to alias. For example: node/28, "
"forum/1, taxonomy/term/1+2."
msgstr ""
"指定你想要建立别名的系统路径。例如：node/28, "
"forum/1, taxonomy/term/1+2."

#:  modules/path.module:178
msgid "New path alias"
msgstr "新的路径别名"

#:  modules/path.module:178
msgid ""
"Specify an alternative path by which this data can be accessed.  For "
"example, type \"about\" when writing an about page.  Use a relative "
"path and don't add a trailing slash or the URL alias won't work."
msgstr ""
"指定你想建立的别名。例如，对于关于页面，使用 "
"\"about\"，使用相对路径并且不要在尾部加上内斜杠，否则别名将不会工作。"

#:  modules/path.module:203
msgid "The path is invalid."
msgstr "路径非法。"

#:  modules/path.module:206
msgid "The path is already in use."
msgstr "路径正在使用。"

#:  modules/path.module:260
msgid "Alias"
msgstr "别名"

#:  modules/path.module:261
msgid "System"
msgstr "系统"

#:  modules/path.module:277
msgid "No URL aliases available."
msgstr "没有可用的URL别名"

#:  modules/path.module:299
msgid "The system path %path is invalid."
msgstr "系统路径 %path 非法。"

#:  modules/path.module:303
msgid "The alias %alias is invalid."
msgstr "别名%alias非法。"

#:  modules/path.module:307
msgid "The alias %alias is already in use."
msgstr "别名 %alias 正在使用。"

#:  modules/path.module:316
msgid "The alias has been saved."
msgstr "别名已被保存。"

#:  modules/path.module:251
msgid "create url aliases"
msgstr "建立 URL别名"

#:  modules/path.module:251
msgid "administer url aliases"
msgstr "管理别名"

#:  modules/queue.module:124
msgid "Score"
msgstr "得分"

#:  modules/queue.module:145
msgid "No posts available in queue."
msgstr "队列中没有文章。"

#:  modules/queue.module:152
msgid "Submission queue"
msgstr "提交队列"

#:  modules/user.module:1518
msgid "Permission"
msgstr "权限"

#:  modules/user.module:1522
msgid "%module module"
msgstr "%module 模块"

#:  modules/poll.module:284
msgid "create polls"
msgstr "建立投票"

#:  modules/poll.module:284
msgid "vote on polls"
msgstr "投票"

#:  modules/queue.module:37
msgid "access submission queue"
msgstr "访问提交队列"

#:  modules/search.module:69
msgid "administer search"
msgstr "管理搜索"

#:  modules/search.module:69
msgid "search content"
msgstr "搜索内容"

#:  modules/statistics.module:87
msgid "access statistics"
msgstr "访问统计"

#:  modules/system.module:50
msgid "access administration pages"
msgstr "访问管理页面"

#:  modules/system.module:50
msgid "administer site configuration"
msgstr "管理站点配置"

#:  modules/system.module:50
msgid "bypass input data check"
msgstr "跳过输入格式检查"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:13
msgid "administer taxonomy"
msgstr "管理术语表"

#:  modules/upload.module:25
msgid "upload files"
msgstr "上传文件"

#:  modules/upload.module:25
msgid "view uploaded files"
msgstr "查看上传文件"

#:  modules/user.module:406
msgid "access user profiles"
msgstr "访问用户个人信息"

#:  modules/user.module:406
msgid "administer users"
msgstr "管理用户"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:47
msgid "administer watchdog"
msgstr "管理日志"

#:  modules/user.module:1536
msgid "Save permissions"
msgstr "保存权限"

#:  modules/user.module:1710
msgid ""
"<p>In this area you will define the permissions for each user role "
"(role names are defined on the <a href=\"%role\">user roles page</a>). "
"Each permission describes a fine-grained logical operation, such as "
"being able to access the administration pages, or adding/modifying a "
"user account. You could say a permission represents access granted to "
"a user to perform a set of operations.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>在这里，你可以定义每个用户角色的权限(角色名称在<a "
"href=\"%role\">用户角色</a>页面定义)。每个权限描述了一个逻辑操作，例如可以访问管理页面，或是添加/修改用户帐户。你也可以说权限代表访问被授予一个用户以执行特定的操作。</p>"

#:  modules/user.module:1549,,,,  ;1595
msgid "Save role"
msgstr "保存角色"

#:  modules/user.module:1558,,,,  ;1596
msgid "Delete role"
msgstr "删除角色"

#:  modules/user.module:1580,,,,  ;1614
msgid "Add role"
msgstr "添加角色。"

#:  modules/user.module:1712
msgid ""
"<p>Roles allow you to fine tune the security and administration of "
"drupal. A role defines a group of users that have certain privileges "
"as defined in <a href=\"%permissions\">user permissions</a>. Examples "
"of roles include: anonymous user, authenticated user, moderator, "
"administrator and so on. In this area you will define the <em>role "
"names</em> of the various roles. To delete a role choose "
"\"edit\".</p><p>By default, Drupal comes with two user roles:</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"      <li>Anonymous user: this role is used for users that don't have "
"a user account or that are not authenticated.</li>\n"
"      <li>Authenticated user: this role is assigned automatically to "
"authenticated users. Most registered users will belong to this user "
"role unless specified otherwise.</li>\n"
"      </ul>"
msgstr ""
"<p>角色允许你调整 "
"drupal的安全和管理。一个角色定义了一组拥有特定权限的用户，他们的权限在<a "
"href=\"%permissions\">用户权限</a>中定义。例如：匿名用户、注册用户、管理员、版主等。在这里你可以定义 "
"<em>角色名称</em> 。要删除一个角色，先 "
"\"编辑\"。</p><p>默认的两个角色是：</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"      "
"<li>匿名用户:：没有注册或尚未通过注册的用户</li>\n"
"      <li>注册用户： "
"正式用户自动属于此角色。大多数注册用户在没有其他权限之前属于此角色。</li>\n"
"      </ul>"

#:  modules/user.module:1583
msgid "The role has been added."
msgstr "角色被加入。"

#:  modules/user.module:1430,,,,  ;1441
msgid "Access type"
msgstr "访问规则"

#:  modules/user.module:1431,,,,  ;1441
msgid "Rule type"
msgstr "规则类型"

#:  modules/user.module:1432,,,,  ;1441
msgid "Mask"
msgstr "条件"

#:  modules/user.module:1393,,,,  ;1443
msgid "username"
msgstr "用户名"

#:  modules/user.module:1393,,,,  ;1443
msgid "e-mail"
msgstr "电子邮件"

#:  modules/user.module:1449
msgid "There are currently no access rules."
msgstr "现在没有访问规则。"

#:  modules/user.module:1708
msgid ""
"<p>Set up username and e-mail address access rules for new accounts. "
"If a username or email address for a new account matches any deny "
"rule, but not an allow rule, then the new account will not be allowed "
"to be created.</p>"
msgstr "<p>设置新帐户的用户名和电子邮件规则.如果一个用户的用户名或电子邮件符合任意一条拒绝规则,并且不符合一条允许规则,新帐户将不被创建。</p>"

#:  modules/system.module:493,,,,  ;495
msgid "required"
msgstr "必须"

#:  modules/poll.module:26
msgid ""
"Allows your site to capture votes on different topics in the form of "
"multiple choice questions."
msgstr "允许你的站点获得关于不同主题的各个选项的投票信息。"

#:  modules/profile.module:22
msgid "Supports configurable user profiles."
msgstr "支持配置用户信息。"

#:  modules/queue.module:15
msgid "Allows content to be moderated by the community."
msgstr "允许内容被社区评分。"

#:  modules/search.module:51
msgid "Enables site-wide keyword searching."
msgstr "启用全站关键词搜索。"

#:  modules/statistics.module:43
msgid "Logs access statistics for your site."
msgstr "记录站点访问状态。"

#:  modules/system.module:42
msgid "Handles general site configuration for administrators."
msgstr "管理整体站点设置。"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:1051
msgid "Enables the categorization of content."
msgstr "启用内容分类。"

#:  modules/throttle.module:104
msgid "Handles the auto-throttling mechanism, to control site congestion."
msgstr "管理自动低负荷体制，以控制站点堵塞。"

#:  modules/upload.module:15
msgid "Allows users to upload and attach files to content."
msgstr "允许用户上传附件。"

#:  modules/user.module:1720
msgid "Manages the user registration and login system."
msgstr "管理用户注册和登录系统。"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:23
msgid "Logs and records system events."
msgstr "记录系统事件。"

#:  modules/system.module:28
msgid ""
"<p>Modules are plugins for Drupal that extend its core functionality. "
"Here you can select which modules are enabled. Click on the name of "
"the module in the navigation menu for their individual configuration "
"pages. Once a module is enabled, new <a "
"href=\"%permissions\">permissions</a> might be made available. Modules "
"can automatically be temporarily disabled to reduce server load when "
"your site becomes extremely busy by enabling the throttle.module and "
"checking throttle. The auto-throttle functionality must be enabled on "
"the <a href=\"%throttle\">throttle configuration page</a> after having "
"enabled the throttle module.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>模块是扩展Drupal功能的插件。这里你可以选择需要启用的插件。在导航条点击模块名称以进入其单独配置页。当模块启用后，新的<a "
"href=\"%permissions\">权限</a>将可用。模块可以在站点负荷较高时临时禁用以降低系统负荷，要这样做的话，启用throttle.module(低负荷模块)并选中“低负荷”复选框。自动低负荷选项需要在启用低负荷模块后在<a "
"href=\"%throttle\">低负荷配置页</a>启用。</p>"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:358
msgid "preview form"
msgstr "预览表格"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:1053
msgid ""
"<p>The taxonomy module allows you to classify content into categories "
"and subcategories; it allows multiple lists of categories for "
"classification (controlled vocabularies) and offers the possibility of "
"creating thesauri (controlled vocabularies that indicate the "
"relationship of terms) and taxonomies (controlled vocabularies where "
"relationships are indicated hierarchically). To delete a term choose "
"\"edit term\". To delete a vocabulary, and all its terms, choose "
"\"edit vocabulary\".</p>"
msgstr "<p>分类模块允许你将内容分类，允许分类的多重列表、建立指示术语关系的术语表和用层次结构代表术语关系的术语表。要删除一个术语，选择\"编辑\"，要删除一个术语表，选择\"编辑术语表\"。</p>"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:1057
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <h3>Background</h3>\n"
"      <p>Taxonomy is the study of classification. Drupal's taxonomy "
"module allows you to define vocabularies which are used to classify "
"content. The module supports hierarchical classification and "
"association between terms, allowing for truly flexible information "
"retrieval and classification. For more details about <a "
"href=\"%classification-types\">classification types</a> and insight "
"into the development of the taxonomy module, see this <a "
"href=\"%drupal-dis\">drupal.org discussion</a>.</p>\n"
"      <h3>An example taxonomy: food</h3>\n"
"      "
"<ul><li>Dairy<ul><li>Milk</li></ul></li><li>Drink<ul><li>Alcohol<ul><li>Beer</li><li>Wine</li></ul></li><li>Pop</li><li>Milk</li></ul></li><li>Meat<ul><li>Beef</li><li>Chicken</li><li>Lamb</li></ul></li><li>Spices<ul><li>Sugar</li></ul></li></ul>\n"
"      <p><strong>Notes</strong></p><ul><li>The term <em>Milk</em> "
"appears within both <em>Dairy</em> and <em>Drink</em>.  This is an "
"example of <em>multiple parents</em> for a term.</li><li>In Drupal the "
"order of siblings (e.g. <em>Beef</em>, <em>Chicken</em>, "
"<em>Lamb</em>) in a vocabulary may be controlled with the "
"<em>weight</em> parameter.</li></ul>\n"
"      <h3>Vocabularies</h3>\n"
"      <p>When you create a controlled vocabulary you are creating a "
"set of terms to use for describing content (known as descriptors in "
"indexing lingo). Drupal allows you to describe each piece of content "
"(blog, story, etc.) using one or many of these terms. For simple "
"implementations, you might create a set of categories without "
"subcategories, similar to <a href=\"%slashdot\">Slashdot</a>'s "
"sections.  For more complex implementations, you might create a "
"hierarchical list of categories such as <em>Food</em> taxonomy shown "
"above.</p>\n"
"      <h4>Setting up a vocabulary</h4>\n"
"      <p>When setting up a controlled vocabulary, if you select the "
"<em>hierarchy</em> option, you will be defining a tree structure of "
"terms, as in a thesaurus. If you select the <em>related terms</em> "
"option, you are allowing the definition of related terms (think "
"<em>see also</em>), as in a thesaurus. Selecting <em>multiple "
"select</em> will allow you to describe a piece of content using more "
"than one term. That content will then appear on each term's page, "
"increasing the chance that a user will find it.</p>\n"
"      <p>When setting up a controlled vocabulary you are asked for: "
"<ul>\n"
"      <li><strong>Vocabulary name</strong>: The name for this "
"vocabulary. Example: <em>Dairy</em>.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Description</strong>: Description of the vocabulary. "
"This can be used by modules and feeds.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Types</strong>: The list of content types you want "
"to associate this vocabulary with. Some available types are blog, "
"book, forum, page, and story.</li>\n"
"      <li><a id=\"related-terms\"></a><strong>Related terms</strong>: "
"Allows relationships between terms within this vocabulary. Think of "
"these as <em>see also</em> references.</li>\n"
"      <li><a id=\"hierarchy\"></a><strong>Hierarchy</strong>: Allows a "
"tree-like vocabulary, as in our <em>Foods</em> example above.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Multiple select</strong>: Allows pieces of content "
"to be described using more than one term. Content may then appear on "
"multiple taxonomy pages.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Required</strong>: If selected, each piece of "
"content must have a term in this vocabulary associated with it.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Weight</strong>: The overall weight for this "
"vocabulary in listings with multiple vocabularies.</li>\n"
"      </ul></p>\n"
"      <h4>Adding terms to a vocabulary</h4>\n"
"      <p>Once done defining the vocabulary, you have to add terms to "
"it to make it useful. The options you see when adding a term to a "
"vocabulary will depend on what you selected for <em>related "
"terms</em>, <em>hierarchy</em> and <em>multiple select</em>. These "
"options are:</p>\n"
"      <p><ul>\n"
"      <li><strong>Term name</strong>: The name for this term. Example: "
"<em>Milk</em>.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Description</strong>: Description of the term that "
"may be used by modules and feeds.  This is synonymous with a \"scope "
"note\".</li>\n"
"      <li><strong><a id=\"parent\"></a>Parent</strong>: Select the "
"term under which this term is a subset -- the branch of the hierarchy "
"that this term belongs under. This is also known as the \"Broader "
"term\" indicator used in thesauri.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong><a id=\"synonyms\"></a>Synonyms</strong>: Enter "
"synonyms for this term, one synonym per line. Synonyms can be used for "
"variant spellings, acronyms, and other terms that have the same "
"meaning as the added term, but which are not explicitly listed in this "
"vocabulary (i.e. <em>unauthorized terms</em>).</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Weight</strong>: The weight is used to sort the "
"terms of this vocabulary.</li>\n"
"      </ul></p>\n"
"      <h3><a id=\"taxonomy-url\"></a>Displaying content organized by "
"terms</h3>\n"
"      <p>In order to view the content associated with a term or a "
"collection of terms, you should browse to a properly formed Taxonomy "
"URL. For example, <a href=\"%taxo-example\">taxonomy/term/1+2</a>.  "
"Taxonomy URLs always contain one or more term IDs at the end of the "
"URL. You may learn the term ID for a given term by hovering over that "
"term in the <a href=\"%taxo-overview\">taxonomy overview</a> page and "
"noting the number at the end or the URL.  To build a Taxonomy URL "
"start with \"taxonomy/term/\". Then list the term IDs, separated by "
"\"+\" to choose content tagged with <strong>any</strong> of the given "
"term IDs, or separated by \",\" to choose content tagged with "
"<strong>all</strong> of the given term IDs. In other words, \"+\" is "
"less specific than \",\". Finally, you may optionally specify a "
"\"depth\" in the vocabulary hierarchy. This defaults to \"0\", which "
"means only the explicitly listed terms are searched. A positive number "
"indicates the number of additional levels of the tree to search. You "
"may also use the value \"all\", which means that all descendant terms "
"are searched.</p>\n"
"      <h3>RSS feeds</h3>\n"
"      <p>Every term, or collection of terms, provides an <a "
"href=\"%userland-rss\">RSS</a> feed to which interested users may "
"subscribe. The URL format for a sample RSS feed is <a "
"href=\"%sample-rss\">taxonomy/term/1+2/0/feed</a>. These are built "
"just like <a href=\"%taxo-help\">Taxonomy URLs</a>, but are followed "
"by the word \"feed\".</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"      <h3>背景</h3>\n"
"      <p>分类法是分类的研究。 "
"Drupal's的分类模块允许你定义用来区分内容的术语。此模块支持层次分类和术语间关系，给你最大的弹性。参见 "
"<a href=\"%classification-types\">分类类型</a> "
"，要洞察分类模块的发展，参见 <a "
"href=\"%drupal-dis\">drupal.org讨论</a>。</p>\n"
"      <h3>示例分类：食物</h3>\n"
"      "
"<ul><li>奶制品<ul><li>牛奶</li></ul></li><li>饮料<ul><li>酒精饮料<ul><li>啤酒</li><li>葡萄酒</li></ul></li><li>汽水</li><li>牛奶</li></ul></li><li>肉<ul><li>牛肉</li><li>鸡肉</li><li>羊肉</li></ul></li><li>调料<ul><li>糖</li></ul></li></ul>\n"
"      <p><strong>注意</strong></p><ul><li>术语 "
"<em>牛奶</em>在<em>奶制品</em>和 "
"<em>饮料</em>中都出现了。这是一个<em>多重上层</em>的例子。</li><li>在Drupal中，同类间的顺序也由顺序值控制。</li></ul>\n"
"      <h3>术语表</h3>\n"
"      "
"<p>当你建立一个术语表后，Drupal允许你使用各种内容（例如，blog,新闻等等）来描述此术语。例如，为了简单起见，你可能建立类似于 "
"Slashdot.org或 "
"Kuro5hin.org的没有子分类的分类，而复杂的，则可能是一个层次化的分类列表。</p> "
"     <h4>设立术语表</h4>\n"
"      <p>当设立术语表时，如果选中了 "
"<em>层次</em>选项，你将建立一个树状术语表，类似词典。如果你选择了 "
"<em>相关术语</em> 选项，你将能够定义相关术语（类似 "
" <em>参见</em>）。选择 <em>多重选择</em> "
"将允许你用不同的术语描述同一内容。</p>\n"
"      <p>设置术语表时会有如下选项 <ul>\n"
"      "
"<li><strong>术语表名称</strong>：术语表的名称。例如：<em>奶制品</em>。</li>\n"
"      "
"<li><strong>说明</strong>：术语表的说明。可以被模块和feed使用。</li>\n"
"      "
"<li><strong>类型</strong>：要关联到的内容类型：可用的是blog、 "
"手册、论坛、页面和新闻。</li>\n"
"      <li><a "
"id=\"related-terms\"></a><strong>相关术语</strong>：允许用户在术语表内建立术语间的关系。类似于<em>参见</em>的关系。</li>\n"
"      <li><a "
"id=\"hierarchy\"></a><strong>层次</strong>：允许用户建立一个树状词汇表，就像我们的例子 "
"<em>食物</em>那样。</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>多重选择</strong>： "
"允许用户用多个词汇描述同一内容。</li>\n"
"      "
"<li><strong>必须</strong>：I如果选择，每个内容都必须有一个与此术语表中关联的术语。</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>顺序值</strong>：显示顺序。</li>\n"
"      </ul></p>\n"
"      <h4>添加术语到术语表</h4>\n"
"      "
"<p>当建立了术语表后，就可以添加术语了。你添加术语时的选项将取决于术语表建立时的 "
"<em>相关术语</em>、 <em>层次</em>和 "
"<em>多重选择</em>属性。选项包括：</p>\n"
"      <p><ul>\n"
"      "
"<li><strong>术语名称</strong>：术语的名称。例如：<em>牛奶</em>。</li>\n"
"      "
"<li><strong>说明</strong>：被模块和feed使用的说明。与\"范围注意\"同义。</li>\n"
"      <li><strong><a "
"id=\"parent\"></a>上一级</strong>：当此术语是子术语时，选择上一层。</li>\n"
"      <li><strong><a "
"id=\"synonyms\"></a>同义词</strong>：输入术语的同义词，一行一个。通常是变体拼写、缩写或其他有相同意义的术语。但不在术语表中明确显示。</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>顺序值</strong>：显示顺序。</li>\n"
"      </ul></p>\n"
"      <h3><a "
"id=\"taxonomy-url\"></a>显示由术语组织的内容</h3>\n"
"      "
"<p>为了显示按术语组织的内容，你需要适当构建分类URL，例如<a "
"href=\"%taxo-example\">taxonomy/term/1+2</a>。分类 "
"URL总是在末尾包括一个或更多的ID。你可以通过将鼠标在 "
"<a "
"href=\"%taxo-overview\">分类总览</a>上悬停来获得分类的ID。要建立一个分类URL，以\"taxonomy/term/\"开始，然后是术语ID，通过\"+\"以显示<strong>任何</strong> "
"符合条件的术语ID，或是 "
"\",\"来显示<strong>所有</strong>符合条件的ID。换句话说：\"+\"比\",\"更广泛。最后，你可以可选指定术语表层次的 "
"\"深度\"。默认为 "
"\"0\"，即只有符合条件的显示，一个正数代搜索的下层的数目。你也可以使用 "
"\"all\"来搜索所有分类的下层。</p>\n"
"      <h3>RSS feeds</h3>\n"
"      <p>每个术语，或术语集合，都提供了一个 <a "
"href=\"%userland-rss\">RSS</a> feed "
"以吸引感兴趣的用户订阅。一个RSS feed的URL例子是 <a "
"href=\"%sample-rss\">taxonomy/term/1+2/0/feed</a>。这些内容由 <a "
"href=\"%taxo-help\">T分类URLs</a>组成，但跟着 \"feed\"。</p>"

#:  modules/system.module:535,,,,  ;544;714
msgid "Reset to defaults"
msgstr "恢复到默认值"

#:  modules/statistics.module:132
msgid "track page visits"
msgstr "跟踪页面访问"

#:  modules/user.module:513,,,,  ;1033;1221
msgid "Create new account"
msgstr "注册新帐号"

#:  modules/user.module:507,,,,  ;843;990;1225
msgid "Log in"
msgstr "登录"

#:  modules/user.module:449
msgid "Member for"
msgstr "注册了"

#:  modules/user.module:461
msgid "account settings"
msgstr "帐户设置"

#:  modules/system.module:179
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "本地化设置"

#:  modules/system.module:179
msgid "Time zone"
msgstr "时区"

#:  modules/system.module:179
msgid ""
"Select your current local time. Dates and times throughout this site "
"will be displayed using this time zone."
msgstr "选择你当前的时区。日期和时间将使用此时区显示。"

#:  modules/user.module:505,,,,  ;837;840;953;1021;1040;1320;1348;1431;1626
msgid "Username"
msgstr "用户名"

#:  modules/user.module:1040
msgid ""
"Your full name or your preferred username: only letters, numbers and "
"spaces are allowed."
msgstr "你的全名或你更喜欢的名字。允许中英文、空格和数字。"

#:  modules/user.module:1041
msgid ""
"Insert a valid e-mail address.  All e-mails from the system will be "
"sent to this address. The e-mail address is not made public and will "
"only be used if you wish to receive a new password or wish to receive "
"certain news or notifications by e-mail."
msgstr "输入一个合法的email地址。所有从此系统发出的信件将寄至此信箱。email地址不会被公开。并且只在你希望得到新的密码或通知时才会使用。"

#:  modules/user.module:506,,,,  ;842;1042;1322
msgid "Password"
msgstr "密码"

#:  modules/user.module:1042
msgid ""
"Enter your new password twice if you want to change your current "
"password, or leave it blank if you are happy with your current "
"password."
msgstr "输入新密码两次以更改。如果不想更改，请留空。"

#:  modules/user.module:1045
msgid "Blocked"
msgstr "阻止"

#:  modules/user.module:1046,,,,  ;1628
msgid "Roles"
msgstr "角色"

#:  modules/user.module:1046
msgid ""
"Select at least one role.  The user receives the combined permissions "
"of all of the selected roles."
msgstr "至少选择一个角色。用户将拥有所有选中角色的权限。"

#:  modules/user.module:1026,,,,  ;1049
msgid "Account information"
msgstr "帐户信息"

#:  modules/statistics.module:198,,,,  ;227
msgid "Timestamp"
msgstr "时间"

#:  modules/statistics.module:199,,,,  ;228;260
msgid "Page"
msgstr "页面"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:135
msgid "notice"
msgstr "注意"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:143
msgid "Location"
msgstr "位置"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:145
msgid "Severity"
msgstr "严重"

#:  modules/poll.module:16
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <p>Users with the correct <a "
"href=\"%permissions\">permissions</a> can create and/or vote on "
"polls.</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"      <li>To create a poll a user needs the \"create polls\" "
"permission.</li>\n"
"      <li>To vote on a poll question a user must have the \"vote on "
"polls\" permission.</li>\n"
"      <li>To view the results one needs the \"access content\" "
"permission.</li>\n"
"      <li>To administer polls you need the \"administer nodes\" "
"permission.</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <p>Creating a poll is much like creating any other node. Click "
"\"create poll\" in your user box. The title of the poll should be the "
"question, then enter the answers and the \"base\" vote counts. You can "
"also choose the time period over which the vote will run.</p><p>The <a "
"href=\"%poll\">Poll</a> item in the navigation links will take you to "
"a page where you can see all the current polls, vote on them (if you "
"haven't already) and view the results.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>拥有一定<a "
"href=\"%permissions\">权限</a>的用户可以发起和/或参与投票。</p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
"      <li>要发起投票，需要拥有 \"发起投票\" "
"权限。</li>\n"
"      "
"<li>要参与投票，用户必须有\"参与投票\"权限。</li>\n"
"      <li>要查看投票结果，用户必须有\"访问内容\" "
"权限。</li>\n"
"      <li>要管理所有投票，用户必须有 "
"\"管理节点\"权限。</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      "
"<p>建立投票过程与建立节点过程非常相似。在用户板块中点击\"发起投票\"。投票的标题应该是你的问题，并输入投票的选项和各选项的初始投票值。你还可以选择投票持续时间。</p><p> "
"导航栏上的<a "
"href=\"%poll\">投票</a>链接讲链接到显示所有当前投票的页面。你可以在这里对尚未投票的项目进行投票并查看结果。</p>"

#:  modules/poll.module:49
msgid "Most recent poll"
msgstr "最新投票"

#:  modules/poll.module:64
msgid "Poll"
msgstr "投票"

#:  modules/poll.module:104
msgid "Negative values are not allowed."
msgstr "不允许负数。"

#:  modules/poll.module:109
msgid "You must fill in at least two choices."
msgstr "你必须至少输入两个选项。"

#:  modules/poll.module:140
msgid "Choice %n"
msgstr "第 %n 个选项"

#:  modules/poll.module:142
msgid "Votes for choice %n"
msgstr "第 %n 个选项的初始投票数目"

#:  modules/poll.module:146
msgid "Need more choices"
msgstr "需要更多的选项"

#:  modules/poll.module:146
msgid ""
"If the amount of boxes above isn't enough, check this box and click "
"the Preview button below to add some more."
msgstr "如果上面的选项不够，选中此复选框并点击预览按钮，以加入更多的选项。"

#:  modules/poll.module:147
msgid "Choices"
msgstr "选项"

#:  modules/poll.module:152
msgid "Closed"
msgstr "关闭"

#:  modules/poll.module:155
msgid "Poll status"
msgstr "投票状态"

#:  modules/poll.module:155
msgid "When a poll is closed, visitors can no longer vote for it."
msgstr "当投票关闭时，用户将不能对其投票。"

#:  modules/poll.module:157
msgid "Poll duration"
msgstr "投票期间"

#:  modules/poll.module:157
msgid "After this period, the poll will be closed automatically."
msgstr "在此期间后，投票将自动关闭。"

#:  modules/poll.module:159
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "设置"

#:  modules/poll.module:273
msgid "open"
msgstr "开放"

#:  modules/poll.module:273
msgid "closed"
msgstr "关闭"

#:  modules/poll.module:351
msgid "Total votes"
msgstr "总票数"

#:  modules/poll.module:389
msgid "Your vote was recorded."
msgstr "你的投票已被记录。"

#:  modules/poll.module:392
msgid "You're not allowed to vote on this poll."
msgstr "对不起，你没有投票权。"

#:  modules/poll.module:396
msgid "You didn't specify a valid poll choice."
msgstr "你没有指定有效的选项。"

#:  modules/poll.module:430
msgid "older polls"
msgstr "以前的投票"

#:  modules/poll.module:430
msgid "View the list of polls on this site."
msgstr "显示站点投票列表。"

#:  modules/poll.module:432
msgid "View the current poll results."
msgstr "显示当前投票结果"

#:  modules/poll.module:273,,,,  ;348
msgid "1 vote"
msgstr "投票人数：1"

#:  modules/profile.module:24
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can define custom fields that users can fill in in their "
"user profile (such as <em>country</em>, <em>real name</em>, "
"<em>age</em>, ...).</p>"
msgstr "<p>这里可以输入用户可以在他们个人信息里自定义的内容。(例如，<em>国家</em>，"

#:  modules/profile.module:228
msgid "The content of this field is private and only visible to yourself."
msgstr "此项目的内容是保密的，只有你自己可见。"

#:  modules/profile.module:241
msgid ""
"Put each item on a separate line or separate them by commas.  No HTML "
"allowed."
msgstr "将每一项目分行或用逗号隔开。不允许HTML代码。"

#:  modules/profile.module:365
msgid "The value provided for %field is not a valid URL."
msgstr "%field 的值不是一个合法的URL。"

#:  modules/profile.module:370
msgid "The field %field is required."
msgstr "%field 必须填写。"

#:  modules/profile.module:413
msgid "You must enter a title."
msgstr "你必须输入标题。"

#:  modules/profile.module:419
msgid ""
"The specified form name contains one or more illegal characters.  "
"Spaces or any other special characters expect dash (-) and underscore "
"(_) are not allowed."
msgstr "指定表格名字含有非法字符。除了连接号(-)和下划线(_)外的空格或其他特殊字符都不被允许。"

#:  modules/profile.module:423
msgid "The specified form name is reserved for use by Drupal."
msgstr "指定表格名字是Drupal的保留名称。"

#:  modules/profile.module:428
msgid "You must enter a category."
msgstr "你必须输入一个分类。"

#:  modules/profile.module:443
msgid "The specified title is already in use."
msgstr "指定标题已被使用。"

#:  modules/profile.module:447
msgid "The specified name is already in use."
msgstr "指定内容已被使用。"

#:  modules/profile.module:455
msgid "The field has been created."
msgstr "项目被创建"

#:  modules/node.module:1779
msgid "Default options"
msgstr "默认选项"

#:  modules/node.module:1779
msgid ""
"Users with the <em>administer nodes</em> permission will be able to "
"override these options."
msgstr "含有<em>管理节点</em>权限的用户不受此选项影响。"

#:  modules/node.module:568
msgid "administer nodes"
msgstr "管理节点"

#:  modules/node.module:568
msgid "access content"
msgstr "访问内容"

#:  modules/path.module:15
msgid "Allows users to rename URLs."
msgstr "允许用户重命名URL。"

#:  modules/path.module:17
msgid ""
"<p>Drupal provides users complete control over URLs through aliasing.  "
"This feature is typically used to make URLs human-readable or easy to "
"remember.  For example, one could map the relative URL 'node/1' onto "
"'about'. Each system path can have multiple aliases.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Drupal允许用户通过别名来控制URL。此功能通常是URL人性化，便于记忆。例如，你可以将 "
"URL 'node/1' 链接为 "
"'about'(关于)。每个系统路径都可以含有多个别名。</p>"

#:  modules/node.module:1637
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <p>Welcome to your new <a href=\"%drupal\">Drupal</a>-powered "
"website. This message will guide you through your first steps with "
"Drupal, and will disappear once you have posted your first piece of "
"content.</p>\n"
"      <p>The first thing you will need to do is <a "
"href=\"%register\">create the first account</a>. This account will "
"have full administration rights and will allow you to configure your "
"website. Once logged in, you can visit the <a "
"href=\"%admin\">administration section</a> and <a href=\"%config\">set "
"up your site's configuration</a>.</p>\n"
"      <p>Drupal comes with various modules, each of which contains a "
"specific piece of functionality. You should visit the <a "
"href=\"%modules\">module list</a> and enable those modules which suit "
"your website's needs.</p>\n"
"      <p><a href=\"%themes\">Themes</a> handle the presentation of "
"your website. You can use one of the existing themes, modify them or "
"create your own from scratch.</p>\n"
"      <p>We suggest you look around the administration section and "
"explore the various options Drupal offers you. For more information, "
"you can refer to the <a href=\"%handbook\">Drupal handbook "
"online</a>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>欢迎来到你的新的由<a "
"href=\"%drupal\">Drupal</a>支持的站点，此信息将从你进入Drupal第一步开始显示，直到你发表第一篇内容后消失。</p>\n"
"<p>你所要做的第一件事是<a "
"href=\"%register\">建立第一个帐号</a>。该帐号将拥有完全的管理员权利，因而你可以配置站点。当登录后，你可以访问 "
"<a href=\"%admin\">管理</a> 和 <a "
"href=\"%config\">站点配置</a>.</p>\n"
"      "
"<p>Drupal包含多个模块，每个模块都有一些特定的功能。你可以通过 "
"<a "
"href=\"%modules\">模块列表</a>来启用你需要的模块。</p>\n"
"      <p><a href=\"%themes\">主题</a> "
"管理页面的外观。你可以使用现存主题，修改或建立你自己的主题。</p>\n"
"      "
"<p>我们建议你游览管理页面并探索Drupal提供给你的不同的选项。更多信息，请参阅<a "
"href=\"%handbook\">Drupal在线手册</a>.</p>"

#:  modules/node.module:1719
msgid "The node has been deleted."
msgstr "节点已被删除。"

#:  modules/node.module:1562
msgid "The %post was updated."
msgstr "%post 被更新。"

#:  modules/node.module:1570
msgid "%type: added %title."
msgstr "%type：加入了 %title。"

#:  modules/node.module:1571
msgid "Your %post was created."
msgstr "你的 %post 被建立"

#:  modules/node.module:1604
msgid "%type: deleted %title."
msgstr "%type：删除了 %title。"

#:  modules/node.module:1609
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete %title?"
msgstr "你真的要删除 %title吗?"

#:  modules/node.module:1561
msgid "%type: updated %title."
msgstr "%type： 更新了 %title"

#:  modules/node.module:1523
msgid "Preview full version"
msgstr "预览完整版本"

#:  modules/node.module:1522
msgid ""
"The trimmed version of your post shows what your post looks like when "
"promoted to the main page or when exported for syndication. You can "
"insert the delimiter \"&lt;!--break--&gt;\" (without the quotes) to "
"fine-tune where your post gets split."
msgstr "当推荐到首页或被聚合时，你的文章的摘要将显示如下。你可以通过添加\"&lt;!--break--&gt;\"来微调。"

#:  modules/node.module:1520
msgid "Preview trimmed version"
msgstr "预览摘要"

#:  modules/node.module:1251
msgid "You have to specify a valid date."
msgstr "你必须指定合法的日期。"

#:  modules/node.module:1243
msgid "The username %name does not exist."
msgstr "用户 %name 不存在。"

#:  modules/node.module:1219
msgid ""
"This content has been modified by another user, unable to save "
"changes."
msgstr "此内容已被另一用户编辑，无法保存改变。"

#:  modules/node.module:1209
msgid "The body of your %type is too short. You need at least %words words."
msgstr "%type 正文过短。至少需要 %words 单词。"

#:  modules/node.module:1077
msgid "Deleted revision %revision of %title"
msgstr "删除 %title的 %revision版本"

#:  modules/node.module:1122,,,  ;1126
msgid "Syndicate"
msgstr "聚合"

#:  modules/node.module:1202
msgid "You have to specify a title."
msgstr "你必须指定标题。"

#:  modules/node.module:998
msgid "rollback"
msgstr "回滚"

#:  modules/node.module:1061
msgid "Rolled back to revision %revision of %title"
msgstr "将%title回滚到了 %revision"

#:  modules/node.module:967
msgid ""
"The minimum number of words a %type must be to be considered valid. "
"This can be useful to rule out submissions that do not meet the site's "
"standards, such as short test posts."
msgstr ""
"%type "
"文章所必需含有的最小单词数。这对于防止灌水很有用。"

#:  modules/node.module:968
msgid "Submission form"
msgstr "提交表单"

#:  modules/node.module:969
msgid "Workflow"
msgstr "工作跟随 (Workflow)"

#:  modules/node.module:995
msgid "Older revisions"
msgstr "旧的版本"

#:  modules/node.module:998
msgid "revision #%r revised by %u on %d"
msgstr "由 %u 在 %d 发表的版本 #%r"

#:  modules/node.module:967
msgid "Minimum number of words"
msgstr "文章必须含有多少字"

#:  modules/node.module:966
msgid ""
"This text will be displayed at the top of the %type submission form. "
"It is useful for helping or instructing your users."
msgstr ""
"这些文字将显示在  %type "
"提交表单的顶端。这将对帮助你的用户很有用。"

#:  modules/node.module:946
msgid "No posts available."
msgstr "没有可用文章。"

#:  modules/node.module:966
msgid "Explanation or submission guidelines"
msgstr "解释或提交指导"

#:  modules/node.module:925
msgid "Update options"
msgstr "更新选项"

#:  modules/node.module:883
msgid ""
"<dt><em>and</em> where</dt> <dd class=\"a\">%a</dd> <dt>is</dt> <dd "
"class=\"b\">%b</dd>"
msgstr ""
"<dt><em>与</em> 当</dt> <dd class=\"a\">%a</dd> <dt>是</dt> <dd "
"class=\"b\">%b</dd>"

#:  modules/node.module:893
msgid "Show only items where"
msgstr "只显示在 。。的项目"

#:  modules/node.module:858
msgid "<strong>%a</strong> is <strong>%b</strong>"
msgstr "<strong>%a</strong> 是 <strong>%b</strong>"

#:  modules/node.module:880
msgid "<dd class=\"a\">%a</dd> <dt>is</dt> <dd class=\"b\">%b</dd>"
msgstr "<dd class=\"a\">%a</dd> <dt>是</dt> <dd class=\"b\">%b</dd>"

#:  modules/node.module:858
msgid "<em>and</em> where <strong>%a</strong> is <strong>%b</strong>"
msgstr "当 <strong>%a</strong> 是 <strong>%b</strong>  <em>与</em>"

#:  modules/node.module:836,,,  ;886
msgid "Refine"
msgstr "精华"

#:  modules/node.module:841,,,  ;889
msgid "Undo"
msgstr "撤销操作"

#:  modules/node.module:818
msgid "type"
msgstr "类型"

#:  modules/node.module:826
msgid "category"
msgstr "分类"

#:  modules/node.module:817
msgid "sticky"
msgstr "置顶"

#:  modules/node.module:817
msgid "not sticky"
msgstr "未置顶"

#:  modules/node.module:816
msgid "promoted"
msgstr "已推荐"

#:  modules/node.module:816
msgid "not promoted"
msgstr "未推荐"

#:  modules/node.module:815
msgid "in moderation"
msgstr "等待审核"

#:  modules/node.module:815
msgid "not in moderation"
msgstr "不在等待审核"

#:  modules/node.module:813
msgid "status"
msgstr "状态"

#:  modules/node.module:814,,,  ;937
msgid "published"
msgstr "公开"

#:  modules/node.module:814,,,  ;937
msgid "not published"
msgstr "未公开"

#:  modules/node.module:792
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these items?"
msgstr "你真的要删除这些项目？"

#:  modules/node.module:778
msgid "The items have been deleted."
msgstr "项目被删除。"

#:  modules/node.module:770
msgid "The update has been performed."
msgstr "操作完成。"

#:  modules/node.module:759
msgid "Please select some items to perform the update on."
msgstr "请选择需要操作的项目。"

#:  modules/node.module:756,,,  ;795
msgid "Delete all"
msgstr "删除所有"

#:  modules/node.module:745
msgid "Promote the selected posts"
msgstr "推荐选定文章"

#:  modules/node.module:746
msgid "Make the selected posts sticky"
msgstr "置顶选定文章"

#:  modules/node.module:747
msgid "Demote the selected posts"
msgstr "取消置顶选定文章"

#:  modules/node.module:748
msgid "Unpublish the selected posts"
msgstr "隐藏选定文章"

#:  modules/node.module:749
msgid "Delete the selected posts"
msgstr "删除选定文章"

#:  modules/node.module:756,,,  ;923
msgid "Update"
msgstr "更新"

#:  modules/node.module:614
msgid "1600 characters"
msgstr "800字"

#:  modules/node.module:614
msgid "1800 characters"
msgstr "900字"

#:  modules/node.module:614
msgid "2000 characters"
msgstr "1000字"

#:  modules/node.module:614
msgid ""
"The maximum number of characters used in the trimmed version of a "
"post.  Drupal will use this setting to determine at which offset long "
"posts should be trimmed.  The trimmed version of a post is typically "
"used as a teaser when displaying the post on the main page, in XML "
"feeds, etc.  To disable teasers, set to 'Unlimited'. Note that this "
"setting will only affect new or updated content and will not affect "
"existing teasers."
msgstr ""
"摘要显示的字数（2个半角字母为1个字）。Drupal将使用这个值来决定截取文章的长度。通常用于摘要，XML "
"feeds等。要禁用摘要，设置为 "
"'无限'。注意：该设置只影响新建立的或更新的内容。"

#:  modules/node.module:615
msgid "Preview post"
msgstr "预览文章"

#:  modules/node.module:615
msgid "Must users preview posts before submitting?"
msgstr "强制用户发表前预览？"

#:  modules/node.module:643
msgid "read more"
msgstr "更多"

#:  modules/node.module:643
msgid "Read the rest of this posting."
msgstr "阅读文章剩余部分"

#:  modules/node.module:713
msgid "revisions"
msgstr "修订"

#:  modules/node.module:723
msgid "'%name' content type"
msgstr "'%name' 内容类型"

#:  modules/node.module:744
msgid "Approve the selected posts"
msgstr "通过选定文章"

#:  modules/node.module:614
msgid "Length of trimmed posts"
msgstr "摘要长度"

#:  modules/node.module:614
msgid "200 characters"
msgstr "100字"

#:  modules/node.module:614
msgid "400 characters"
msgstr "200字"

#:  modules/node.module:614
msgid "600 characters"
msgstr "300字"

#:  modules/node.module:614
msgid "800 characters"
msgstr "400字"

#:  modules/node.module:614
msgid "1000 characters"
msgstr "500字"

#:  modules/node.module:614
msgid "1200 characters"
msgstr "600字"

#:  modules/node.module:614
msgid "1400 characters"
msgstr "700字"

#:  modules/menu.module:98
msgid "administer menu"
msgstr "管理菜单"

#:  modules/node.module:17
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <h3>Nodes</h3>\n"
"      <p>The core of the Drupal system is the node. All of the "
"contents of the system are placed in nodes, or extensions of nodes.\n"
"      A base node contains:<dl>\n"
"      <dt>A Title</dt><dd>Up to 128 characters of text that titles the "
"node.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>A Teaser</dt><dd>A small block of text that is meant to get "
"you interested in the rest of node. Drupal will automatically pull a "
"small amount of the body of the node to make the teaser (To configure "
"how long the teaser will be <a href=\"%teaser\">click here</a>). The "
"teaser can be changed if you don't like what Drupal grabs.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>The Body</dt><dd>The main text that comprises your "
"content.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>A Type</dt><dd>What kind of node is this? Blog, book, forum, "
"comment, unextended, etc.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>An Author</dt><dd>The author's name. It will either be "
"\"anonymous\" or a valid user. You <em>cannot</em> set it to an "
"arbitrary value.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>Authored on</dt><dd>The date the node was written.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>Changed</dt><dd>The last time this node was changed.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>Sticky at top of lists</dt><dd>In listings such as the "
"frontpage or a taxonomy overview the teasers of a selected amount of "
"nodes is displayed. If you want to force a node to appear on the top "
"of such a listing, you must set it to 'sticky'. This way it will float "
"to the top of a listing, and it will not be pushed down by newer "
"content.\n"
"      <dt>Allow user comments</dt><dd>A node can have comments. These "
"comments can be written by other users (Read-write), or only by admins "
"(Read-only).</dd>\n"
"      <dt>Revisions</dt><dd>Drupal has a revision system so that you "
"can \"roll back\" to an older version of a post if the new version is "
"not what you want.</dd>\n"
"      <dt>Promote to front page</dt><dd>To get people to look at the "
"new stuff on your site you can choose to move it to the front page. "
"The front page is configured to show the teasers from only a few of "
"the total nodes you have on your site (To configure how many teasers "
"<a href=\"%teaser\">click here</a>).</dd>\n"
"      <dt>Published</dt><dd>When using Drupal's moderation system a "
"node remains unpublished -- unavailable to non-moderators -- until it "
"is marked Published.</dd></dl>\n"
"      <p>Now that you know what is in a node, here are some of the "
"types of nodes available.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"      <h3>节点</h3>\n"
"      "
"<p>Drupal系统的核心。所有系统内的内容都是节点或其扩展。\n"
"      一个基础的节点包括：<dl>\n"
"      <dt>标题</dt><dd>不超过128字符的标题。</dd>\n"
"      "
"<dt>摘要</dt><dd>一小段对节点的介绍。Drupal会自动防置一小部分正文作为摘要。（要配置此项，点击<a "
"href=\"%teaser\">这里</a>）。如果你不喜欢Drupal的自动截取，可以更改。</dd>\n"
"      <dt>正文</dt><dd></dd>\n"
"      "
"<dt>类型</dt><dd>节点的类型。如Blog、手册、帖子、评论、未扩展等等。</dd>\n"
"      <dt>作者</dt><dd>作者名称。可能是 \"匿名用户\" "
"或一个合法用户。你 <em>不能</em> "
"将它设为任意值。</dd>\n"
"      <dt>发表于</dt><dd>节点的发表时间</dd>\n"
"      <dt>修改于</dt><dd>节点最后改变的时间</dd>\n"
"      "
"<dt>置顶</dt><dd>在首页或分类列表中，将显示许多节点的摘要。如果你要使某一节点全文强制显示在顶端，将其设置为“置顶”。这样，这个节点就会一直显示在顶端，而不会被新的内容淹没。\n"
"      "
"<dt>允许用户评论</dt><dd>一个节点可以有评论。这些用户可以是其它用户所写（读-写），或仅仅是管理员（只读）。</dd>\n"
"      "
"<dt>历史版本</dt><dd>Drupal含有一个历史系统，这样你可以将你所不需要的文章 "
"\"回滚\" 到旧的版本。</dd>\n"
"      "
"<dt>推荐到首页</dt><dd>要让用户知道站点的新内容，你可以选择将它移至首页。首页将只显示一小部分文章的摘要。（设置数量在 "
"<a href=\"%teaser\">c这里</a>）。</dd>\n"
"      "
"<dt>公开</dt><dd>当使用Drupal的审核系统时，一个节点将保持不公开（非管理员不可见）直到其被标记为“公开”。</dd></dl>\n"
"      "
"<p>现在你知道了什么是节点，下面是一些可用的节点类型。</p>"

#:  modules/node.module:36
msgid "Node type: %module"
msgstr "节点类型 ： %module"

#:  modules/node.module:43
msgid "Allows content to be submitted to the site and displayed on pages."
msgstr "允许内容被提交到站点并显示。"

#:  modules/node.module:46
msgid ""
"<p>Settings for the core of Drupal. Almost everything is a node so "
"these settings will affect most of the site.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Drupal核心设置。几乎所有内容都是节点因而这些设置影响站点的绝大部分。</p>"

#:  modules/node.module:48
msgid ""
"<p>Below is a list of all of the posts on your site. Other forms of "
"content are listed elsewhere (e.g. <a "
"href=\"%comments\">comments</a>).</p><p>Clicking a title views the "
"post, while clicking an author's name views their user "
"information.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>下面是一个所有文章的列表。其它的表格或内容在其它地方显示。（例如：<a "
"href=\"%comments\">评论</a>).</p><p>点击标题查看文章，点击作者名称查看个人信息。</p>"

#:  modules/node.module:50
msgid ""
"<p>Enter a simple pattern to search for a post. This can include the "
"wildcard character *.<br />For example, a search for \"br*\" might "
"return \"bread bakers\", \"our daily bread\" and \"brenda\".</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>输入一个关键词。可以包括通配符 *。<br "
"/>例如，\"麻*\"可能返回\"麻雀\", \"麻将\" 和 "
"\"麻木不仁\"。</p>"

#:  modules/node.module:54
msgid ""
"The revisions let you track differences between multiple versions of a "
"post."
msgstr "历史版本可以让你比较文章的多个版本。"

#:  modules/node.module:613
msgid "Number of posts on main page"
msgstr "主页上的文章数目"

#:  modules/node.module:613
msgid ""
"The default maximum number of posts to display per page on overview "
"pages such as the main page."
msgstr "默认的在类似主页的总览页面上显示的文章数目。"

#:  modules/forum.module:825
msgid "Topics"
msgstr "主题"

#:  modules/forum.module:825
msgid "Posts"
msgstr "文章"

#:  modules/forum.module:858,,,  ;893
msgid "%a new"
msgstr "%a 新"

#:  modules/forum.module:886
msgid "This topic has been moved"
msgstr "此主题已被移动"

#:  modules/forum.module:55
msgid "create forum topics"
msgstr "建立主题"

#:  modules/forum.module:55
msgid "edit own forum topics"
msgstr "编辑自己的主题"

#:  modules/forum.module:55
msgid "administer forums"
msgstr "管理版面"

#:  includes/locale.inc:26
msgid ""
"%locale language added. You can now import a translation. See the <a "
"href=\"%locale-help\">help screen</a> for more information."
msgstr ""
"%locale "
"语言已被加入。你现在可以导入一个翻译。参阅<a "
"href=\"%locale-help\">帮助屏幕</a>。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:29
msgid "%locale language added."
msgstr "%locale 语言被加入。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:33
msgid "%language language (%locale) added."
msgstr "%language 语言 (%locale) 被加入."

#:  includes/locale.inc:129
msgid "Unsupported language selected for import."
msgstr "不支持的语言。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:135
msgid "Translation file %filename broken: Could not be read."
msgstr "翻译文件 %filename 中断：不可读。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:157
msgid "Translation file %filename broken: No header."
msgstr "翻译文件 %filename 中断：没有文件头。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:275
msgid "Translation import failed: file %filename cannot be read."
msgstr "导入翻译失败：文件 %filename 不可读。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:307
msgid "Translation file %filename broken: expected 'msgstr' in line %line."
msgstr "翻译文件 %filename 中断：第 %line 行期待 'msgstr'。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:313
msgid ""
"Translation file %filename broken: unexpected 'msgid_plural' in line "
"%line."
msgstr ""
"翻译文件 %filename 中断：未期待的 'msgid_plural'在第 "
"%line 行。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:319,,,  ;337;349;357;371;380
msgid "Translation file %filename broken: syntax error in line %line."
msgstr "翻译文件 %filename 中断：第 %line 行发生函数错误。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:331
msgid "Translation file %filename broken: unexpected 'msgid' in line %line."
msgstr ""
"翻译文件 %filename 中断：未期待的 'msgid'在第 %line "
"行。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:345
msgid ""
"Translation file %filename broken: unexpected 'msgstr[]' in line "
"%line."
msgstr ""
"翻译文件 %filename 中断：未期待的 'msgstr[]'在第 %line "
"行。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:365
msgid "Translation file %filename broken: unexpected 'msgstr' in line %line."
msgstr ""
"翻译文件 %filename 中断：未期待的 'msgstr'在第 %line "
"行。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:393
msgid "Translation file %filename broken: unexpected string in line %line."
msgstr ""
"翻译文件 %filename 中断：未期待的字符串在第 %line "
"行。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:404
msgid ""
"Translation file %filename broken: unexpected end of file at line "
"%line."
msgstr ""
"翻译文件 %filename 中断：未期待的文件终止在第 %line "
"行。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:703
msgid "Export translation"
msgstr "导出翻译"

#:  includes/locale.inc:704
msgid ""
"Select the language you would like to export in gettext Portable "
"Object (.po) format."
msgstr "选择你需要导出到 .po格式的语言。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:710
msgid "Export template"
msgstr "导出模版"

#:  includes/locale.inc:711
msgid ""
"<p>Generate a gettext Portable Object Template (.pot) file with all "
"the interface strings from the Drupal locale database.</p>"
msgstr "<p>从 Drupal本地化数据库中产生了 (.pot)文件.</p>"

#:  includes/locale.inc:772
msgid "Exported %locale translation file: %filename."
msgstr "导出 %locale 翻译文件：  %filename。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:793
msgid "Exported translation file: %filename."
msgstr "导出翻译文件：%filename"

#:  includes/locale.inc:908
msgid "Deleted string"
msgstr "删除字符串"

#:  includes/locale.inc:935
msgid "Saved string"
msgstr "保存字符串"

#:  includes/locale.inc:955
msgid "Original text"
msgstr "源文本"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1046
msgid "String"
msgstr "字符串"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1046
msgid "Locales"
msgstr "本地化"

#:  modules/locale.module:22
msgid ""
"Enables the translation of the user interface to languages other than "
"English."
msgstr "启用对用户界面翻译成非英语的语言。"

#:  modules/locale.module:31
msgid ""
"<p>This page allows you to export Drupal strings. The first option is "
"to export a translation so it can be shared. The second option is to "
"generate a translation template, which contains all Drupal strings, "
"but without their translations. You can use this template to start a "
"new translation using a specialized desktop application.</p>"
msgstr "<p>本页面让你导出Drupal字符串。第一个选项是导出翻译以便共享，第二个则是产生一个包含所有Drupal字符串，但没有译文的翻译模版。你可以通过一个特定的软件使用此模版来开始一个新的翻译。</p>"

#:  modules/locale.module:111
msgid "Interface language settings"
msgstr "界面语言设置"

#:  modules/locale.module:111
msgid ""
"Selecting a different locale will change the interface language of the "
"site."
msgstr "选择一个不同的本地化将改变站点界面语言。"

#:  modules/locale.module:303
msgid "%locale language removed."
msgstr "%locale 语言被删除。"

#:  modules/locale.module:324
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the language %name?"
msgstr "你真的要删除 %name 语言吗？"

#:  modules/locale.module:326
msgid ""
"Deleting a language will remove all data associated with it. This "
"action cannot be undone."
msgstr "删除一个语言将删除所有相关数据。此操作不可恢复！"

#:  modules/locale.module:360
msgid ""
"You need to specify both the language code and the English name of the "
"new language."
msgstr "你需要指定新语言的语言代码和英文名称。"

#:  modules/locale.module:363
msgid "The language %language (%code) is already set up."
msgstr "%language (%code) 已经被设置。"

#:  modules/locale.module:392
msgid "Translation import of %filename failed."
msgstr "导入 %filename 的翻译失败。"

#:  modules/locale.module:98
msgid "administer locales"
msgstr "管理语言"

#:  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "Jan"
msgstr "一月"

#:  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "Feb"
msgstr "二月"

#:  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "Mar"
msgstr "三月"

#:  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "Apr"
msgstr "四月"

#:  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "Jun"
msgstr "六月"

#:  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "Jul"
msgstr "七月"

#:  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "Aug"
msgstr "八月"

#:  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "Sep"
msgstr "九月"

#:  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "Oct"
msgstr "十月"

#:  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "Nov"
msgstr "十一月"

#:  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "Dec"
msgstr "十二月"

#:  modules/locale.module:0,,,  ;0
msgid "Thu"
msgstr "周四"

#:  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "Fri"
msgstr "周五"

#:  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "Sat"
msgstr "周六"

#:  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "Sun"
msgstr "周日"

#:  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "Mon"
msgstr "周一"

#:  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "Tue"
msgstr "周二"

#:  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "Wed"
msgstr "周三"

#:  modules/menu.module:61
msgid "Allows administrators to customize the site navigation menu."
msgstr "允许管理员自定义站点导航菜单。"

#:  modules/menu.module:63
msgid ""
"<p>Select an operation from the list to move, change, or delete a menu "
"item.</p>"
msgstr "<p>选择一个选项，以进行菜单的移动，修改或删除。</p>"

#:  modules/menu.module:65
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name for your new menu. Remember to enable the newly "
"created block in the %blocks administration page.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>输入新菜单的名字。记住在 %blocks "
"管理页面中启用新建板块。</p>"

#:  modules/menu.module:67
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the title, path, position and the weight for your new menu "
"item.</p>"
msgstr "<p>输入新菜单项标题、路径和顺序值。</p>"

#:  modules/menu.module:116,,,  ;126
msgid "Reset all"
msgstr "重设所有"

#:  modules/menu.module:118
msgid "All menu items reset."
msgstr "所有菜单项被重设。"

#:  modules/menu.module:123
msgid ""
"Are you sure you want to reset all menu items to their default "
"settings?"
msgstr "你真的要把所有菜单项目恢复成默认值吗？"

#:  modules/menu.module:125
msgid "Any custom additions or changes to the menu will be lost."
msgstr "任何自定义的改变将会丢失。"

#:  modules/menu.module:164
msgid "Menu item reset."
msgstr "菜单项被重设。"

#:  modules/menu.module:170
msgid "Are you sure you want to reset the item %item to its default values?"
msgstr "你真的要将 %item 恢复到默认值吗？"

#:  modules/menu.module:172
msgid "Any customizations will be lost. This action cannot be undone."
msgstr "任何自定义的改变将会丢失。此操作不可恢复！"

#:  modules/menu.module:192
msgid "Menu deleted."
msgstr "菜单被删除。"

#:  modules/menu.module:195
msgid "Menu item deleted."
msgstr "菜单项被删除。"

#:  modules/menu.module:201
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the menu %item?"
msgstr "你真的要删除菜单 %item 吗？"

#:  modules/menu.module:204
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the custom menu item %item?"
msgstr "你真的要删除自定义的菜单项 %item 吗？"

#:  modules/menu.module:221
msgid "Menu item disabled."
msgstr "菜单项被禁用。"

#:  modules/menu.module:272
msgid "The name to display for this link."
msgstr "此链接显示的名字。"

#:  modules/menu.module:281
msgid "The description displayed when hovering over a menu item."
msgstr "当鼠标悬停在菜单项上所显示的描述。"

#:  modules/menu.module:283
msgid "The Drupal path this menu item links to."
msgstr "此菜单项链接到的Drupal路径。"

#:  modules/menu.module:287
msgid ""
"Since a menu item \"%old\" already exists for \"%path\", this menu "
"item is shortcut to that location."
msgstr ""
"由于已存在 \"%path\"的菜单项 \"%old\", "
"因此此菜单项被作为快捷方式。"

#:  modules/menu.module:291,,,  ;294
msgid "Path"
msgstr "路径"

#:  modules/menu.module:298,,,  ;370
msgid "Expanded"
msgstr "展开"

#:  modules/menu.module:298
msgid ""
"If selected and this menu item has children, the menu will always "
"appear expanded."
msgstr "如果被选中并且菜单项还有子菜单，菜单将总是以展开方式显示。"

#:  modules/menu.module:302
msgid "Parent item"
msgstr "上级菜单"

#:  modules/menu.module:304
msgid ""
"Optional. In the menu, the heavier items will sink and the lighter "
"items will be positioned nearer the top."
msgstr "可选。在菜单中，重的项目将在底端。"

#:  modules/menu.module:326
msgid "You must specify a title."
msgstr "你必须指定标题。"

#:  modules/menu.module:331
msgid "You must specify a path."
msgstr "你必须指定路径。"

#:  modules/menu.module:351
msgid "Updated menu item %title."
msgstr "更新菜单项 %title"

#:  modules/menu.module:356
msgid "Created new menu item %title."
msgstr "建立了新的菜单项 %title"

#:  modules/menu.module:360
msgid ""
"Since a menu item %old already exists for %path, this new menu item "
"was created as a shortcut to that location."
msgstr ""
"由于已存在 \"%path\"的菜单项 \"%old\", "
"因此新的菜单项被作为快捷方式。"

#:  modules/menu.module:370
msgid "Menu item"
msgstr "菜单项"

#:  modules/menu.module:426
msgid "disable"
msgstr "禁用"

#:  modules/menu.module:431
msgid "enable"
msgstr "启用"

#:  modules/menu.module:438
msgid "reset"
msgstr "重设"

#:  modules/menu.module:450,,,  ;493
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "禁用"

#:  modules/menu.module:455
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "是"

#:  modules/menu.module:455
msgid "No"
msgstr "否"

#:  modules/forum.module:825
msgid "Forum"
msgstr "版面"

#:  modules/forum.module:808
msgid "No forums defined"
msgstr "没有定义的板块"

#:  modules/forum.module:793
msgid "<a href=\"%login\">Login</a> to post a new forum topic."
msgstr "请先<a href=\"%login\">登陆</a>"

#:  modules/forum.module:790
msgid "You are not allowed to post a new forum topic."
msgstr "你没有发表主题的权限。"

#:  modules/forum.module:787
msgid "Post new forum topic."
msgstr "发表新主题"

#:  modules/forum.module:652
msgid "Last reply"
msgstr "最后回复"

#:  modules/forum.module:734
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "警告"

#:  modules/forum.module:780
msgid "My forum discussions."
msgstr "我参与的讨论"

#:  modules/forum.module:783
msgid "Active forum discussions."
msgstr "活跃的讨论"

#:  modules/forum.module:651
msgid "Created"
msgstr "作者"

#:  modules/forum.module:485
msgid ""
"The item %forum is only a container for forums. Please select one of "
"the forums below it."
msgstr "项目 %forum 只是一个分区。请选择一个版面。"

#:  modules/forum.module:526
msgid "Leave shadow copy"
msgstr "留下副本"

#:  modules/forum.module:526
msgid ""
"If you move this topic, you can leave a link in the old forum to the "
"new forum."
msgstr "如果你移动主题，你会在旧版面留下一个到新版面的链接。"

#:  modules/forum.module:556
msgid "%time ago<br />by %author"
msgstr "由 %author <br /> 发表于 %time 前"

#:  modules/forum.module:649
msgid "Topic"
msgstr "主题"

#:  modules/forum.module:392
msgid "next forum topic"
msgstr "下一主题"

#:  modules/forum.module:316,,,  ;337
msgid "New forum topics"
msgstr "新主题"

#:  modules/forum.module:320
msgid "Number of topics"
msgstr "主题数量"

#:  modules/forum.module:344
msgid "Read the latest forum topics."
msgstr "阅读最新主题。"

#:  modules/forum.module:388
msgid "previous forum topic"
msgstr "上一主题"

#:  modules/forum.module:315,,,  ;331
msgid "Active forum topics"
msgstr "活跃的主题"

#:  modules/forum.module:291
msgid "Posts - least active first"
msgstr "文章——沉寂主题优先"

#:  modules/forum.module:292
msgid "Default order"
msgstr "默认顺序"

#:  modules/forum.module:292
msgid "The default display order for topics."
msgstr "主题默认显示顺序。"

#:  modules/forum.module:291
msgid "Posts - most active first"
msgstr "文章——活跃主题优先"

#:  modules/forum.module:288
msgid "The number of posts a topic must have to be considered hot."
msgstr "有多少篇回复的主题可称之为热门主题。"

#:  modules/forum.module:290
msgid "Topics per page"
msgstr "每页显示主题"

#:  modules/forum.module:290
msgid ""
"The default number of topics displayed per page; links to browse older "
"messages are automatically being displayed."
msgstr "默认每页显示主题数。上一页的链接自动显示。"

#:  modules/forum.module:288
msgid "Hot topic threshold"
msgstr "热门主题下限"

#:  modules/forum.module:286
msgid "Forum icon path"
msgstr "版面图标路径"

#:  modules/forum.module:286
msgid ""
"The path to the forum icons.  Leave blank to disable icons. Don't add "
"a trailing slash.  Default icons are available in the \"misc\" "
"directory. You may use images of whatever size you wish, but it is "
"recommended to use 15x15 or 16x16. "
msgstr ""
"版面图标的路径。留空将禁用图标。不要加入大量图标。默认图标在\"misc\"目录中。你可以使用任意大小的图标，不过推荐 "
"15X15或16X16(像素)。"

#:  modules/forum.module:174
msgid ""
"In listings, the heavier (with a higher weight value) terms will sink "
"and the lighter terms will be positioned nearer the top."
msgstr "在列表上，顺序值大的项目将在底端，而顺序值小的项目则在顶端。"

#:  modules/forum.module:21
msgid "Enables threaded discussions about general topics."
msgstr "允许通用主题的讨论。"

#:  modules/forum.module:23
msgid ""
"This is where you can configure system-wide options for how your "
"forums act and display."
msgstr "这是你设置论坛选项的地方。"

#:  modules/forum.module:133
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the forum %name?"
msgstr "你真的要删除 %name 版吗？"

#:  modules/forum.module:135
msgid ""
"Deleting a forum or container will delete all sub-forums as well. This "
"action cannot be undone."
msgstr "删除版面或分区时会同时删除其子版面，此操作不可恢复！"

#:  modules/forum.module:170
msgid "Forum name"
msgstr "版面名称"

#:  modules/forum.module:170
msgid "The name is used to identify the forum."
msgstr "版面的名称。"

#:  modules/forum.module:171
msgid ""
"The description can be used to provide more information about the "
"forum, or further details about the topic."
msgstr "描述将用于提供版面更多的信息。"

#:  modules/forum.module:19
msgid ""
"<p>A forum holds threaded topic discussions that are related. For "
"example, a forum named \"Fruit\" might contain topic discussions "
"titled \"Apples\" and \"Bananas\". You can place a forum into a "
"container, another forum, or at the top (root) level of your "
"forum.</p>"
msgstr "<p>一个讨论板包含了相关的主题讨论，版面\"水果\"可能包括\"苹果\"、\"香蕉\"这样的主题。你可以将讨论板放置在分区内、另一个讨论板或论坛的顶层。"

#:  modules/filter.module:905
msgid ""
"How to deal with HTML tags in user-contributed content. If set to "
"\"Strip tags\", dangerous tags are removed (see below).  If set to "
"\"Escape tags\", all HTML is escaped and presented as it was typed."
msgstr ""
"如何处理用户内容中的HTML标签，如果设置为 "
"\"去掉标签\",危险标签会被去除（见下文）。如果设置为\"避开标签\"，所有HTML标签将会被避开并显示为输入的内容。"

#:  modules/filter.module:906
msgid ""
"If \"Strip tags\" is selected, optionally specify tags which should "
"not be stripped. Javascript event attributes are always stripped."
msgstr "如果\"去掉标签\"被选中，可选地指定不该被去掉的标签。Javascript事件属性总是被去掉。"

#:  modules/filter.module:907
msgid "Display HTML help"
msgstr "显示HTML帮助"

#:  modules/filter.module:907
msgid ""
"If enabled, Drupal will display some basic HTML help in the long "
"filter tips."
msgstr ""
"如果启用， "
"Drupal将在长过滤提示中显示一些基本的HTML帮助。"

#:  modules/filter.module:908
msgid "HTML style attributes"
msgstr "HTML式样属性"

#:  modules/filter.module:908
msgid "Allowed"
msgstr "允许"

#:  modules/filter.module:908
msgid "Removed"
msgstr "删除"

#:  modules/filter.module:908
msgid ""
"If \"Strip tags\" is selected, you can choose whether \"STYLE\" "
"attributes are allowed or removed from input."
msgstr ""
"如果\"去掉标签\"被选中，你可以选择 "
"\"STYLE\"属性是否被允许。"

#:  modules/filter.module:909
msgid "Spam link deterrent"
msgstr "反盗链"

#:  modules/filter.module:909
msgid ""
"If enabled, Drupal will add rel=\"nofollow\" to all links, as a "
"measure to reduce the effectiveness of spam links. Note: this will "
"also prevent valid links from being followed by search engines, "
"therefore it is likely most effective when enabled for anonymous "
"users."
msgstr "如果启用，Drupal将给所有链接加入rel=\"nofollow\"，这将意味着有效降低盗链。注意：这同样也会妨碍搜索引擎的合法链接，因此，通常对匿名用户启用更有效。"

#:  modules/filter.module:255
msgid "administer filters"
msgstr "管理过滤器"

#:  modules/filter.module:905
msgid "Escape tags"
msgstr "避开标签"

#:  modules/filter.module:905
msgid "Strip tags"
msgstr "去掉标签"

#:  modules/filter.module:519
msgid "The filter weights have been saved."
msgstr "输入格式顺序值已更新。"

#:  modules/filter.module:544
msgid "No settings are available."
msgstr "没有可用设置。"

#:  modules/filter.module:807
msgid "Input formats"
msgstr "输入格式"

#:  modules/filter.module:867
msgid ""
"Allows you to restrict if users can post HTML and which tags to filter "
"out."
msgstr "允许你限制用户可以发表HTML，以及什么样的标签会被去除。"

#:  modules/filter.module:869
msgid ""
"Runs a piece of PHP code. The usage of this filter should be "
"restricted to administrators only!"
msgstr "运行一段PHP代码，此过滤器应该只让管理员使用！"

#:  modules/filter.module:871
msgid "Converts line breaks into HTML (i.e. &lt;br&gt; and &lt;p&gt; tags)."
msgstr ""
"将换行转换为 HTML（例如， &lt;br&gt; 和 &lt;p&gt; "
"标签）。"

#:  modules/filter.module:905
msgid "Filter HTML tags"
msgstr "过滤 HTML标签"

#:  modules/filter.module:481
msgid "The input format has been updated."
msgstr "输入格式已更新。"

#:  modules/filter.module:389
msgid "Deleted input format %format."
msgstr "输入格式 %format 已删除。"

#:  modules/filter.module:400
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the input format %format?"
msgstr "你真的要删除输入格式 %format 吗？"

#:  modules/filter.module:402
msgid ""
"If you have any content left in this input format, it will be switched "
"to the default input format. This action cannot be undone."
msgstr "如果有任何使用此格式的内容存在，它将会被转换为默认输入格式。此操作不可恢复！"

#:  modules/filter.module:439
msgid "Filters"
msgstr "过滤器"

#:  modules/filter.module:446
msgid "<p>No guidelines available.</p>"
msgstr "<p>没有可用指导。</p>"

#:  modules/filter.module:448
msgid ""
"<p>These are the guidelines that users will see for posting in this "
"input format. They are automatically generated from the filter "
"settings.</p>"
msgstr "<p>这些是用户可见的指导。他们由过滤设置自动产生。</p>"

#:  modules/filter.module:450,,,  ;735
msgid "Formatting guidelines"
msgstr "格式化指导"

#:  modules/filter.module:368
msgid "Added input format %format."
msgstr "输入格式 %format 已加入。"

#:  modules/filter.module:348
msgid "The input format settings have been updated."
msgstr "输入格式设置已更新。"

#:  modules/filter.module:311
msgid "Add new input format"
msgstr "添加新的输入格式"

#:  modules/filter.module:328,,,  ;361
msgid "You must enter a name for this input format."
msgstr "你必须为输入格式输入名称。"

#:  modules/filter.module:162
msgid ""
"\n"
"<h4>Using custom PHP code</h4>\n"
"<p>If you know how to script in PHP, Drupal gives you the power to "
"embed any script you like. It will be executed when the page is viewed "
"and dynamically embedded into the page. This gives you amazing "
"flexibility and power, but of course with that comes danger and "
"insecurity if you don't write good code. If you are not familiar with "
"PHP, SQL or with the site engine, avoid experimenting with PHP because "
"you can corrupt your database or render your site insecure or even "
"unusable! If you don't plan to do fancy stuff with your content then "
"you're probably better off with straight HTML.</p>\n"
"<p>Remember that the code within each PHP item must be valid PHP code "
"- including things like correctly terminating statements with a "
"semicolon. It is highly recommended that you develop your code "
"separately using a simple test script on top of a test database before "
"migrating to your production environment.</p>\n"
"<p>Notes:</p><ul><li>You can use global variables, such as "
"configuration parameters, within the scope of your PHP code but "
"remember that global variables which have been given values in your "
"code will retain these values in the engine "
"afterwards.</li><li>register_globals is now set to "
"<strong>off</strong> by default. If you need form information you need "
"to get it from the \"superglobals\" $_POST, $_GET, etc.</li><li>You "
"can either use the <code>print</code> or <code>return</code> statement "
"to output the actual content for your item.</li></ul>\n"
"<p>A basic example:</p>\n"
"<blockquote><p>You want to have a box with the title \"Welcome\" that "
"you use to greet your visitors. The content for this box could be "
"created by going:</p>\n"
"<pre>\n"
"  print t(\"Welcome visitor, ... welcome message goes here ...\");\n"
"</pre>\n"
"<p>If we are however dealing with a registered user, we can customize "
"the message by using:</p>\n"
"<pre>\n"
"  global $user;\n"
"  if ($user->uid) {\n"
"    print t(\"Welcome $user->name, ... welcome message goes here "
"...\");\n"
"  }\n"
"  else {\n"
"    print t(\"Welcome visitor, ... welcome message goes here ...\");\n"
"  }\n"
"</pre></blockquote>\n"
"<p>For more in-depth examples, we recommend that you check the "
"existing Drupal code and use it as a starting point, especially for "
"sidebar boxes.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<h4>使用自定义PHP代码</h4>\n"
"<p>如果你懂得用PHPb编写代码，Drupal给你嵌入任何代码的机会。当页面被查看时，PHP代码将被载入并运行。这将给你有趣的体验和动力，当然，如果你编码技术不过关，也会带来危险。如果你不熟悉PHP，SQL和站点引擎，避免实验PHP，因为你可能会损坏你的数据库或使你的网站不安全甚至无法使用。如果你不像你的内容非常独特，最好直接使用HTML。</p>\n"
"<p>记住每个PHP标签内的代码都必须是合法的PHP代码——包括正确的终止符：分号。我们强烈推荐你先在一个简单的测试脚本和测试数据库上开发代码，然后将其用于实践。</p>\n"
"<p>注意：</p><ul><li>你可以使用全局变量，类似配置参数，但注意全局变量的值在被赋值后会一直保存。</li><li>register "
" "
"_globals现在默认被设为<strong>关闭</strong>。如果你需要形成信息你需要从\"超全局\"处 "
"$_POST, $_GET，等等。</li><li>你也可以使用<code>print</code> "
"或 "
"<code>return</code>语句来输出项目的实际内容。</li></ul>\n"
"<p>一个基础的例子：</p>\n"
"<blockquote><p>你想拥有一个带有\"欢迎\"字样的方框来欢迎你得用户。这个内容可以通过如下的方式创建。</p>\n"
"<pre>\n"
"  print t(\"欢迎使用者, ... 欢迎词 ...\");\n"
"</pre>\n"
"<p>如果对于一个注册用户，可以通过如下方式来自定义信息：</p>\n"
"<pre>\n"
"  global $user;\n"
"  if ($user->uid) {\n"
"    print t(\"欢迎 $user->name, ... 欢迎词 ...\");\n"
"  }\n"
"  else {\n"
"    print t(\"欢迎用户, ... 欢迎词 ...\");\n"
"  }\n"
"</pre></blockquote>\n"
"<p>更多内容，我们建议你查看现存的 Drupal "
"代码作为起点，尤其是导航条。</p>"

#:  modules/filter.module:190
msgid ""
"Lines and paragraphs are automatically recognized. The &lt;br /&gt; "
"line break, &lt;p&gt; paragraph and &lt;/p&gt; close paragraph tags "
"are inserted automatically. If paragraphs are not recognized simply "
"add a couple blank lines."
msgstr ""
"行和段被自动重新组织。The &lt;br /&gt;分行、&lt;p&gt; "
"段落开始以及lt;/p&gt;段落结束标记被自动插入。如果段落没有被重新组织，加入一对空行。"

#:  modules/filter.module:222
msgid "'%format' input format"
msgstr "'%format' 输入格式"

#:  modules/filter.module:239
msgid "rearrange"
msgstr "重新排列"

#:  modules/filter.module:264,,,  ;303
msgid "Save input formats"
msgstr "保存输入格式"

#:  modules/filter.module:267,,,  ;309
msgid "Add input format"
msgstr "添加输入格式"

#:  modules/filter.module:304
msgid "Permissions and settings"
msgstr "权限与设置"

#:  modules/filter.module:307
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new input format, type its name here. After it has been "
"added, you can configure its options.</p>"
msgstr "<p>要加入一个新的输入格式，在这里输入名字，添加后你可以进行设置。"

#:  modules/filter.module:135
msgid "Character Description"
msgstr "字符说明"

#:  modules/filter.module:149,,,  ;153
msgid "No HTML tags allowed"
msgstr "不允许 HTML标签。"

#:  modules/filter.module:121
msgid "No help provided for tag %tag."
msgstr "没有对标签 %tag 的帮助。"

#:  modules/filter.module:127
msgid ""
"<p>Most unusual characters can be directly entered without any "
"problems.</p>\n"
"<p>If you do encounter problems, try using HTML character entities. A "
"common example looks like &amp;amp; for an ampersand &amp; character. "
"For a full list of entities see HTML's <a "
"href=\"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/sgml/entities.html\">entities</a> "
"page. Some of the available characters include:</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>许多特殊字符可以轻松的直接输入。</p>\n"
"<p>如果你碰到问题，尝试使用 "
"HTML字符实体，一个通常的例子，类似于 "
"&amp;amp;代表一个 与符号 (&amp)；全部的列表参见<a "
"href=\"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/sgml/entities.html\">HTML实体</a>。某些可用字符包括："

#:  modules/filter.module:130
msgid "Ampersand"
msgstr "与标记"

#:  modules/filter.module:131
msgid "Greater than"
msgstr "大于号"

#:  modules/filter.module:132
msgid "Less than"
msgstr "小于号"

#:  modules/filter.module:133
msgid "Quotation mark"
msgstr "问号"

#:  modules/filter.module:107,,,  ;135
msgid "You Get"
msgstr "你得到的"

#:  modules/filter.module:107,,,  ;135
msgid "You Type"
msgstr "你输入的"

#:  modules/filter.module:94,,,  ;95
msgid "Second item"
msgstr "第二个项目"

#:  modules/filter.module:95
msgid "Unordered list - use the &lt;li&gt; to begin each list item"
msgstr "符号列表——使用  &lt;li&gt;开始每个项目"

#:  modules/filter.module:98
msgid ""
"Definition lists are similar to other HTML lists. &lt;dl&gt; begins "
"the definition list, &lt;dt&gt; begins the definition term and "
"&lt;dd&gt; begins the definition description."
msgstr ""
"定义列表类似于其他 "
"HTML列表。&lt;dl&gt;开始定义列表，&lt;dt&gt;开始定义列表项，&lt;dd&gt;则开始列表描述。"

#:  modules/filter.module:98
msgid "First term"
msgstr "第一个项目"

#:  modules/filter.module:98
msgid "First definition"
msgstr "第一个定义"

#:  modules/filter.module:98
msgid "Second term"
msgstr "第二个项目"

#:  modules/filter.module:98
msgid "Second definition"
msgstr "第二个定义"

#:  modules/filter.module:100,,,  ;101;102;103;104;105
msgid "Header"
msgstr "标题"

#:  modules/filter.module:101
msgid "Subtitle"
msgstr "副标题二"

#:  modules/filter.module:102
msgid "Subtitle three"
msgstr "副标题三"

#:  modules/filter.module:103
msgid "Subtitle four"
msgstr "副标题四"

#:  modules/filter.module:104
msgid "Subtitle five"
msgstr "副标题五"

#:  modules/filter.module:105
msgid "Subtitle six"
msgstr "副标题六"

#:  modules/filter.module:107
msgid "Tag Description"
msgstr "标签说明"

#:  modules/filter.module:94,,,  ;95
msgid "First item"
msgstr "第一个项目"

#:  modules/filter.module:94
msgid "Ordered list - use the &lt;li&gt; to begin each list item"
msgstr "顺序列表- 使用 &lt;li&gt; 来开始每个项目"

#:  modules/filter.module:76,,,  ;76
msgid "Strong"
msgstr "强调"

#:  modules/filter.module:77,,,  ;77
msgid "Emphasized"
msgstr "着重"

#:  modules/filter.module:78,,,  ;78
msgid "Cited"
msgstr "引用"

#:  modules/filter.module:79
msgid "Coded text used to show programming source code"
msgstr "编码化文本，用于显示程序源代码"

#:  modules/filter.module:79
msgid "Coded"
msgstr "编码化"

#:  modules/filter.module:80,,,  ;80
msgid "Bolded"
msgstr "粗体"

#:  modules/filter.module:81,,,  ;81
msgid "Underlined"
msgstr "下划线"

#:  modules/filter.module:82,,,  ;82
msgid "Italicized"
msgstr "斜体"

#:  modules/filter.module:83
msgid "Superscripted"
msgstr "上标"

#:  modules/filter.module:83
msgid "<sup>Super</sup>scripted"
msgstr "<sup>上</sup>标"

#:  modules/filter.module:84
msgid "Subscripted"
msgstr "下标"

#:  modules/filter.module:84
msgid "<sub>Sub</sub>scripted"
msgstr "<sub>下</sub>标"

#:  modules/filter.module:85,,,  ;85
msgid "Preformatted"
msgstr "不受标签影响"

#:  modules/filter.module:86,,,  ;86
msgid "Block quoted"
msgstr "引用块"

#:  modules/filter.module:87,,,  ;87
msgid "Quoted inline"
msgstr "行内引用"

#:  modules/filter.module:89
msgid "Table"
msgstr "表格"

#:  modules/filter.module:89
msgid "Table header"
msgstr "表格头"

#:  modules/filter.module:89
msgid "Table cell"
msgstr "表格的单元格"

#:  modules/filter.module:91,,,  ;91
msgid "Deleted"
msgstr "删除"

#:  modules/filter.module:92,,,  ;92
msgid "Inserted"
msgstr "插入"

#:  modules/filter.module:75
msgid "Paragraph two."
msgstr "段落2。"

#:  modules/filter.module:73
msgid "Anchors are used to make links to other pages."
msgstr "链接被用来链接到其他页面。"

#:  modules/filter.module:74
msgid ""
"By default line break tags are automatically added, so use this tag to "
"add additional ones. Use of this tag is different because it is not "
"used with an open/close pair like all the others. Use the extra \" /\" "
"inside the tag to maintain XHTML 1.0 compatibility"
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，换行符被自动添加，所以使用此标签添加另外一个。注意这个标签不像其他HTML标签一样使用一对开/关标记。另外，在标签内加上一个 "
"\"/\"来和XHTML1.0兼容"

#:  modules/filter.module:74
msgid "Text with <br />line break"
msgstr "带有 <br />换行符的文本"

#:  modules/filter.module:75
msgid ""
"By default paragraph tags are automatically added, so use this tag to "
"add additional ones."
msgstr "默认情况下，段落标记自动被添加。如果要再加一个，使用此标签。"

#:  modules/filter.module:75
msgid "Paragraph one."
msgstr "段落1。"

#:  modules/filter.module:70
msgid ""
"<p>This site allows HTML content. While learning all of HTML may feel "
"intimidating, learning how to use a very small number of the most "
"basic HTML \"tags\" is very easy. This table provides examples for "
"each tag that is enabled on this site.</p>\n"
"<p>For more information see W3C's <a "
"href=\"http://www.w3.org/TR/html/\">HTML Specifications</a> or use "
"your favorite search engine to find other sites that explain HTML.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>本站允许HTML标签，虽然学习HTML可能比较困难，但学习如何使用一小部分基础的HTML\"标签\"是很容易的。这个表格提供了本站可用的HTML标签的例子。</p>\n"
"<p>更多信息，请参见W3C组织的<a "
"href=\"http://www.w3.org/TR/html/\">HTML </a> "
"或使用你喜欢的搜索引擎搜索其他解释 "
"HTML的站点。</p>"

#:  modules/filter.module:35
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Every <em>filter</em> performs one particular change on the user "
"input, for example stripping out malicious HTML or making URLs "
"clickable. Choose which filters you want to apply to text in this "
"input format.</p>\n"
"<p>If you notice some filters are causing conflicts in the output, you "
"can <a href=\"%order\">rearrange them</a>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>每个<em>过滤器</em>都执行一个特定的对用户输入的转换，例如去除恶意HTML代码和使链接可用。选择你需要应用到文字的输入格式。</p>\n"
"<p>如果你发现一些导致输出冲突的过滤器,可以<a "
"href=\"%order\">重新排列他们</a>。</p>"

#:  modules/filter.module:40
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you cannot find the settings for a certain filter, make sure "
"you've enabled it on the <a href=\"%url\">list filters</a> tab "
"first.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>如果你不能找到特定过滤器的设置，确认你在<a "
"href=\"%url\">过滤器列表</a> 中启用了他。</p>"

#:  modules/filter.module:44
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Because of the flexible filtering system, you might encounter a "
"situation where one filter prevents another from doing its job. For "
"example: a word in an URL gets converted into a glossary term, before "
"the URL can be converted in a clickable link. When this happens, you "
"will need to rearrange the order in which filters get executed.</p>\n"
"<p>Filters are executed from top-to-bottom. You can use the weight "
"column to rearrange them: heavier filters 'sink' to the bottom.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>由于过滤器系统的弹性，你可能会碰到一个过滤器阻止另一个过滤器的情况，例如链接中的一个词在链接可用之前转换成了词汇表的一个词。当发生这些时，你需要重新排列过滤器的先后顺序。<p>\r\n"
"<p>过滤器由上到下执行，你可以使用顺序值列来重新调整过滤器的顺序，更大的将后执行。</p>"

#:  modules/filter.module:26
msgid "Handles the filtering of content in preparation for display."
msgstr "管理过滤内容。"

#:  modules/filter.module:29
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><em>Input formats</em> define a way of processing user-supplied "
"text in Drupal. Every input format has its own settings of which "
"<em>filters</em> to apply. Possible filters include stripping out "
"malicious HTML and making URLs clickable.</p>\n"
"<p>Users can choose between the available input formats when "
"submitting content.</p>\n"
"<p>Below you can configure which input formats are available to which "
"roles, as well as choose a default input format (used for imported "
"content, for example).</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p><em>输入格式</em>定义了预处理用户输入的文字在Drupal中的一种方法。每个输入格式都有其自己的<em>过滤</em>设置。可能的过滤器包括去除恶意的HTML代码以及使链接可用。</p>\n"
"<p>用户可以在提交内容时选择可用的输入格式。</p>\n"
"<p>在下面，你可以配置什么角色可以使用什么输入格式，以及选择一种默认输入格式（例如，用于导入的内容）。</p>"

#:  includes/file.inc:202
msgid ""
"File copy failed: no directory configured, or it could not be "
"accessed."
msgstr "文件复制失败：目录没有被指定或不可访问。"

#:  includes/file.inc:217
msgid "File copy failed: source file does not exist."
msgstr "文件复制失败：源文件不存在。"

#:  includes/file.inc:249
msgid "File copy failed. File already exists."
msgstr "文件复制失败：目标文件已存在。"

#:  includes/file.inc:258
msgid "File copy failed."
msgstr "文件复制失败。"

#:  includes/file.inc:302
msgid "Removing original file failed."
msgstr "删除源文件失败。"

#:  includes/file.inc:361,,,  ;405
msgid "Possible exploit abuse: invalid data."
msgstr "可能的溢出滥用：非法数据。"

#:  includes/file.inc:362,,,  ;406
msgid "File upload failed: invalid data."
msgstr "文件上传失败：非法数据。"

#:  includes/file.inc:372
msgid "File upload failed: file size too big."
msgstr "文件上传失败：文件过大。"

#:  includes/file.inc:376
msgid "File upload failed: incomplete upload."
msgstr "文件上传失败：上传未完成。"

#:  includes/file.inc:379
msgid "File upload failed: unknown error."
msgstr "文件上传失败：未知错误。"

#:  includes/file.inc:413
msgid "Unable to create file."
msgstr "无法建立文件。"

#:  includes/file.inc:95
msgid "The directory %directory is not writable."
msgstr "目录 %directory 不可写。"

#:  includes/file.inc:83
msgid "The directory %directory does not exist."
msgstr "目录 %directory 不存在。"

#:  includes/file.inc:92
msgid "Modified permissions on directory %directory."
msgstr "修改目录 %directory 的权限。"

#:  includes/file.inc:79
msgid "Created directory %directory."
msgstr "建立了目录 %directory。"

#:  modules/drupal.module:146
msgid "Failed to notify %url at %path: %error."
msgstr "在 %path 通知  %url 失败： %error"

#:  modules/drupal.module:46
msgid ""
"If enabled, your Drupal site will make itself known to the Drupal "
"directory at the specified Drupal XML-RPC server. For this to work "
"properly, you must set your site's name, e-mail address, slogan and "
"mission statement. When the \"Drupal XML-RPC server\" field is set to "
"\"%drupal-xml-rpc\", your web site will get listed on the <a "
"href=\"%drupal-sites\">Drupal sites</a> page. Requires the cron "
"feature to be enabled."
msgstr ""
"当启用后，你的Drupal站点将在Drupal目录的指定Drupal "
"XML-RPC服务器显示。为了使这个正常工作，你必须设置好你的站点名称、电子邮件、口号与任务。当\"Drupal "
"XML-RPC服务器\"被设置为\"%drupal-xml-rpc\"时，你的站点将在<a "
"href=\"%drupal-sites\">Drupal站点</a> "
"页面显示。此功能需要cron支持。"

#:  modules/drupal.module:98
msgid "Ping from %name (%link)."
msgstr "来自 %name (%link) 的 Ping"

#:  modules/drupal.module:46
msgid "Drupal directory"
msgstr "Drupal 目录"

#:  modules/drupal.module:26
msgid ""
"<p><a href=\"%Drupal\">Drupal</a> is the name of the software which "
"powers %this-site. There are Drupal web sites all over the world, and "
"many of them share their registration databases so that users may "
"freely login to any Drupal site using a single <strong>Drupal "
"ID</strong>.</p>\n"
"<p>So please feel free to login to your account here at %this-site "
"with a username from another Drupal site. The format of a Drupal ID is "
"similar to an email address: "
"<strong>username</strong>@<em>server</em>. An example of a valid "
"Drupal ID is <strong>mwlily</strong>@<em>www.drupal.org</em>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><a href=\"%Drupal\">Drupal</a>是  %this-site "
"使用的软件。在全世界有成千上万个使用Drupal的站点，其中大多数共享他们的注册数据库，这样用户可以使用一个 "
"<strong>Drupal "
"用户名</strong>自由登陆任意一个Drupal站点。</p>\n"
"<p>所以大胆的使用你在另一个Drupal站点的用户名登录 "
"%this-site。Durpal "
"用户名是类似于一个email地址：<strong>用户名</strong>@<em>服务器</em>。一个合法的例子是strong>mwlily</strong>@<em>www.drupal.org</em>。"

#:  modules/drupal.module:37
msgid ""
"You must set the name of your site on the <a href=\"%url\">administer "
"&raquo; settings</a> page."
msgstr ""
"你必须在<a href=\"%url\">管理 &raquo; "
"设置</a>页面设置你的站点名称。"

#:  modules/drupal.module:39
msgid ""
"You must set an e-mail address for your site on the <a "
"href=\"%url\">administer &raquo; settings</a> page."
msgstr ""
"你必须在<a href=\"%url\">管理 &raquo; "
"设置</a>页面设置你的站点电子邮件地址。"

#:  modules/drupal.module:41
msgid ""
"You must set your site slogan on the <a href=\"%url\">administer "
"&raquo; settings</a> page."
msgstr ""
"你必须在<a href=\"%url\">管理 &raquo; "
"设置</a>页面设置你的站点口号。"

#:  modules/drupal.module:43
msgid ""
"You must set your site mission on the <a href=\"%url\">administer "
"&raquo; settings</a> page."
msgstr ""
"你必须在<a href=\"%url\">管理 &raquo; "
"设置</a>页面设置你的站点任务。"

#:  modules/drupal.module:45
msgid "Drupal XML-RPC server"
msgstr "Drupal XML-RPC 服务器"

#:  modules/drupal.module:45
msgid "The URL of your root Drupal XML-RPC server."
msgstr "你的根Drupal XML-RPC服务器的URL"

#:  modules/drupal.module:24
msgid ""
"<p>Using this your Drupal site can \"call home\" and add itself to the "
"Drupal directory. If you want it to add itself to a different "
"directory server you can change the <a "
"href=\"%xml-rpc-setting\">Drupal XML-RPC server</a> setting -- but the "
"directory server has to be able to handle Drupal XML. To get all your "
"site information listed, go to the <a href=\"%site-settings\">settings "
"page</a> and set the site name, the e-mail address, the slogan, and "
"the mission statement.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>使用这个，你的Drupal站点可以\"呼叫主站\"并将其加入Drupal目录。如果你需要将它加入另一个目录服务器，你可以在<a "
"href=\"%xml-rpc-setting\">Drupal XML-RPC 服务器</a> "
"设置，当然，目录服务器需要能够管理Drupal "
"XML。要使所有站点信息可见，<a "
"href=\"%site-settings\">设置</a> "
"设置站点名称、email、口号和任务目标。"

#:  modules/drupal.module:15
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>The \"Drupal\" module features a capability whereby other drupal "
"sites may <em>call home</em> to report their existence. In turn, this "
"enables a pod of Drupal sites to find, cooperate and advertise each "
"other.</p>\n"
"<p>Currently, the main application of this feature is the <a "
"href=\"%drupal-sites\">Drupal sites</a> page. By default, fresh Drupal "
"installations can use <a href=\"%Drupal\">drupal.org</a> as their "
"<em>directory server</em> and report their existence. This reporting "
"occurs via scheduled <a href=\"%xml-rpc\">XML-RPC</a> pings.</p>\n"
"<p>Drupal administrators should simply enable this feature to get "
"listed on the <a href=\"%drupal-sites\">Drupal sites</a> page. Just "
"set your site's name, e-mail address, slogan and mission statement on "
"the <a href=\"%site-settings\">administer &raquo; settings</a> page. "
"Then make sure that the field called <em>Drupal XML-RPC server</em> on "
"the <a href=\"%drupal-settings\">administer &raquo; settings &raquo; "
"drupal</a> page is set to %drupal-xml-rpc, and enable this feature "
"using the dropdown directly below.</p>\n"
"<p>The listing of your site will occur shortly after your site's next "
"cron run. Note that cron.php should be called using the domain name "
"which you want to have listed at <a href=\"%Drupal\">drupal.org</a>. "
"For example, don't kick off cron by requesting "
"http://127.0.0.1/cron.php. Instead, use a publicly accessible domain "
"name such as http://www.example.com/cron.php.</p>\n"
"<p>Also note that your installation need not use drupal.org as its "
"directory server. For example, this feature is perfectly capable of "
"aggregating pings from all of your departmental drupal installations "
"sites within an enterprise.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\"Drupal\"模块可以使其他Drupal站点<em>呼叫主站</em>以报告他们的存在。同时，这使Drupal站点可以寻找、合作以及互相给与建议。</p>\n"
"<p>目前，这个功能的主程序是<a "
"href=\"%drupal-sites\">Drupal 站点</a> "
"页面。默认情况下，全新的Drupal安装可以使用<a "
"href=\"%Drupal\">drupal.org</a>作为他们的 "
"<em>目录服务器</em> "
"并报告他们的存在。这个报告通过<a "
"href=\"%xml-rpc\">XML-RPC</a> 来进行。</p>\n"
"<p>Drupal管理员需要做一些简单的设置来启用<a "
"href=\"%drupal-sites\">Drupal 站点</a> 页面。在<a "
"href=\"%site-settings\">管理 &raquo; "
"设置</a>页面输入你的站点名称、电子邮件、口号与任务。然后确保<a "
"href=\"%drupal-settings\">管理 &raquo; 设置 &raquo; "
"drupal</a>页面上的<em>Drupal XML-RPC 服务器</em> "
"被设置为%drupal-xml-rpc，并且通过下拉框直接启用。</p>\n"
"<p>你的站点列表会在下一次cron运行后不久出现。注意，cron.php需要使用你想列在<a "
"href=\"%Drupal\">drupal.org</a>上的域名来运行。例如，不要使用 "
"http://127.0.0.1/cron.php这样的方法来调用，而应该使用类似 "
"http://www.example.com/cron.php "
"之类可以被公众访问的域名。</p>\n"
"<p>同时你的安装也可能不需要使用Drupal.org作为目录服务期。例如，在一个企业的各个部门站点间安装Drupal时。"

#:  modules/drupal.module:22
msgid ""
"Lets users log in using a Drupal ID and can notify a central server "
"about your site."
msgstr "让使用Drupal用户名登录并可以在站点的中心服务器上得到通知。"

#:  modules/contact.module:109
msgid "mail"
msgstr "邮件"

#:  modules/contact.module:123
msgid "To"
msgstr "收件人："

#:  modules/contact.module:126
msgid "Send e-mail"
msgstr "发送电子邮件"

#:  modules/contact.module:122
msgid "From"
msgstr "发件人："

#:  modules/contact.module:109
msgid "%name-from sent %name-to an e-mail."
msgstr "用户 %name-from 发送了一个电子邮件给 %name-to。"

#:  modules/contact.module:112
msgid "Your message has been sent."
msgstr "你的消息已被送出。"

#:  modules/contact.module:85
msgid ""
"If you don't want to receive such e-mails, you can change your "
"settings at %url."
msgstr "如果你不想接受此类邮件，可以在 %url 修改设置。"

#:  modules/contact.module:86
msgid "Message:"
msgstr "消息："

#:  modules/contact.module:84
msgid ""
"%name (%name-url) has sent you a message via your contact form "
"(%form-url) at %site."
msgstr ""
"%name (%name-url) 在 %site 通过你的联系卡 (%form-url) "
"发送了一条消息。"

#:  modules/contact.module:75
msgid "You must enter a message."
msgstr "你必须输入消息。"

#:  modules/contact.module:78
msgid "You must enter a subject."
msgstr "你必须输入主题。"

#:  modules/contact.module:61
msgid ""
"Please <a href=\"%login\">login</a> or <a "
"href=\"%register\">register</a> to send %name a message."
msgstr ""
"请先 <a href=\"%login\">登录</a> 或<a "
"href=\"%register\">注册</a> 以给 %name 发消息。"

#:  modules/contact.module:64
msgid ""
"You need to provide a valid e-mail address to contact other users. "
"Please edit your <a href=\"%url\">user information</a>."
msgstr ""
"你需要提供一个合法的e-mail地址来联系其他用户。编辑你的 "
"<a href=\"%url\">个人信息</a>。"

#:  modules/contact.module:67
msgid ""
"You can't contact more than %number users per hour. Please try again "
"later."
msgstr ""
"你不能在每小时内联系超过 %number "
"的用户。请稍候再试。"

#:  includes/common.inc:0
msgid "%count sec"
msgstr "%count秒"

#:  modules/contact.module:18
msgid "Enables the use of personal contact forms."
msgstr "启用个人联系卡"

#:  modules/contact.module:46
msgid "Contact settings"
msgstr "联系设置"

#:  modules/contact.module:46
msgid "Personal contact form"
msgstr "个人联系卡"

#:  modules/contact.module:46
msgid ""
"Allow other users to contact you by e-mail via <a href=\"%url\">your "
"personal contact form</a>. Note that your e-mail address is not made "
"public and that privileged users such as site administrators are able "
"to contact you even if you choose not to enable this feature."
msgstr ""
"允许其他用户通过<a "
"href=\"%url\">你的个人联系</a>上的电子邮件联系。你的电子邮件并不会被公开。有权限的用户例如管理员可以联系你即使你没有打开此功能。"

#:  modules/contact.module:58
msgid "%name is not accepting e-mails."
msgstr "%name 不接受电子邮件。"

#:  includes/common.inc:0
msgid "1 min"
msgstr "1分钟"

#:  includes/common.inc:0
msgid "%count min"
msgstr "%count分"

#:  includes/common.inc:0
msgid "1 sec"
msgstr "1秒"

#:  includes/common.inc:0
msgid "%count hours"
msgstr "%count小时"

#:  includes/common.inc:0
msgid "%count days"
msgstr "%count天"

#:  includes/common.inc:0
msgid "1 hour"
msgstr "1小时"

#:  includes/common.inc:0
msgid "1 day"
msgstr "1天"

#:  includes/common.inc:0
msgid "%count years"
msgstr "%count年"

#:  includes/common.inc:0
msgid "1 week"
msgstr "1周"

#:  includes/common.inc:0
msgid "%count weeks"
msgstr "%count周"

#:  includes/common.inc:0
msgid "1 year"
msgstr "1年"

#:  includes/common.inc:1637
msgid "Could not convert XML encoding '%s' to UTF-8."
msgstr "无法将XML编码 '%s' 转换为 UTF-8"

#:  includes/common.inc:1670
msgid ""
"Unsupported encoding '%s'. Please install iconv, GNU recode or "
"mbstring for PHP."
msgstr "不支持的编码 '%s',请为PHP安装 iconv, GNU recode 或 mbstring"

#:  includes/common.inc:205
msgid "page not found"
msgstr "页面未找到"

#:  includes/common.inc:225
msgid "access denied"
msgstr "访问被拒绝"

#:  includes/common.inc:944
msgid "not verified"
msgstr "没有被验证"

#:  includes/common.inc:828
msgid "0 sec"
msgstr "0秒"

#:  includes/common.inc:800
msgid "%size %suffix"
msgstr "%size %suffix"

#:  includes/common.inc:794
msgid "KB"
msgstr "KB"

#:  includes/common.inc:798
msgid "MB"
msgstr "MB"

#:  includes/common.inc:791
msgid "bytes"
msgstr "字节"

#:  includes/common.inc:471
msgid "You are not authorized to access this page."
msgstr "你没有访问此页的权限。"

#:  includes/common.inc:639
msgid "Terminated request because of suspicious input data: %data."
msgstr "由于可疑的输入数据，请求已被终止 ：%data"

#:  includes/common.inc:387
msgid "%message in %file on line %line."
msgstr "在%file的第%line行 ： %message"

#:  modules/comment.module:153
msgid "post comments without approval"
msgstr "直接发表评论，不用审核"

#:  modules/comment.module:153
msgid "administer moderation"
msgstr "管理评分"

#:  /?q=http://intranet.brno1.local/?q=node/add/forum/10,,,,  includes/common.inc:205
msgid "%page not found."
msgstr "%page 未找到"

#:  includes/common.inc:215
msgid "Page not found"
msgstr "页面未找到"

#:  includes/common.inc:225
msgid "%page denied access."
msgstr "你没有权限访问 %page 。"

#:  includes/common.inc:235
msgid "Access denied"
msgstr "访问被拒绝。"

#:  modules/comment.module:153
msgid "administer comments"
msgstr "管理评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:153
msgid "moderate comments"
msgstr "评分评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:198
msgid "1 new comment"
msgstr "1条新评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:198
msgid "%count new comments"
msgstr "%count条新的评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:153
msgid "access comments"
msgstr "访问评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:153
msgid "post comments"
msgstr "发表评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:1624
msgid "Threaded list - expanded"
msgstr "平板式列表——展开"

#:  modules/comment.module:1624
msgid "Threaded list - collapsed"
msgstr "主题式列表——折叠"

#:  modules/comment.module:1624
msgid "Flat list - expanded"
msgstr "平板式列表——展开"

#:  modules/comment.module:1624
msgid "Flat list - collapsed"
msgstr "平板式列表——折叠"

#:  modules/comment.module:1605
msgid "Comment: deleted %subject."
msgstr "评论：删除了 %subject"

#:  modules/comment.module:1597
msgid "<a href=\"%login\">login</a> to post comments"
msgstr "要发表评论，请先<a href=\"%login\">登录</a> "

#:  modules/comment.module:1594
msgid ""
"<a href=\"%login\">login</a> or <a href=\"%register\">register</a> to "
"post comments"
msgstr ""
"要发表评论，请先<a href=\"%login\">登录</a> 或 <a "
"href=\"%register\">注册</a>"

#:  modules/comment.module:1548
msgid "by"
msgstr "到"

#:  modules/comment.module:1590
msgid "you can't post comments"
msgstr "你不能发表评论。"

#:  modules/comment.module:1538
msgid "by %a on %b"
msgstr "在 %a 到 %b"

#:  modules/comment.module:1503
msgid "Save settings"
msgstr "保存设置"

#:  modules/comment.module:1505
msgid ""
"Select your preferred way to display the comments and click \"Save "
"settings\" to activate your changes."
msgstr "选择你喜欢的显示模式并点击\"保存设置\"来激活改变。"

#:  modules/comment.module:1521
msgid "defer until later"
msgstr "延期"

#:  modules/comment.module:1529
msgid "Moderation"
msgstr "管理"

#:  modules/comment.module:1481
msgid "-- threshold --"
msgstr "-- 下限 --"

#:  modules/comment.module:1224
msgid ""
"Show all comments whose score is larger or equal to the provided "
"minimal score. Range: -127 +128"
msgstr "显示所有大于等于指定最小值的评论，范围为-127至+128"

#:  modules/comment.module:1389,,,  ;1392;1397
msgid "Your name"
msgstr "你的名字"

#:  modules/comment.module:1474
msgid "%a comments per page"
msgstr "每页 %a 条评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:1223
msgid ""
"The name of this threshold. Example: \"good comments\", \"+1 "
"comments\", \"everything\"."
msgstr ""
"下限的名称，例如： \"好的评论\", \"+1的评论\", "
"\"所有\"."

#:  modules/comment.module:1223
msgid "Threshold name"
msgstr "下限名称"

#:  modules/comment.module:1214
msgid "No thresholds have been defined."
msgstr "没有定义的下限。"

#:  modules/comment.module:1222
msgid "Edit threshold"
msgstr "编辑下限"

#:  modules/comment.module:1208,,,  ;1224
msgid "Minimum score"
msgstr "最小值"

#:  modules/comment.module:1199,,,  ;1222;1230
msgid "Add new threshold"
msgstr "新增下限"

#:  modules/comment.module:1202
msgid "The threshold has been added."
msgstr "下限已被添加。"

#:  modules/comment.module:1205
msgid "Comment threshold overview"
msgstr "评论下限总览"

#:  modules/comment.module:1197
msgid "The threshold has been deleted."
msgstr "下限已被删除。"

#:  modules/comment.module:1192
msgid "The threshold has been saved."
msgstr "下限已被保存。"

#:  modules/comment.module:1194,,,  ;1227
msgid "Delete threshold"
msgstr "删除下限"

#:  modules/comment.module:1189,,,  ;1226
msgid "Save threshold"
msgstr "保存下限"

#:  modules/comment.module:1169
msgid ""
"The name of this vote.  Example: \"off topic\", \"excellent\", "
"\"sucky\"."
msgstr "投票的名称。例如: \"离题\", \"很好\", \"有营养\"。"

#:  modules/comment.module:1170
msgid "Used to order votes in the comment control box; heavier sink."
msgstr "用来在控制板上排列投票顺序。"

#:  modules/comment.module:1168
msgid "Add new moderation option"
msgstr "加入新的投票选项"

#:  modules/comment.module:1168
msgid "Edit moderation option"
msgstr "编辑投票选项"

#:  modules/comment.module:1160
msgid "No vote types have been defined."
msgstr "尚无定义的投票类型"

#:  modules/comment.module:1145,,,  ;1176
msgid "Add new vote"
msgstr "加入新投票"

#:  modules/comment.module:1148
msgid "The vote has been added."
msgstr "投票已被添加。"

#:  modules/comment.module:1151
msgid "Moderation votes overview"
msgstr "投票评分总览"

#:  modules/comment.module:1143
msgid "The vote has been deleted."
msgstr "投票已被删除。"

#:  modules/comment.module:1137
msgid "The vote has been saved."
msgstr "投票已被保存。"

#:  modules/comment.module:1139,,,  ;1173
msgid "Delete vote"
msgstr "删除投票"

#:  modules/comment.module:1115
msgid "Initial score"
msgstr "初始分数"

#:  modules/comment.module:1122
msgid "Save scores"
msgstr "保存分数"

#:  modules/comment.module:1134,,,  ;1172
msgid "Save vote"
msgstr "保存投票"

#:  modules/comment.module:1092
msgid "Submit votes"
msgstr "提交投票"

#:  modules/comment.module:1104
msgid "Initial comment scores"
msgstr "初始化评论分数"

#:  modules/comment.module:1108
msgid "The comment scores have been saved."
msgstr "评论分数被保存"

#:  modules/comment.module:1115
msgid "User role"
msgstr "用户角色"

#:  modules/comment.module:1088
msgid "No votes have been defined."
msgstr "没有定义的投票。"

#:  modules/comment.module:1077,,,  ;1154
msgid "Votes"
msgstr "投票"

#:  modules/comment.module:1061
msgid "The vote values have been saved."
msgstr "你的投票已被记录。"

#:  modules/comment.module:1064
msgid "Moderation vote/value matrix"
msgstr "管理投票/权重"

#:  modules/comment.module:989
msgid "The comment no longer exists."
msgstr "评论已不存在。"

#:  modules/comment.module:997
msgid "Comment: modified %subject."
msgstr "评论：%subject已被修改"

#:  modules/comment.module:998
msgid "The comment has been saved."
msgstr "评论被保存。"

#:  modules/comment.module:1042
msgid "No comments available."
msgstr "没有评论。"

#:  modules/comment.module:981
msgid ""
"Any replies to this comment will be lost. This action cannot be "
"undone."
msgstr "任何对此评论的回复将丢失。此操作不可恢复！"

#:  modules/comment.module:979
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the comment %title?"
msgstr "你真的要删除评论 %title 吗？"

#:  modules/comment.module:964
msgid "The comment and all its replies have been deleted."
msgstr "评论和其回复已经全部删除。"

#:  modules/comment.module:944,,,  ;1030
msgid "Not published"
msgstr "没有被发表。"

#:  modules/comment.module:942,,,  ;1408
msgid "Comment"
msgstr "评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:935,,,  ;1394;1399
msgid "Homepage"
msgstr "主页"

#:  modules/comment.module:907
msgid "Post new comment"
msgstr "发表新评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:756
msgid "Moderate comment"
msgstr "管理评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:892
msgid "Moderate comments"
msgstr "管理评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:668
msgid ""
"Comment: unauthorized comment submitted or comment submitted to a "
"closed node (%subject)."
msgstr ""
"评论：没有权限的提交或者试图回复不可回复文章。 "
"(%subject)"

#:  modules/comment.module:679
msgid "parent"
msgstr "主题第一篇"

#:  modules/comment.module:686,,,  ;692
msgid "reply"
msgstr "回复"

#:  modules/comment.module:656
msgid ""
"Your comment has been queued for moderation by site administrators and "
"will be published after approval."
msgstr "你的评论需要等待管理员审核后发表。"

#:  modules/comment.module:647
msgid "Comment: added %subject."
msgstr "评论：加入了 %subject"

#:  modules/comment.module:529
msgid "Comment: duplicate %subject."
msgstr "评论：重复的 %subject"

#:  modules/comment.module:544
msgid "Comment: updated %subject."
msgstr "评论：更新了 %subject"

#:  modules/comment.module:469
msgid "The e-mail address you specified is not valid."
msgstr "指定的E-mail地址不合法。"

#:  modules/comment.module:473
msgid "You have to leave an e-mail address."
msgstr "你必须留下E-mail地址"

#:  modules/comment.module:478
msgid ""
"The URL of your homepage is not valid.  Remember that it must be fully "
"qualified, i.e. of the form <code>http://example.com/directory</code>."
msgstr "你的主页非法。注意必须是完整的。例如<code>http://example.com/directory</code>。"

#:  modules/comment.module:464
msgid "You have to leave your name."
msgstr "你必须留下你的用户名"

#:  modules/comment.module:444
msgid "The body of your comment is empty."
msgstr "评论正文为空。"

#:  modules/comment.module:459
msgid "The name you used belongs to a registered user."
msgstr "你使用的用户名属于一个注册用户。"

#:  modules/comment.module:317
msgid "Anonymous posters must leave their contact information"
msgstr "匿名用户必须输入联系信息。"

#:  modules/comment.module:317
msgid ""
"This feature is only useful if you allow anonymous users to post "
"comments.  See the <a href=\"%url\">permissions page</a>."
msgstr ""
"这个功能只有在你允许匿名评论时才有用，参见<a "
"href=\"%url\">权限页面</a>."

#:  modules/comment.module:318
msgid "Comment subject field"
msgstr "评论主题字段"

#:  modules/comment.module:318
msgid "Can users provide a unique subject for their comments?"
msgstr "用户能够提供一个单独的主题？"

#:  modules/comment.module:319,,,  ;386;389;1418;1423
msgid "Preview comment"
msgstr "预览评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:320
msgid "Location of comment submission form"
msgstr "评论提交位置"

#:  modules/comment.module:320
msgid "Display on separate page"
msgstr "在分离的页面显示"

#:  modules/comment.module:320
msgid "Display below post or comments"
msgstr "在评论或文章下方显示"

#:  modules/comment.module:321
msgid "Comment posting settings"
msgstr "评论发表设置"

#:  modules/comment.module:328
msgid "Default threshold"
msgstr "默认下限"

#:  modules/comment.module:328
msgid ""
"Thresholds are values below which comments are hidden. These "
"thresholds are useful for busy sites which want to hide poor comments "
"from most users."
msgstr "所有低于下限的评论将被隐藏。这个功能在那些在大站点对多数用户隐藏垃圾评论非常有用。"

#:  modules/comment.module:329
msgid "Comment moderation settings"
msgstr "评论评分设置"

#:  modules/comment.module:379,,,  ;382;1423;1424
msgid "Post comment"
msgstr "发表评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:412,,,  ;415;418;422;504
msgid "Reply"
msgstr "回复"

#:  modules/comment.module:412
msgid "This discussion is closed: you can't post new comments."
msgstr "不可Re,不可re,就是不许re，气死你! //grin"

#:  modules/comment.module:418
msgid "You are not authorized to post comments."
msgstr "你没有发表评论的权限。"

#:  modules/comment.module:422
msgid "You are not authorized to view comments."
msgstr "你没有查看评论的权限。"

#:  modules/comment.module:425
msgid "Add new comment"
msgstr "添加新的评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:317
msgid "Anonymous posters may not enter their contact information"
msgstr "匿名用户不应输入联系信息。"

#:  modules/comment.module:317
msgid "Anonymous posters may leave their contact information"
msgstr "匿名用户应该输入联系信息。"

#:  modules/comment.module:315,,,  ;1508
msgid "Comment viewing options"
msgstr "评论查看选项"

#:  modules/comment.module:317
msgid "Anonymous poster settings"
msgstr "匿名发表设置"

#:  modules/comment.module:314
msgid "Display above and below the comments"
msgstr "在评论上下显示"

#:  modules/comment.module:314
msgid "Do not display"
msgstr "不显示"

#:  modules/comment.module:314
msgid ""
"Position of the comment controls box.  The comment controls let the "
"user change the default display mode and display order of comments."
msgstr "评论控制面板的显示方式。它将使用户改变默认显示模式和排序模式。"

#:  modules/comment.module:314
msgid "Comment controls"
msgstr "评论控制"

#:  modules/comment.module:314
msgid "Display above the comments"
msgstr "在评论之上显示"

#:  modules/comment.module:314
msgid "Display below the comments"
msgstr "在评论之下显示"

#:  modules/comment.module:313
msgid "Default comments per page"
msgstr "默认每页显示评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:313
msgid ""
"Default number of comments for each page: more comments are "
"distributed in several pages."
msgstr "默认每页显示的评论数量。在某些页面上，更多的评论将分页显示。"

#:  modules/comment.module:78
msgid "Allows users to comment on and discuss published content."
msgstr "允许用户评论与讨论发表的内容。"

#:  modules/comment.module:163,,,  ;173
msgid "Recent comments"
msgstr "最新评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:195
msgid "Jump to the first comment of this posting."
msgstr "本文第一条评论。"

#:  modules/comment.module:198
msgid "Jump to the first new comment of this posting."
msgstr "本文第一条新评论。"

#:  modules/comment.module:204,,,  ;219
msgid "add new comment"
msgstr "发表评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:204
msgid "Add a new comment to this page."
msgstr "在本页发表新的评论。"

#:  modules/comment.module:219
msgid "Share your thoughts and opinions related to this posting."
msgstr "共享你有关本文的思想和意见。"

#:  modules/comment.module:242
msgid "Default comment setting"
msgstr "默认评论设置"

#:  modules/comment.module:242
msgid "Read/Write"
msgstr "读/写"

#:  modules/comment.module:242
msgid ""
"Users with the <em>administer comments</em> permission will be able to "
"override this setting."
msgstr "具有<em>管理评论</em>权限的用户将可以跳过此设置。"

#:  modules/comment.module:295
msgid "Comment settings"
msgstr "评论设置"

#:  modules/comment.module:295
msgid "Signature"
msgstr "签名"

#:  modules/comment.module:295
msgid "Your signature will be publicly displayed at the end of your comments."
msgstr "你的签名将在你的评论的末尾公开发表。"

#:  modules/comment.module:311
msgid "Default display mode"
msgstr "默认显示模式"

#:  modules/comment.module:311
msgid ""
"The default view for comments. Expanded views display the body of the "
"comment. Threaded views keep replies together."
msgstr "评论默认显示模式。展开模式显示评论正文。主题模式将回复一起显示。"

#:  modules/comment.module:312
msgid "Default display order"
msgstr "默认显示顺序"

#:  modules/comment.module:312
msgid ""
"The default sorting for new users and anonymous users while viewing "
"comments. These users may change their view using the comment control "
"panel. For registered users, this change is remembered as a persistent "
"user preference."
msgstr "给新用户和匿名用户的默认评论显示顺序。这些用户可以通过评论控制面板改变。注册用户则可以通过用户参数来记忆。"

#:  modules/comment.module:74
msgid ""
"<p>Use these forms to setup the name and minimum \"cut off\" score to "
"help your users hide comments they don't want to see. These thresholds "
"appear in the user's comment control panel. Click \"edit threshold\" "
"to modify the values of an already existing configuration. To delete a "
"setting, \"edit\" it first, and then choose \"delete threshold\".</p>"
msgstr "<p>使用这个标单设置名称和最小的\"丢弃\"分数以帮助你的用户隐藏他们不愿意看到的评论。这些限制将显示在用户的评论控制面板上。点击\"编辑下限\"编辑已存在配置的值。要删除一个配置，首先\"编辑\"他，然后选择\"删除下限\"。</p>"

#:  modules/comment.module:76
msgid ""
"<p>Create and control the possible comment moderation votes here. "
"\"Weight\" lets you set the order of the drop down menu. Click "
"\"edit\" to edit a current vote weight. To delete a name/weight "
"combination go to the \"edit\" area. To delete a setting, \"edit\" it "
"first, and then choose \"delete vote\".</p>"
msgstr "<p>在这里建立和控制可能的评论评分。\"顺序值\"让你设置下拉框的顺序，点击\"编辑\"以编辑一个已存在的投票顺序值，要删除一个名字/顺序值组合，进入\"编辑\"区域。要删除一个配置，首先\"编辑\"他，然后选择\"删除投票\"。</p>"

#:  modules/book.module:20
msgid "maintain books"
msgstr "维护手册"

#:  modules/book.module:20
msgid "edit own book pages"
msgstr "编辑自己的手册页面"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1088
msgid "Strings to search for"
msgstr "搜索的字符串"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1088
msgid "Leave blank to show all strings. The search is case sensitive."
msgstr "留空显示所有字符串。搜索大小写敏感。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1089
msgid "All languages"
msgstr "所有语言"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1089
msgid "English (provided by Drupal)"
msgstr "英语(由 Drupal提供)"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1090
msgid "Search in"
msgstr "搜索"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1090
msgid "All strings in that language"
msgstr "使用该语言的所有字符串"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1090
msgid "Only translated strings"
msgstr "只显示翻译的字符串"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1090
msgid "Only untranslated strings"
msgstr "只显示未翻译的字符串"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1093
msgid "Search strings"
msgstr "搜索字符串"

#:  modules/locale.module:33
msgid ""
"<p>It is often more convenient to get the strings of your setup on the "
"<a href=\"%export\">export page</a>, and start with a desktop Gettext "
"translation editor though. Here you can search in the translated and "
"untranslated strings, and the default English texts provided by "
"Drupal.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>从<a "
"href=\"%export\">导出页面</a>获得字符串，并用桌面文本翻译编辑器翻译往往会更方便。这里你可以搜索翻译和未翻译的字符串，以及Drupal提供的默认的英文文本。</p>"

#:  modules/comment.module:19
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <p>When enabled, the Drupal comment module creates a discussion "
"board for each Drupal node. Users can post comments to discuss a forum "
"topic, weblog post, story, collaborative book page, etc. An "
"administrator can give comment permissions to user groups, and users "
"can (optionally) edit their last comment, assuming no others have been "
"posted since.</p>\n"
"\n"
"      <h3>User control of comment display</h3>\n"
"      <p>Attached to each comment board is a control panel for "
"customizing the way that comments are displayed. Users can control the "
"chronological ordering of posts (newest or oldest first) and the "
"number of posts to display on each page. Additional settings "
"include:</p>\n"
"      <ul><li><strong>Threaded</strong> &mdash; Displays the posts "
"grouped according to conversations and subconversations.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Flat</strong> &mdash;  Displays the posts in "
"chronological order, with no threading whatsoever.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Expanded</strong> &mdash; Displays the title and "
"text for each post.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Collapsed</strong> &mdash; Displays only the title "
"for each post.</li></ul>\n"
"      <p>When a user chooses <em>save settings</em>, the comments are "
"then redisplayed using the user's new choices. Administrators can set "
"the default settings for the comment control panel, along with other "
"comment defaults, in <a href=\"%comment-config\">administer &raquo; "
"comments &raquo; configure</a>. NOTE: When comment moderation is "
"enabled, users will have another control panel option to control "
"thresholds (see below).</p>\n"
"\n"
"      <h3>Additional comment configurations</h3>\n"
"      <p>Comments behave like other user submissions in Drupal. "
"Filters, smileys and HTML that work in nodes will also work with "
"comments. Administrators can control access to various comment module "
"functions through <a href=\"%permissions\">administer &raquo; access "
"control &raquo; permissions</a>. Know that in a new Drupal "
"installation, all comment permissions are disabled by default. The "
"choice of which permissions to grant to which roles (groups of users) "
"is left up to the site administrator. The following permissions:</p>\n"
"      <ul><li><strong>Access comments</strong> &mdash; Allows users to "
"view comments.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Administrate comments</strong> &mdash; Allows users "
"complete control over configuring, editing and deleting all "
"comments.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Moderate comments</strong> &mdash; Allows users to "
"rate comment postings (see more on moderation below).</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Post comments</strong> &mdash; Allows users to post "
"comments into an administrator moderation queue.</li>\n"
"      <li><strong>Post comments without approval</strong> &mdash; "
"Allows users to directly post comments, bypassing the moderation "
"queue.</li></ul>\n"
"\n"
"      <h3>Notification of new comments</h3>\n"
"      <p>Drupal provides specific features to inform site members when "
"new comments have been posted.</p>\n"
"      <p>Drupal displays the total number of comments attached to each "
"node, and tracks comments read by individual site members. Members "
"which have logged in will see a notice accompanying nodes which "
"contain comments they have not read. Some administrators may want to "
"<a href=\"%download-notify\">download, install and configure the "
"notify module</a>. Users can then request that Drupal send them an "
"e-mail when new comments are posted (the notify module requires that "
"cron.php be configured properly).</p>\n"
"      <p>The <em>tracker</em> module, disabled by default, displays "
"all the site's recent posts.  There is a link to the <a "
"href=\"%tracker\">recent posts</a> page in the navigation block.  This "
"page is a useful way to browse new or updated nodes and comments. "
"Content which the user has not yet read is tagged with a red star "
"(this graphic depends on the current theme). Visit the comment board "
"for any node, and Drupal will display a red <em>\"new\"</em> label "
"beside the text of unread comments.</p>\n"
"\n"
"      <h3>Comment moderation</h3>\n"
"      <p>On sites with active commenting from users, the administrator "
"can turn over comment moderation to the community. </p>\n"
"      <p>With comment moderation, each comment is automatically "
"assigned an initial rating. As users read comments, they can apply a "
"vote which affects the comment rating. At the same time, users have an "
"additional option in the control panel which allows them to set a "
"threshold for the comments they wish to view. Those comments with "
"ratings lower than the set threshold will not be shown. To enable "
"moderation, the administrator must grant <a "
"href=\"%permissions\">moderate comments</a> permissions. Then, a "
"number of options in <a href=\"%comment-config\">administer &raquo; "
"comments &raquo; configure</a> must be configured.</p>\n"
"\n"
"      <h4>Moderation votes</h4>\n"
"      <p>The first step is to create moderation labels which allow "
"users to rate a comment.  Go to <a href=\"%comment-votes\">administer "
"&raquo; comments &raquo; configure &raquo; moderation votes</a>. In "
"the <em>vote</em> field, enter the textual labels which users will see "
"when casting their votes. Some examples are</p>\n"
"      <ul><li>Excellent +3</li><li>Insightful +2</li><li>Useful "
"+1</li><li>Redundant -1</li><li>Flame -3</li></ul>\n"
"      <p>So that users know how their votes affect the comment, these "
"examples include the vote value as part of the label, although that is "
"optional. Using the weight option, you can control the order in which "
"the votes appear to users. Setting the weight heavier (positive "
"numbers) will make the vote label appear at the bottom of the list. "
"Lighter (a negative number) will push it to the top. To encourage "
"positive voting, a useful order might be higher values, positive "
"votes, at the top, with negative votes at the bottom.</p>\n"
"\n"
"      <h4>Moderator vote/values matrix</h4>\n"
"      <p>Next go to <a href=\"%comment-matrix\">administer &raquo; "
"comments &raquo; configure &raquo; moderation matrix</a>. Enter the "
"values for the vote labels for each permission role in the vote "
"matrix. The values entered here will be used to create the rating for "
"each comment. NOTE: Comment ratings are calculated by averaging user "
"votes with the initial rating.</p>\n"
"\n"
"      <h4>Creating comment thresholds</h4>\n"
"      <p>In <a href=\"%comment-thresholds\">administer &raquo; "
"comments &raquo; configure &raquo; moderation thresholds</a>, you'll "
"have to create some comment thresholds to make the comment rating "
"system useful. When comment moderation is enabled and the thresholds "
"are created, users will find another comment control panel option for "
"selecting their thresholds. They'll use the thresholds you enter here "
"to filter out comments with low ratings. Consequently, you'll probably "
"want to create more than one threshold to give users some flexibility "
"in filtering comments.</p>\n"
"      <p>When creating the thresholds, note that the <em>Minimum "
"score</em> is asking you for the lowest rating that a comment can have "
"in order to be displayed. To see a common example of how thresholds "
"work, you might visit <a href=\"%slashdot\">Slashdot</a> and view one "
"of their comment boards associated with a story. You can reset the "
"thresholds in their comment control panel.</p>\n"
"\n"
"      <h4>Initial comment scores</h4>\n"
"      <p>Finally, you may want to enter some <em>initial comment "
"scores</em>. In <a href=\"%comment-initial\">administer &raquo; "
"comments &raquo; configure &raquo; moderation roles</a> you can assign "
"a beginning rating for all comments posted by a particular permission "
"role. If you do not assign any initial scores, Drupal will assign a "
"rating of <strong>0</strong> as the default.</p>"
msgstr ""
"       "
"<p>当启用之后，Drupal评论模块为每个Drupal的节点建立一个讨论区，用户可以针对一个论坛主题，blog文章，稿件，合作手册页等等发表评论。管理员可以将评论权限赋予用户组，用户可以（可选的）编辑他们最后的评论,假如没有其他人在他之后发表评论的话。</p>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"<h3>显示评论的用户控制</h3>\r\n"
"<p>在每个评论版最后是一个用于自定义评论显示方式的控制面板。用户可以控制评论的排序顺序和显示的数量，额外的设置包括：</p>\r\n"
"      <ul><li><strong>主题</strong> &mdash; "
"显示与对话和子对话同组的评论。</li>\r\n"
"      <li><strong>平板</strong> &mdash;  "
"按时间顺序显示评论，没有主题关系。</li>\r\n"
"      <li><strong>展开</strong> &mdash; "
"显示每条评论的标题和文字。</li>\r\n"
"      <li><strong>折叠</strong> &mdash; "
"只显示评论的标题。</li></ul>\r\n"
"     <p>当用户选择 <em>保存设置</em>后, "
"评论会根据用户的选择重新显示。管理员可以设置评论控制面板的默认设置。在 "
"<a href=\"%comment-config\">管理 &raquo; 评论 &raquo; "
"配置</a>中. 注意: "
"当评论评分功能启用时，用户会有另一个控制面板来控制显示的评论。</p>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"      <h3>附加评论配置</h3>\r\n"
"      "
"<p>评论与其他Drupal的用户交互功能类似。过滤器，表情和 "
"HTML同样可用。管理员可以通过<a "
"href=\"%permissions\">管理 &raquo; 访问控制 &raquo; "
"权限</a>来控制评论模块的访问权限。在全新的Drupal安装中，所有评论权限都被默认禁用。权限分配的选择将由站点管理员来决定。有如下的权限：</p>\r\n"
"      <ul><li><strong>访问评论</strong> &mdash; "
"允许用户查看评论。</li>\r\n"
"      <li><strong>评论管理员</strong> &mdash; "
"允许用户完全控制设置、编辑和删除所有评论。</li>\r\n"
"      <li><strong>评分评论</strong> &mdash; "
"允许用户对评论进行评分。</li>\r\n"
"      <li><strong>发表评论</strong> &mdash; "
"允许用户将评论发表进入评分队列。</li>\r\n"
"      <li><strong>直接发表评论</strong> &mdash; "
"允许用户跳过评分队列，直接发表评论。</li></ul>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"     <h3>新评论通知</h3>\r\n"
"      <p>Drupal 提供给用户新评论通知功能。</p>\r\n"
"      <p>Drupal "
"显示每个节点所包括的评论总数，并跟踪单个用户阅读评论。用户登陆后，会发现在有未读评论的节点上会有一个通知。某些管理员可能想 "
"<a href=\"%download-notify\">下载，安装和配置通知模块</a>. "
"用户可以要求当有新的评论被发表后，Durapl发送一封E-mail通知。(此功能需要cron.php正常运行)。</p>\r\n"
"      <p>The <em>跟踪</em> 模块, 默认是禁用的, "
"显示所有站点的最新文章.  在导航板块上，有一个 <a "
"href=\"%tracker\">最新文章</a>页面。 "
"在浏览新的或更新的节点和评论时，这项功能是很有用的。 "
"用户未读的的内容将用一颗红星标记（根据站点主题，可能会有不能）。 "
"查看任何节点的评论板，Drupal将会在未读评论上显示一个红色的 "
"red <em>\"新\"</em> 标签。</p>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"      <h3>评论评分</h3>\r\n"
"      "
"<p>在用户非常活跃的评论站点上，管理员可以打开评论评分功能。</p>\r\n"
"      "
"<p>在评论评分功能中，每条评论都被自动指定一个初始分数。当用户阅读评论后，他们可以对其投票，这将影响评论的分值。同时，用户也可以通过选择来设置他们想查看的评论分数的下限，低于该下限的评论将不会被显示。为了启用评分功能，管理员必须授予 "
"<a href=\"%permissions\">评分评论</a> 权限. "
"同时，一系列在 <a href=\"%comment-config\">管理 &raquo; "
"评论 &raquo; 配置</a> 中的选项也需要被配置。</p>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"      <h4>评分</h4>\r\n"
"      "
"<p>第一步是建立允许用户对评论评分的标签。进入<a "
"href=\"%comment-votes\">管理 &raquo; 评论 &raquo; 配置 &raquo; "
"评论评分</a>. 在 <em>投票</em> 字段, "
"输入用户投票时所看到的文字标签。例如</p>\r\n"
"      <ul><li>很好 +3</li><li>不错 +2</li><li>有用 "
"+1</li><li>多余 -1</li><li>不好 -3</li></ul>\r\n"
"      "
"<p>这样用户就能知道他们的投票如何影响评论的得分。这些例子包括了分值，尽管这是可选的，使用顺序值选项，你可以控制投票顺序，设置大的顺序值（正数）将使投票标签显示在底部，反之则是在顶部。为了鼓励积极的评论，常用的顺序是高分值在上，其次是积极的，最后是低分值。</p>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"      <h4>评论评分权重</h4>\r\n"
"      <p>接着进入<a href=\"%comment-matrix\">管理 &raquo; 注释 "
"&raquo; 配置 &raquo; 评分矩阵</a>. "
"输入不同权限用户评论分值所占的权重。这个值将被用来建立每个评论的分数。 "
"注意: "
"评论分数将通过初始分数和用户评分平均数进行计算。</p>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"      <h4>建立评论下限</h4>\r\n"
"      <p>在<a href=\"%comment-thresholds\">管理 &raquo; 评论 "
"&raquo; 配置 &raquo; 评论下限</a>中, "
"你可以建立一些评论下限以使评分系统更有用。当评论评分被启用并且下限被建立，用户会发现另一个控制面板来选择他们的下限。他们将使用你在此确定的值来过滤低于分值的评论。当然，你也可以建立多个下限以给予用户弹性。</p>\r\n"
"      <p>当建立了下限后，注意 <em>最小分数</em> "
"询问你能够被显示的评论的最低分数。一个常见的例子是 "
"<a href=\"%slashdot\">Slashdot</a> "
"。你可以在评论控制面板中重设。</p>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"      <h4>初始化评论分数</h4>\r\n"
"      <p>最后，你需要输入<em>评论分数初值</em>. 在 <a "
"href=\"%comment-initial\">管理 &raquo; 评论 &raquo; 配置 "
"&raquo;评论角色</a> "
"中，你可以指定特定权限用户发表的所有评论的分数的初值。默认为<strong>0</strong>.</p>"

#:  modules/comment.module:63
msgid ""
"<p>Below is a list of the latest comments posted your site. Click on a "
"subject to see the comment, the author's name to edit the author's "
"user information , \"edit\" to modify the text, and \"delete\" to "
"remove their submission.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>下面是最近发表在你的站点上的评论。点击主题查看评论、作者名字并编辑作者的用户信息。 "
"\"编辑\" 以编辑文字, \"删除\" 删除评论。</p>"

#:  modules/comment.module:65
msgid ""
"<p>Below is a list of the comments posted to your site that need "
"approval. To approve a comment, click on \"edit\" and then change its "
"\"moderation status\" to Approved. Click on a subject to see the "
"comment, the author's name to edit the author's user information, "
"\"edit\" to modify the text, and \"delete\" to remove their "
"submission.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>下面是需要审核的评论。要通过一篇评论，点击\"编辑\"并将他的\"审核状态\"改为通过。点击主题查看评论、作者名字并编辑作者的用户信息。 "
"\"编辑\" 以编辑文字, \"删除\" 删除评论。"

#:  modules/comment.module:68
msgid ""
"<p>Comments can be attached to any node, and their settings are below. "
"The display comes in two types: a \"flat list\" where everything is "
"flush to the left side, and comments come in chronological order, and "
"a \"threaded list\" where replies to other comments are placed "
"immediately below and slightly indented, forming an outline. They also "
"come in two styles: \"expanded\", where you see both the title and the "
"contents, and \"collapsed\" where you only see the title. Preview "
"comment forces a user to look at their comment by clicking on a "
"\"Preview\" button before they can actually add the comment.</p>"
msgstr "<p>评论可以被附带在任何节点上，设置在下面。显示有两种类型：\"平板式\"列表,所有内容都按时间顺序在左侧，以及\"主题式\"列表，回复将在评论之后并略为缩进。通常还有两种式样：\"展开\"，显示标题和内容，以及\"折叠\"，只显示标题。预览评论使用户在实际加入评论前先通过点击\"预览\"按钮来查看他们的评论。</p>"

#:  modules/comment.module:70
msgid ""
"<p>Here you assign a value to each item in the comment moderation "
"dropdown menu. This value is added to the vote total, which is then "
"divided by the number of users who have voted and rounded off to the "
"nearest integer.</p><ul><li>In order to use comment moderation, every "
"text box on this page should be populated.</li><li>You must assign the "
"\"moderate comments\" permission to at least one role in order to use "
"this page.</li><li>Every box not filled in will have a value of zero, "
"which will have the effect of lowering a comments overall "
"score.</li></ul>"
msgstr "<p>这里你可以给评论评分下拉菜单里的每个项目一个值。这个值将被与总和相加，然后除以投票用户数并取整。</p><ul><li>为了使用评论评分功能，此页的每个文本框需要被组装。</li><li>你必须至少授予一个角色\"评分评论\"权限以使用本页。</li><li>每个没有填写的框都有一个0值，这将使评论总分降低。</li></ul>"

#:  modules/comment.module:72
msgid ""
"<p>You can setup the initial vote value of a comment posted by each "
"user role using these forms. This value is used before any other users "
"vote on the comment. Blank entries are valued at zero.</p>"
msgstr "<p>你可以通过这些标单设置评论的分数初值。在任何其他用户投票之前将使用此值。留空代表0。</p>"

#:  modules/book.module:819
msgid ""
"The outline feature allows you to include posts in the <a "
"href=\"%book\">book hierarchy</a>."
msgstr ""
"目录特色允许你将文章加入<a "
"href=\"%book\">手册层次</a>."

#:  modules/book.module:20
msgid "create book pages"
msgstr "建立手册页面"

#:  modules/book.module:436
msgid ""
"This update/post awaits moderation and won't be accessible until "
"approved."
msgstr "这个更新/发表需要等待管理员审核通过，在此之前将不能被访问。"

#:  modules/book.module:478
msgid "previous"
msgstr "上一页"

#:  modules/book.module:478
msgid "View the previous page."
msgstr "显示上一页"

#:  modules/book.module:487
msgid "next"
msgstr "下一页"

#:  modules/book.module:487
msgid "View the next page."
msgstr "显示下一页"

#:  modules/book.module:496
msgid "up"
msgstr "向上"

#:  modules/book.module:496
msgid "View this page's parent section."
msgstr "查看此页面的父分类"

#:  modules/book.module:540
msgid "top-level"
msgstr "顶层"

#:  modules/book.module:613
msgid "Books"
msgstr "手册"

#:  modules/book.module:717,,,  ;781
msgid "Save book pages"
msgstr "保存手册页"

#:  modules/book.module:741
msgid "Updated book %title."
msgstr "%title 手册被更新"

#:  modules/book.module:759
msgid "Orphan pages"
msgstr "孤立页面"

#:  modules/book.module:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <p>The book organises content into a nested hierarchical "
"structure. It is particularly good for manuals, Frequently Asked "
"Questions (FAQs) and the like, allowing you to have chapters, "
"sections, etc.</p>\n"
"      <p>A book is simply a collection of nodes that have been linked "
"together. These nodes are usually of type <em>book page</em>, but you "
"can insert nodes of any type into a book outline. Every node in the "
"book has a <em>parent</em> node which  \"contains\" it. This is how "
"book.module establishes its hierarchy. At any given level in the "
"hierarchy, a book can contain many nodes. All these sibling nodes are "
"sorted according to the <em>weight</em> that you give them.</p>\n"
"      <p>Book pages contain a <em>log message</em> field which helps "
"your users understand the motivation behind an edit of a book page. "
"Each edited version of a book page is stored as a new revision of a "
"node. This capability makes it easy to revert to an old version of a "
"page, should that be desirable.</p>\n"
"      <p>Like other node types, book submissions and edits may be "
"subject to moderation, depending on your configuration.  Similarly, "
"books use <a href=\"%permissions\">permissions</a> to determine who "
"may read and write to them. Only administrators are allowed to create "
"new books, which are really just nodes whose parent is "
"<em>&lt;top-level&gt;</em>.  To include an existing node in your book, "
"click on the \"outline\"-tab on the node's page.  This enables you to "
"place the node wherever you'd like within the book hierarchy. To add a "
"new node into your book, use the <a href=\"%create\">create content "
"&raquo; book page</a> link.</p>\n"
"      <p>Administrators may review the hierarchy of their books by "
"clicking on the <a href=\"%collaborative-book\">collaborative book</a> "
"link in the administration pages. There, nodes may be edited, "
"reorganized, removed from book, and deleted. This behavior may change "
"in the future. When a parent node is deleted, it may leave behind "
"child nodes.  These nodes are now <em>orphans</em>. Administrators "
"should periodically <a href=\"%orphans-book\">review their books for "
"orphans</a> and reaffiliate those pages as desired. Finally, "
"administrators may also <a href=\"%export-book\">export their "
"books</a> to a single, flat HTML page which is suitable for "
"printing.</p>\n"
"      <h3>Maintaining a FAQ using a collaborative book</h3>\n"
"      <p>Collaborative books let you easily set up a Frequently Asked "
"Questions (FAQ) section on your web site. The main benefit is that you "
"don't have to write all the questions/answers by yourself - let the "
"community do it for you!</p>\n"
"      <p>In order to set up the FAQ, you have to create a new book "
"which will hold all your content. To do so, click on the <a "
"href=\"%create\">create content &raquo; book page</a> link. Give it a "
"thoughtful title, and body. A title like \"Estonia Travel - FAQ\" is "
"nice. You may always edit these fields later. You will probably want "
"to designate <em>&lt;top-level&gt;</em> as the parent of this page. "
"Leave the <em>log message</em> and <em>type</em> fields blank for now. "
"After you have submitted this book page, you are ready to begin "
"filling up your book with questions that are frequently asked.</p>\n"
"      <p>Whenever you come across a post which you want to include in "
"your FAQ, click on the <em>administer</em> link. Then click on the "
"<em>edit book outline</em> button at the bottom of the page. Then "
"place the relevant post wherever is most appropriate in your book by "
"selecting a <em>parent</em>. Books are quite flexible. They can have "
"sections like <em>Flying to Estonia</em>, <em>Eating in Estonia</em> "
"and so on. As you get more experienced with the book module, you can "
"reorganize posts in your book so that it stays organized.</p>\n"
"      <p>Notes:</p><ul><li>Any comments attached to those relevant "
"posts which you designate as book pages will also be transported into "
"your book. This is a great feature, since much wisdom is shared via "
"comments. Remember that all future comments and edits will "
"automatically be reflected in your book.</li><li>You may wish to edit "
"the title of posts when adding them to your FAQ. This is done on the "
"same page as the <em>Edit book outline</em> button. Clear titles "
"improve navigability enormously.</li><li>Book pages may come from any "
"content type (blog, story, page, etc.). If you are creating a post "
"solely for inclusion in your book, then use the <a "
"href=\"%create\">create content &raquo; book page</a> link.</li><li>If "
"you don't see the <em>administer</em> link, then you probably have "
"insufficient <a href=\"%permissions\">permissions</a>.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<p>手册通过嵌套分级结构来组织内容。这对于用户帮助，常见问题解答(FAQ)之类的内容是很有用的，你可以有章，节等等。</p>\r\n"
"<p>一个手册是一些相互链接内容的简单收集。这些节点通常是<em>手册页</em>，但你可以在手册目录中插入任何类型的页面。每个页面都有一个\"链接\"到他的父页面。这就是手册模块建立层次结构的办法。在任何指定层次上，手册可以包括许多节点，所有这些同级节点根据<em>顺序值</em>来存储。</p>\r\n"
"<p>手册页面包含<em>日志记录</em>字段，帮助用户理解编辑页面的动机，每个编辑版本都会被存储为一个新的版本。这将使恢复页面变得容易。</p>\r\n"
"<p>类似其他节点类型，手册提交与编辑可以根据你的设置来决定是否通过管理员。通常，手册使用<a "
"href=\"%permissions\">权限</a> "
"来决定谁将阅读和撰写。只有管理员被允许创建父页面为顶层的新的手册，为了将存在的节点加入手册，使用节点页面上的\"目录\"。这将使你将页面加入手册的任意层。要添加新的内容进入手册，使用<a "
"href=\"%create\">建立内容</a>链接。</p>\r\n"
"<p>管理员可以通过管理页面的<a "
"href=\"%collaborative-book\">合作手册</a>链接查询手册的层次结构。在这里，节点可以被编辑、移动、从手册中删除以及删除。这个功能在未来可能会改变。当父节点被删除后，可能会留下子节点。这些节点被称为<em>孤立页面</em>。管理员应该周期性的<a "
"href=\"%orphans-book\">查阅手册孤立页面</a>并且重新分配适当的分类。最后，管理员也可以通过<a "
"href=\"%export-book\">导出手册</a>将手册导出为单独的，平滑的适于打印的HTML页面。</p>\r\n"
"<h3>使用合作手册维护FAQ</h3>\r\n"
"<p>合作手册使你可以轻松建立你的站点的常见问题解答(FAQ)，其好处在于你不必亲自撰写所有问题/答案，让你的用户来做！</p>\r\n"
"<p>为了设置FAQ,你需要建立一个新的放置所有内容的手册。点击<a "
"href=\"%create\">新建手册 &raquo; 页</a> "
"链接，起一个简明的标题和正文，类似于\"爱沙尼亚旅游——常见问题解答\"的标题是个不错的选择。你可以总是在之后编辑这些。你可能需要指明<em>&lt;顶层&gt;</em>为手册的父页面。让日志记录和类型字段保持为空。在你提交手册页后，你可以开始把常见的问题填入。</p>\r\n"
"<p>当你偶然遇到一个你想加入FAQ的文章时，点击<em>管理</em>链接，然后点击页面底端的<em>编辑手册目录</em>按钮。通过选择<em>父页面</em>来将文章放入适当的地方。手册通常是弹性的。他们可以包括<em>飞到爱沙尼亚</em>,<em>吃在爱沙尼亚</em>这样的章节。当你对手册模块有了更多的经验时，你可以重新组织手册中的文章。</p>\r\n"
"<p>注意：</p><ul><li>任何附加到相关文章的注释在同样也会进入手册。这是一个伟大的特色，因为智慧往往通过注释来共享。记住所有以后的注释和编辑也会同步影响你的手册。</li><li>你可能希望在加入手册时编辑文章的标题，这个可以由在同一页面上的<em>编辑手册目录</em>来完成。简明的标题能够有更好的导航作用。</li><li>手册页可能是任何类型(Blog,稿件，页面等等),如果你想建立一个只在手册内部的页面，选择<a "
"href=\"%create\">建立手册内容 &raquo; "
"页</a>.</li><li>如果你没有看到<em>管理链接</em> "
"，那可能是你没有相应的<a "
"href=\"%permissions\">权限</a>.</li></ul>"

#:  modules/book.module:809
msgid "Allows users to collaboratively author a book."
msgstr "允许用户合作写作手册"

#:  modules/book.module:811
msgid ""
"<p>The book module offers a mean to organize content, authored by many "
"users, in an online manual, outline or FAQ.</p>"
msgstr "手册模块提供一种由众多用户组织在线手册，目录或FAQ内容的方式。"

#:  modules/book.module:813
msgid ""
"<p>Pages in a book are like a tree. As pages are edited, reorganized "
"and removed, child pages might be left with no link to the rest of the "
"book.  Such pages are referred to as \"orphan pages\".  On this page, "
"administrators can review their books for orphans and reattach those "
"pages as desired.</p>"
msgstr "<p>手册中的页面桉树形排列。当页面被编剧，重新分类或删除时，他的子页面会被留下，这些页面会没有到手册其余部分的链接。我们称之为\"孤立页面\"。在这个页面上，管理员可以检查他们手册中的孤立页面并重新将他们设置的相应的页面上。</p>"

#:  modules/book.module:420
msgid "Log"
msgstr "日志"

#:  modules/book.module:279
msgid "The parent page in the book."
msgstr "手册的父页面"

#:  modules/book.module:272
msgid "Removed the post from the book."
msgstr "从手册中删除文章"

#:  modules/book.module:224
msgid ""
"The parent that this page belongs in. Note that pages whose parent is "
"&lt;top-level&gt; are regarded as independent, top-level books."
msgstr "此页面所属的父页面。注意父页面为顶层的页面被认为是独立的，顶层的手册。"

#:  modules/book.module:232
msgid "Log message"
msgstr "日志记录"

#:  modules/book.module:232
msgid ""
"An explanation of the additions or updates being made to help other "
"authors understand your motivations."
msgstr "另外的解释将会使其他作者理解你改动的动机。"

#:  modules/book.module:235,,,  ;280
msgid "Pages at a given level are ordered first by weight and then by title."
msgstr "指定层次的页面将首先按顺序值排序，其次是标题。"

#:  modules/book.module:258,,,  ;287
msgid "Add to book outline"
msgstr "加入手册目录"

#:  modules/book.module:260
msgid "Added the post to the book."
msgstr "在手册中发表文章。"

#:  modules/book.module:264,,,  ;283
msgid "Update book outline"
msgstr "更新手册目录"

#:  modules/book.module:266
msgid "Updated the book outline."
msgstr "手册目录被更新。"

#:  modules/book.module:270,,,  ;284
msgid "Remove from book outline"
msgstr "从手册目录中删除"

#:  modules/book.module:116
msgid "\"%title\" book"
msgstr "\"%title\"手册"

#:  modules/book.module:133
msgid "Book navigation"
msgstr "手册导航"

#:  modules/book.module:105
msgid "outline"
msgstr "轮廓"

#:  modules/blog.module:20
msgid "edit own blog"
msgstr "编辑自己的Blog"

#:  modules/book.module:61
msgid "add child page"
msgstr "加入子页面"

#:  modules/book.module:63
msgid "Show a printer-friendly version of this book page and its sub-pages."
msgstr "显示该手册页及其子页面的打印版本"

#:  modules/blog.module:268,,,  ;275
msgid "Recent blog posts"
msgstr "最新Blog文章"

#:  modules/blog.module:274
msgid "Read the latest blog entries."
msgstr "阅读最新的Blog文章"

#:  modules/blog.module:128,,,  ;219
msgid "%name's blog"
msgstr "%name的Blog"

#:  modules/blog.module:131
msgid "Post new blog entry."
msgstr "发表新文章。"

#:  modules/blog.module:134
msgid "You are not allowed to post a new blog entry."
msgstr "你没有发表新文章的权限。"

#:  modules/blog.module:234
msgid "%username's blog"
msgstr "%username的Blog"

#:  modules/blog.module:61
msgid "Enables keeping an easily and regularly updated web page or a blog."
msgstr "启用保持一个简单和正常的web页面或blog的更新。"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:523
msgid "Blog types"
msgstr "Blog类型"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:523
msgid ""
"Select the content types for which you wish to enable posting via "
"blogapi. Each type will appear as a different \"blog\" in the client "
"application (if supported)."
msgstr "选择你希望启用通过blogapi发表的类型，如果客户端支持的话，每种不同的类型将会在客户端中显示为不同的\"blog\""

#:  modules/blog.module:45
msgid "Blog"
msgstr "Blog"

#:  modules/blog.module:45
msgid "view recent blog entries"
msgstr "显示最近的Blog文章"

#:  modules/blog.module:45,,,  ;234
msgid "Read %username's latest blog entries."
msgstr "阅读%username的最新Blog文章"

#:  modules/blog.module:55
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <p>Drupal's blog module allows registered users to maintain an "
"online weblog (commonly known as a blog), often referred to as an "
"online journal or diary.  These can be filled with daily thoughts, "
"poetry, boneless blabber, spiritual theories, intimate details, "
"valuable experiences, cynical rants, semi-coherent comments, writing "
"experiments, artistic babblings, critics on current facts, fresh "
"insights, diverse dreams, chronicles and mumbling madness available "
"for public consumption.</p>\n"
"      <p>Blogs are made up of individual entries (nodes) that are "
"timestamped and are typically viewed by day as you would a diary.  "
"Blogs often contain links to things you've seen and/or agree/disagree "
"with.  A typical example of a long term blog can be seen at "
"%scripting-com.</p>\n"
"      <p>The blog module adds a \"user blogs\" navigation link to the "
"site, which takes any visitor to a page that displays the most recent "
"blog entries from all the users on the site. Personal user menus gain "
"a \"create a blog entry\" link (which takes you to a submission form) "
"and a \"view personal blog\" link (which displays your blog entries as "
"other people will see them).  On the bottom of each of your own blog "
"entries, there is an \"edit this blog entry\" link that lets you edit "
"or delete that entry.</p>\n"
"      <p>If a user has the ability to post blogs, then the import "
"module (news aggregator) will display a blog-it link "
"<strong>(b)</strong> next to each news item in its lists.  Click on "
"this and you will be taken to the blog submission form, with the "
"title, a link to the item, and a link to the source into the body text "
"already in the text box, ready for you to add your explanation.  This "
"actively encourages people to add blog entries about things they see "
"and hear elsewhere in the Drupal site and from your syndicated partner "
"sites.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Drupal的blog模块允许注册用户管理在线Blog，通常是在线期刊或日记。blog上的内容可以是每天的思想、诗歌、无病呻吟、精神理论、八卦隐私、有价值的经历、愤世嫉俗的演说、半连贯的注释、写作经历、艺术、时政评论、新鲜的观点、多变的梦境、圣经、喃喃而语、愚蠢的行为等等。</p>\n"
"<p>Blog有多篇带有时间标记的文章，通常像日记一样按日期排序。Blog通常包含了一个你所看见、同意或不同意的内容的链接。一个典型的例子是长期的Blog会被在%scripting-com所见到。</p>\n"
"<p>Blog模块加入一个\"用户Blog\"导航链接到站点，可以使任何用户都来到一个显示全站用户所有最新的Blog文章的页面。个人用户菜单有一个\"发表文章\"的链接（进入提交表单）和一个\"阅读个人Blog\"的链接（显示其他用户会看到的Blog地址）。在每篇Blog文章末尾，都会有一个\"编辑\"按钮以使用户编辑或删除文章。</p>\n"
"<p>如果一个用户有发表文章的能力，导入模块（新闻聚合器）将在每篇文章末尾显示一个\"加入我的网络日志\"<strong>(b)</strong> "
"链接，点击该链接将进入发表表单，带有一个指向该项目链接和标题，以及在正文中加入源地址，以便你加入评论。这个将大大鼓励用户将他们在Drupal或你的聚合合作伙伴处的任何地方看到或听到的内容写入Blog。</p>"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:516
msgid ""
"RSD or Really-Simple-Discovery is a mechanism which allows external "
"blogger tools to discover the APIs they can use to interact with "
"Drupal. Here you can set the preferred method for blogger tools to "
"interact with your site. The common XML-RPC engines are Blogger, "
"MetaWeblog and Movabletype. If you are not sure which is the correct "
"setting, choose Blogger."
msgstr ""
"RSD 或 "
"真实简单发现是允许外部blog工具查找它们所能与Drupal交互的API的一个机制。这里你可以设置blog工具与你的站点交互的模式。常用的XML-RPC引擎是Blogger,MetaWeblog以及Movabletype。如果你不能确定正确的设定，选择Blogger"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:436
msgid "Invalid post."
msgstr "非法提交。"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:497
msgid "Wrong username or password."
msgstr "错误的用户名或密码。"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:516
msgid "XML-RPC Engine"
msgstr "XML-RPC引擎"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:424
msgid "Not implemented."
msgstr "没有实现。"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:218
msgid "%type: updated %title using blog API."
msgstr "%type: 使用blog API更新了 %title"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:272
msgid "No file sent."
msgstr "没有文件被发送。"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:276
msgid "Error storing file."
msgstr "存储文件错误。"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:160,,,  ;222
msgid "Error storing post."
msgstr "错误的存储发表"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:17
msgid ""
"Allows users to post content using applications that support XML-RPC "
"blog APIs."
msgstr "允许用户使用支持XML-RPC blog API的程序发表内容"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:141,,,  ;203
msgid "Terminated request because of suspicious input data."
msgstr "由于可疑的输入数据，要求被终止。"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:156
msgid "%type: added %title using blog API."
msgstr "%type: 使用blog API加入了 %title"

#:  modules/block.module:47
msgid "administer blocks"
msgstr "管理板块"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:15
msgid ""
"<p>This module adds support for several XML-RPC based blogging APIs. "
"Specifically, it currently implements the %bloggerAPI, %metaweblogAPI, "
"and most of the %moveabletype extensions.  This allows users to "
"contribute to Drupal using external GUI applications, which can often "
"offer richer functionality that online forms based editing.</p><p>This "
"module also allows site administrators to configure which node types "
"can be posted via the external applications. So, for instance, users "
"can post forum topics as well as blog posts. Where supported, the "
"external applications will display each node type as a separate "
"\"blog\".</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>这个模块加入了对几个基于XML-RPC的Blog "
"API的支持。特定的，目前实现了  %bloggerAPI, "
"%metaweblogAPI,以及大多数% moveabletype "
"扩展。这允许用户使用外在的GUI程序贡献给Drupal,这将提供更多的基于在线表单的编辑功能。</p><p>这个模块同样允许站点管理员配置何种类型的节点可以通过外部程序发表。例如，用户可以象发表论坛主题一样发表blog文章。当支持被开启后，外部程序将以单独的\"blog\"方式显示显示每个节点。"

#:  modules/block.module:357
msgid "Block description"
msgstr "板块描述"

#:  modules/block.module:357
msgid ""
"A brief description of your block. Used on the <a "
"href=\"%overview\">block overview page</a>."
msgstr ""
"板块的简单描述，用于<a "
"href=\"%overview\">板块总览</a>页面。"

#:  modules/block.module:410
msgid "Block configuration"
msgstr "板块设置"

#:  modules/block.module:356
msgid "The content of the block as shown to the user."
msgstr "显示给用户的板块正文"

#:  modules/block.module:354
msgid "Block title"
msgstr "板块标题"

#:  modules/block.module:354
msgid "The title of the block as shown to the user."
msgstr "显示给用户的板块正文。"

#:  modules/block.module:356
msgid "Block body"
msgstr "板块正文"

#:  modules/block.module:344
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the block %name?"
msgstr "你真的要删除板块 %name 吗？"

#:  modules/block.module:338
msgid "The block %name has been deleted."
msgstr "板块 %name 被删除。"

#:  modules/block.module:316
msgid "The new block has been added."
msgstr "新的板块被添加"

#:  modules/block.module:296
msgid "Page specific visibility settings"
msgstr "页面定义可见性设置"

#:  modules/block.module:297
msgid "Content specific visibility settings"
msgstr "内容定义可见性设置"

#:  modules/block.module:293
msgid ""
"Selecting one or more content types will cause this block to only be "
"shown on pages of the selected types. This feature works alone or in "
"conjunction with page specific visibility settings. For example, you "
"can specify that a block only appear on book pages in the 'FAQ' path."
msgstr "选择一个或多个内容类型将使这个板块只在选定的类型的页面上显示。这个功能可以单独或与页面可见设置共同工作。例如，你可以指定一个板块只在'FAQ'路径下的书本页面显示。"

#:  modules/block.module:295
msgid "User specific visibility settings"
msgstr "用户定义可见性设置"

#:  modules/block.module:292
msgid ""
"Enter one page per line as Drupal paths. The '*' character is a "
"wildcard. Example paths are '<em>blog</em>' for the blog page and "
"'<em>blog/*</em>' for every personal blog. '<em>&lt;front&gt;</em>' is "
"the front page."
msgstr ""
"用Drupal路径一行输入一个页面地址。输入'*'代表任意字符。例如，blog页面的路径是'<em>blog</em>',而'<em>blog/*</em>'则是每个用户的个人blog。'<em>&lt;front&gt;</em>' "
"代表首页。"

#:  modules/block.module:293
msgid "Restrict block to specific content types"
msgstr "在特定类型的页面上显示板块"

#:  modules/block.module:291
msgid "Show on only the listed pages."
msgstr "只在指定页面显示"

#:  modules/block.module:292
msgid "Pages"
msgstr "页面"

#:  modules/block.module:291
msgid "Show block on specific pages"
msgstr "在特定页面上显示板块"

#:  modules/block.module:291
msgid "Show on every page except the listed pages."
msgstr "在除了下列页面外的所有页面上显示"

#:  modules/block.module:290
msgid "Show this block by default, but let individual users hide it."
msgstr "默认显示此板块，但用户可以自行隐藏他。"

#:  modules/block.module:290
msgid "Hide this block by default but let individual users show it."
msgstr "默认隐藏此板块，但用户可以选择显示。"

#:  modules/block.module:290
msgid ""
"Allow individual users to customize the visibility of this block in "
"their account settings."
msgstr "允许用户在帐户设置里自定义板块的可见性"

#:  modules/block.module:290
msgid "Users cannot control whether or not they see this block."
msgstr "用户不能控制是否显示此板块"

#:  modules/block.module:290
msgid "Custom visibility settings"
msgstr "自定义可见设置"

#:  modules/block.module:287
msgid "'%name' block"
msgstr "板块'%name'"

#:  modules/block.module:258,,,  ;300;314;321
msgid "Save block"
msgstr "保存板块"

#:  modules/block.module:279
msgid "Block-specific settings"
msgstr "板块特性设置"

#:  modules/block.module:229
msgid "Left sidebar"
msgstr "左侧导航条"

#:  modules/block.module:233
msgid "Right sidebar"
msgstr "右侧导航条"

#:  modules/block.module:241,,,  ;382
msgid "Save blocks"
msgstr "保存板块"

#:  modules/block.module:207
msgid "left"
msgstr "左"

#:  modules/block.module:207
msgid "right"
msgstr "右"

#:  modules/block.module:186
msgid "Block"
msgstr "板块"

#:  modules/block.module:186
msgid "Sidebar"
msgstr "导航条"

#:  modules/block.module:120
msgid "The block settings have been updated."
msgstr "板块设置被更新"

#:  modules/block.module:39
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can create a new block. Once you have created this block "
"you must make it active and give it a place on the page using <a "
"href=\"%overview\">blocks</a>. The title is used when displaying the "
"block. The description is used in the \"block\" column on the <a "
"href=\"%overview\">blocks</a> page.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>在这里你可以建立新的板块，当你建立后，你必须使他激活并且通过<a "
"href=\"%overview\">板块</a>来给他一个位置。标题用来显示板块。描述将被用于<a "
"href=\"%overview\">板块</a> 页面的\"板块\"列。"

#:  modules/block.module:33
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Blocks are the boxes in the left and right side bars of the web "
"site. They are made available by modules or created manually.</p>\n"
"<p>Only enabled blocks are shown. You can position the blocks by "
"deciding which side of the page they will show up on (sidebar) and in "
"which order they appear (weight).</p>\n"
"<p>If you want certain blocks to disable themselves temporarily during "
"high server loads, check the 'Throttle' box. You can configure the "
"auto-throttle on the <a href=\"%throttle\">throttle configuration "
"page</a> after having enabled the throttle module.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>板块是在页面左侧或右侧的导航条上所显示的框。它们由模块产生或手动产生。</p>\n"
"<p>只有启用的板块会被显示。你可以通过决定指定板块显示在那边以及按什么顺序显示。</p>\n"
"<p>如果你需要在高负荷时禁用某些特定板块，选中“低负荷”复选框。你可以在启用低负荷模块后通过<a "
"href=\"%throttle\">低负荷配置页面</a>来配置自动低负荷。\n"

#:  modules/block.module:31
msgid "Controls the boxes that are displayed around the main content."
msgstr "控制在主内容显示的框"

#:  includes/locale.inc:80
msgid "Language name in English"
msgstr "英语的语言名称"

#:  includes/locale.inc:80
msgid ""
"Name of the language. Will be available for translation in all "
"languages."
msgstr "语言的名称。所有语言的翻译可用。"

#:  modules/locale.module:27
msgid ""
"<p>You need to add all languages you would like to provide the site "
"interface in. If you can't find the desired language in the quick add "
"dropdown, then need to provide the proper language code yourself. The "
"language code might be used to negotiate with browsers and present "
"flags, so it is important to pick one that is standardised for the "
"desired language. You can also add languages by <a "
"href=\"%import\">importing translations</a> directly into a language "
"not yet set up.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>你需要将你的站点希望使用的所有语言加入。如果你在下拉菜单中没有找到，你需要自行添加适当的语言代码。语言代码可能会用于浏览器或标志，所以选择一个标准化的代码是很重要的。你同样可以通过<a "
"href=\"%import\">导入翻译</a>来直接添加一个尚未设置的语言。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:469
msgid "Translation file %filename broken: plural formula couldn't get parsed."
msgstr "翻译文件 %filename 中断：复数形式无法解析。"

#:  modules/block.module:15
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Blocks are the boxes visible in the sidebar(s) of your web site. "
"These are usually generated automatically by modules (e.g. recent "
"forum topics), but you can also create your own blocks.</p>\n"
"<p>The sidebar each block appears in depends on both which theme you "
"are using (some are left-only, some right, some both), and on the "
"settings in block management.</p>\n"
"<p>The block management screen lets you specify the vertical "
"sort-order of the blocks within a sidebar. You do this by assigning a "
"weight to each block. Lighter blocks (smaller weight) \"float up\" "
"towards the top of the sidebar. Heavier ones \"sink down\" towards the "
"bottom of it.</p>\n"
"<p>A block's visibility depends on:</p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li>Its enabled checkbox. Disabled blocks are never shown.</li>\n"
"<li>Its throttle checkbox. Throttled blocks are hidden during high "
"server loads.</li>\n"
"<li>Its path options. Blocks can be configured to only show/hide on "
"certain pages</li>.\n"
"<li>User settings. You can choose to let your users decide whether to "
"show/hide certain blocks.</li>\n"
"<li>Its function. Dynamic blocks (such as those defined by modules) "
"may be empty on certain pages and will not be shown.</li>\n"
"</ul>\n"
"\n"
"<h3>Administrator defined blocks</h3>\n"
"<p>An administrator defined block contains content supplied by you (as "
"opposed to being generated automatically by a module). Each "
"admin-defined block consists of a title, a description, and a body "
"which can be as long as you wish. The Drupal engine will render the "
"content of the block.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>板块是你能在你的站点的导航条上所能见到的方块。它们通常由模块（例如，最近的论坛主题）自动生成，你也可以自行建立自己的板块。</p>\r\n"
"<p>在站点导航条每个板块根据你所使用的主题以及你在板块管理中所设定的来显示，（有些只在左边，有些只在右边，有些则都显示。）</p>\r\n"
"<p>板块管理页面使你能够指定导航条的垂直排序。通过调整每个板块的顺序值来进行。顺序值较小的板块\"浮上\"到导航条的顶端，顺序值大的则会\"沉入\"导航条的底端。</p>\r\n"
"<p>一个板块的可见取决于：</p>\r\n"
"<ul>\r\n"
"<li>他的启用复选框。禁用的板块不会被显示。</li>\r\n"
"<li>他的低负荷复选框。低负荷的板块不会在高负荷的情况下显示。</li>\r\n"
"<li>他的路径选项。板块可以被设定为只在或只不在特定的页面显示。</li>.\r\n"
"<li>用户设置。你可以选择让你的用户决定显示/隐藏特定的板块。</li>\r\n"
"<li>他的功能。动态板块（类似由模块定义的板块）在某些页面会为空并且不显示。</li>\r\n"
"</ul>\r\n"
"\r\n"
"<h3>管理员定义板块</h3>\r\n"
"一个管理员定义的板块包括你提供的内容（与由模块产生的相对应）。每个管理员定义板块都包括一个标题，一个说明以及任意长的正文。Drupal引擎会对板块内容进行渲染.</p>"

#:  includes/locale.inc:79
msgid ""
"Commonly this is an <a href=\"%iso-codes\">ISO 639 language code</a> "
"with an optional country code for regional variants. Examples include "
"'en', 'en-US' and 'zh-cn'."
msgstr ""
"通常这是带有可选国家地区代码的<a "
"href=\"%iso-codes\">ISO 639 语言代码</a> ，例如 'en','en-US' "
"和'zh-cn'。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:78
msgid "Custom language"
msgstr "自定义语言。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:79
msgid "Language code"
msgstr "语言代码"

#:  includes/locale.inc:73
msgid ""
"Select your language here, or add it below, if you are unable to find "
"it."
msgstr "在此选择你的语言，如果没有找到，则在下方添加。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:73,,,  ;704
msgid "Language name"
msgstr "语言名称"

#:  themes/engines/xtemplate/xtemplate.engine:83
msgid "new"
msgstr "新"

#:  includes/locale.inc:72
msgid "From language list"
msgstr "从语言列表"

#:  modules/tracker.module:98
msgid "%num new"
msgstr "%num 新"

#:  themes/engines/xtemplate/xtemplate.engine:44,,,  ;84
msgid "Submitted by %a on %b."
msgstr "由 %a 在 %b 提交"

#:  modules/tracker.module:21
msgid "Enables tracking of recent posts for users."
msgstr "启用用户最新文章跟踪。"

#:  modules/tracker.module:49
msgid "track posts"
msgstr "跟踪文章"

#:  modules/tracker.module:15
msgid ""
"<p>The tracker module is a handy module for displaying the most "
"recently added or updated content to a Drupal site.  The link to the "
"tracker is labeled <em>recent posts</em> in the user's navigation "
"block.  Updates include changes to the text by either the original "
"author or someone else that has permission to edit the content, such "
"as an editor or administrator as well as all comments added to an "
"item.</p>\n"
"<p>The Tracker module presents a page listing the recently-updated "
"content written by the user with the content type, the title, the "
"user's name, how many comments that item has received, as well as how "
"long ago it was updated.  If an item was written by someone else, "
"tracker will show that item at the top of the list.  An example:</p>\n"
"<p>A user named Jessica writes a blog post, then some time passes, and "
"others write blog posts.  Then if John posts a comment to Jessica's "
"post, and you have bookmarked John's tracker page (see below on how to "
"do this) then Jessica's content will appear at the top.</p>\n"
"<p>If an user with <i>administer comments</i> (e.g. an administrator "
"or editor of a site) deletes a comment (e.g. it is off-topic, "
"inappropriate language, or unsolicited advertisement), the content "
"item will drop down to when it was updated previous to that deleted "
"comment.</p>\n"
"<p>To use the Tracker module to \"watch\" for a user's updated "
"content, click on that user's profile, then the \"track\" tab.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>跟踪模块显示站点最近的变化。在用户导航板块中链接到跟踪页面的是<em>最新文章</em>。更新包括原作者或其他有权限的人对文章的所做的改动或评论。</p>\n"
"<p>跟踪模块显示了一个页面，上面显示最新更新的内容类型，标题，用户名，评论数，发表时间。如果项目有其他人所写，跟踪器将在列表顶端显示。例如：</p>\n"
"<p>一个叫 Jessica的用户发表了一篇blog 文章, "
"稍后，其他人也发表了blog文章。如果John对Jessica的文章发表了评论，并且你预订了John的跟踪页，Jessica的内容将会在顶端显示。</p>\n"
"<p>如果一个有 <i>管理评论</i> 权限的用户(例如. "
"管理员或站点编辑) "
"删除了一条评论(例如：无关主题、言语不当、广告等), "
"内容项目将排到之前更新的位置。</p>\n"
"<p>要使用跟踪模块来\"监视\"一个用户的更新的内容，点击用户信息，和 "
"\"跟踪\" 标签.</p>"

#:  modules/story.module:32
msgid "edit own stories"
msgstr "编辑稿件"

#:  modules/story.module:32
msgid "create stories"
msgstr "建立稿件"

#:  modules/story.module:15
msgid "Allows users to submit stories, articles or similar content."
msgstr "允许用户提交稿件、文章或类似内容。"

#:  modules/ping.module:21
msgid "Alerts other sites when your site has been updated."
msgstr "当站点更新是通知其他站点。"

#:  modules/ping.module:66
msgid "Failed to notify pingomatic.com (site)."
msgstr "通知pingomatic.com 失败。"

#:  modules/ping.module:15
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <p>Drupal can automatically send notifications (called "
"\"pings\") to the %pingomatic to tell them that your site has changed. "
" In turn pingomatic.com will ping other services like weblogs.com, "
"Technorati, blo.gs, BlogRolling, Feedster.com, Moreover, etc.</p>\n"
"      <p>The ping feature requires crontab.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Drupal可以自动发送通知 (称之为\"ping\")到 %pingomatic "
"以通知你的站点已经更新。同时 pingomatic.com 也会 ping "
"其他服务，类似 weblogs.com, Technorati, blo.gs, BlogRolling, "
"Feedster.com ,等等。<p>此功能需要crontab。</p>"

#:  modules/page.module:25
msgid "edit own pages"
msgstr "编辑页面"

#:  modules/legacy.module:109
msgid "Replaces URLs from Drupal 4.1 (and lower) with updated equivalents."
msgstr "替换Drupal 4.1或更低版本的 URL。"

#:  modules/page.module:15
msgid ""
"Enables the creation of pages that can be added to the navigation "
"system."
msgstr "启用可以被加入导航系统的页面创建。"

#:  modules/page.module:25
msgid "create pages"
msgstr "建立页面"

#:  modules/legacy.module:106
msgid "Legacy filter"
msgstr "保留过滤器"

#:  modules/help.module:100
msgid "No help is available for module %module."
msgstr "模块 %module 帮助不可用。"

#:  modules/legacy.module:15
msgid "Provides legacy handlers for upgrades from older Drupal installations."
msgstr "提供从旧的Drupal安装升级所保留的内容。"

#:  modules/help.module:39
msgid ""
"\n"
"  <p>This guide explains what the various modules in <a "
"href=\"%Drupal\">Drupal</a> do and how to configure them.</p>\n"
"  <p>It is not a substitute for the <a href=\"%handbook\">Drupal "
"handbook</a> available online and should be used in conjunction with "
"it. The online reference handbook might be more up-to-date and has "
"helpful user-contributed comments. It is your definitive reference "
"point for all Drupal documentation.</p>\n"
"  <h2>Help topics</h2>\n"
"  <p>Help is available on the following items:</p>\n"
"  %help_pages\n"
"  <h2>Glossary of Drupal terminology</h2>\n"
"  <dl>\n"
"   <dt>Block</dt><dd>A small box containing information or content "
"placed in the left-hand or right-hand sidebar of a web page.</dd>\n"
"   <dt>Comment</dt><dd>A note attached to a node. Usually intended to "
"clarify, explain, criticize, or express an opinion on the original "
"material.</dd>\n"
"   <dt>Moderation</dt>\n"
"   <dd>The activity of making sure a post to a Drupal site fits in "
"with what is expected for that Drupal site.\n"
"    <dl>\n"
"     <dt>Approved</dt><dd>A moderated post which has been accepted by "
"the moderators for publication. (See published).</dd>\n"
"     <dt>Waiting</dt><dd>A moderated post which is still being voted "
"on to be accepted for publication. (See published.)</dd>\n"
"    </dl>\n"
"   </dd>\n"
"   <dt>Node</dt><dd>The basic data unit in Drupal. Everything is a "
"node or an extension of a node.</dd>\n"
"   <dt>Public</dt><dd>See published.</dd>\n"
"   <dt>Published</dt><dd>A node that is viewable by everyone. (See "
"unpublished.)</dd>\n"
"   <dt>Role</dt><dd>A classification users are placed into for the "
"purpose of setting users' permissions.</dd>\n"
"   <dt>Taxonomy</dt><dd>A division of a collection of things into "
"ordered, classified groups. (See <a href=\"%taxonomy\">taxonomy "
"help</a>.)</dd>\n"
"   <dt>Unpublished</dt><dd>A node that is only viewable by "
"administrators and moderators.</dd>\n"
"   <dt>User</dt><dd>A person who has an account at your Drupal site, "
"and is logged in with that account.</dd>\n"
"   <dt>Visitor</dt><dd>A person who does not have an account at your "
"Drupal site or a person who has an account at your Drupal site but is "
"<strong>not</strong> logged in with that account. Also termed "
"\"anonymous user\".</dd>\n"
"  </dl>"
msgstr ""
"<p>这个指导解释<a "
"href=\"%Drupal\">Drupal</a>的各个模块以及配置。</p>\r\n"
"<p>这并不是<a href=\"%handbook\">Drupal "
"手册</a>的代替，这应该与Drupal手册同时使用。在线参考手册会是更新的以及含有用户贡献的内容。他是权威的Drupal文档</p>\r\n"
"<h2>帮助主题</h2>\r\n"
"<p>以下内容的帮助可用。</p>\r\n"
"  %help_pages\r\n"
"  <h2>Drupal 术语</h2>\r\n"
"  <dl>\r\n"
"   "
"<dt>板块</dt><dd>一个包含信息或内容的在左侧或右侧的小盒子。</dd>\r\n"
"   "
"<dt>评论</dt><dd>在一个节点后的注释。通常用于对源材料的澄清、批评或解释。</dd>\r\n"
"   <dt>管理</dt>\r\n"
"   "
"<dd>这是确保Drupal站点上的文章适于该站的活动。\r\n"
"    <dl>\r\n"
"    "
"<dt>通过</dt><dd>被管理员通过的可以被公众阅读的文章。</dd>\r\n"
"     "
"<dt>等待</dt><dd>仍在就是否可被公众阅读进行投票的文章。</dd>\r\n"
"    </dl>\r\n"
"   </dd>\r\n"
"   <dt>节点</dt><dd> Drupal的基础数据单位. "
"任何东西都是一个节点或节点的扩展。</dd>\r\n"
"    <dt>公开</dt><dd>可被任何用户访问的节点。</dd>\r\n"
"   "
"<dt>角色</dt><dd>为了设置用户权限而对用户进行的划分。</dd>\r\n"
"   <dt>分类</dt><dd>用于将内容分类的办法。 (参见 <a "
"href=\"%taxonomy\">分类帮助</a>.)</dd>\r\n"
"   <dt>未公开</dt><dd>只有管理员能访问的节点。</dd>\r\n"
"   <dt>用户</dt><dd>拥有帐号并登陆者。</dd>\r\n"
"   "
"<dt>匿名用户</dt><dd>没有账号或虽然有帐号但没有登陆者，也就是所谓的\"访客\"。</dd>\r\n"
"  </dl>"

#:  modules/help.module:88
msgid "Manages the display of online help."
msgstr "管理在线帮助的显示。"

#:  includes/theme.inc:0
msgid "theme"
msgstr "主题"

#:  includes/theme.inc:38
msgid "The base theme"
msgstr "基础主题"

#:  includes/theme.inc:912
msgid "Confirm"
msgstr "确认"

#:  includes/tablesort.inc:82
msgid "sort descending"
msgstr "降序"

#:  includes/pager.inc:109
msgid "next page"
msgstr "下一页"

#:  includes/pager.inc:110
msgid "last page"
msgstr "最后一页"

#:  includes/pager.inc:106
msgid "first page"
msgstr "第一页"

#:  includes/pager.inc:107
msgid "previous page"
msgstr "上一页"

#:  includes/image.inc:180
msgid "The built-in GD2 toolkit is installed and working properly."
msgstr "内置GD2工具包已经安装并正确运行。"

#:  includes/image.inc:183
msgid ""
"The built-in GD image toolkit requires that the GD module for PHP be "
"installed and configured properly. For more information see %url."
msgstr ""
"内置 GD图像工具包需要 "
"安装PHP的GD模块，更多信息，参见%url。"

#:  cron.php:19,,,  ;30
msgid "cron"
msgstr "cron"

#:  includes/image.inc:21
msgid "Built-in GD2 toolkit"
msgstr "内置 GD2 工具包"

#:  includes/image.inc:61
msgid ""
"The selected image handling toolkit '%toolkit' can not correctly "
"process '%function'."
msgstr ""
"选中的图像管理工具包  '%toolkit'不能正确处理 "
"'%function'。"

#:  cron.php:19
msgid "Last cron run did not complete."
msgstr "上一个cron没有完成"

#:  cron.php:30
msgid "Cron run completed"
msgstr "Cron完成"

#:  modules/statistics.module:155,,,  modules/watchdog.module:146
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "主机"

#:  modules/system.module:201,,,  modules/user.module:943,,,  ;1011;1030;1310
msgid "E-mail address"
msgstr "E-mail地址"

#:  modules/system.module:215,,,  modules/upload.module:89
msgid "General settings"
msgstr "通用设置"

#:  modules/profile.module:520,,,  ;523 modules/statistics.module:151
msgid "Page title"
msgstr "页面标题"

#:  modules/statistics.module:137,,,  modules/tracker.module:46
msgid "track"
msgstr "跟踪"

#:  modules/node.module:614,,,  modules/poll.module:151
msgid "Unlimited"
msgstr "无限"

#:  modules/poll.module:152,,,  modules/user.module:1034
msgid "Active"
msgstr "活跃"

#:  modules/poll.module:209,,,  ;432 modules/search.module:579
msgid "results"
msgstr "结果"

#:  modules/menu.module:162,,,  ;173 modules/node.module:831,,,  ;889
msgid "Reset"
msgstr "重设"

#:  modules/menu.module:416,,,  modules/user.module:1600
msgid "locked"
msgstr "锁定"

#:  modules/drupal.module:98,,,  ;146 modules/ping.module:66
msgid "directory ping"
msgstr "目录 ping"

#:  modules/comment.module:195,,,  ;283 modules/node.module:82
msgid "%count comments"
msgstr "%count条评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:1015,,,  modules/statistics.module:168
msgid "Time"
msgstr "时间"

#:  modules/comment.module:1171,,,  modules/poll.module:322,,,,  modules/queue.module:164,,,  ;178,  modules/comment.module:1169,,
msgid "Vote"
msgstr "投票"

#:  modules/comment.module:1393,,,  ;1398 modules/profile.module:245
msgid ""
"The content of this field is kept private and will not be shown "
"publicly."
msgstr "此内容将保密，不会被其他人看见。"

#:  modules/comment.module:1634,,,  modules/forum.module:291
msgid "Date - newest first"
msgstr "日期——新的优先"

#:  modules/comment.module:1634,,,  modules/forum.module:291
msgid "Date - oldest first"
msgstr "日期——旧的优先"

#:  modules/comment.module:195,,,  ;283 modules/node.module:82
msgid "1 comment"
msgstr "1条评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:941,,,  ;1012;1404 modules/contact.module:124,,,,  modules/queue.module:124
msgid "Subject"
msgstr "主题"

#:  modules/comment.module:964,,,  ;1021 modules/node.module:780,,,,  modules/user.module:1001,,,  ;1483,  modules/comment.module:9
msgid "Status"
msgstr "状态"

#:  modules/archive.module:234,,,  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "November"
msgstr "十一月"

#:  modules/archive.module:234,,,  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "December"
msgstr "十二月"

#:  modules/block.module:188,,,  modules/system.module:471
msgid "Throttle"
msgstr "低负荷"

#:  modules/blog.module:45,,,  modules/user.module:445
msgid "History"
msgstr "历史"

#:  modules/comment.module:319,,,  modules/node.module:615
msgid "Optional"
msgstr "可选"

#:  modules/comment.module:345,,,  modules/node.module:592,,,,  modules/taxonomy.module:104,,,,  modules/comment.module:319,,,  mod
msgid "Required"
msgstr "必需"

#:  modules/comment.module:449,,,  modules/node.module:1276
msgid "The supplied input format is invalid."
msgstr "提供的输入格式非法。"

#:  modules/comment.module:934,,,  ;1393;1398 modules/user.module:1342,,,  ;1420
msgid "E-mail"
msgstr "电子邮件"

#:  modules/archive.module:234,,,  modules/locale.module:0,,,  ;0
msgid "May"
msgstr "五月"

#:  modules/archive.module:234,,,  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "June"
msgstr "六月"

#:  modules/archive.module:234,,,  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "July"
msgstr "七月"

#:  modules/archive.module:234,,,  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "August"
msgstr "八月"

#:  modules/archive.module:234,,,  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "September"
msgstr "九月"

#:  modules/archive.module:234,,,  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "October"
msgstr "十月"

#:  modules/archive.module:234,,,  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "February"
msgstr "二月"

#:  modules/archive.module:234,,,  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "March"
msgstr "三月"

#:  modules/archive.module:234,,,  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "April"
msgstr "四月"

#:  modules/archive.module:106,,,  modules/locale.module:0,,,,  modules/system.module:286
msgid "Wednesday"
msgstr "星期三"

#:  modules/archive.module:106,,,  modules/locale.module:0,,,  ;0,  modules/system.module:286
msgid "Thursday"
msgstr "星期四"

#:  modules/archive.module:106,,,  modules/locale.module:0,,,,  modules/system.module:286
msgid "Friday"
msgstr "星期五"

#:  modules/archive.module:106,,,  modules/locale.module:0,,,,  modules/system.module:286
msgid "Saturday"
msgstr "星期六"

#:  modules/archive.module:234,,,  modules/locale.module:0
msgid "January"
msgstr "一月"

#:  modules/archive.module:106,,,  modules/locale.module:0,,,,  modules/system.module:286
msgid "Tuesday"
msgstr "星期二"

#:  modules/archive.module:106,,,  modules/locale.module:0,,,,  modules/system.module:286
msgid "Sunday"
msgstr "星期日"

#:  modules/archive.module:106,,,  modules/locale.module:0,,,,  modules/system.module:286
msgid "Monday"
msgstr "星期一"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:708,,,  ;1043 modules/comment.module:170,,,,  modules/statistics.module:320,,,  modules/tracker.modul
msgid "%time ago"
msgstr "%time 前"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1089,,,  modules/locale.module:111
msgid "Language"
msgstr "语言"

#:  includes/theme.inc:904,,,  modules/menu.module:206,,,  modules/node.module:794,,,,  ;1611 modules/user.module:1388
msgid "This action cannot be undone."
msgstr "此操作不可恢复！"

#:  modules/locale.module:325,,,  modules/menu.module:118,,,  ;123;164;169;185;190,  modules/taxonomy.module:167,,,  ;293,  include
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "取消"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:88,,,  modules/forum.module:62,,,  ;69,  modules/taxonomy.module:198,,,  ;337,  modules/aggregator.mo
msgid "none"
msgstr "没有"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:245,,,  ;251;965;1014 modules/blog.module:296,,,,  modules/forum.module:130,,,,  modules/aggregator.m
msgid "more"
msgstr "更多"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:633,,,  ;1039 modules/profile.module:584
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"

#:  includes/locale.inc:957,,,  modules/locale.module:446
msgid "Save translations"
msgstr "保存翻译"

#:  includes/locale.inc:705,,,  ;712 modules/locale.module:413
msgid "Export"
msgstr "导出"

#:  includes/common.inc:639,,,  includes/file.inc:361,,,  ;405 modules/user.module:1131
msgid "security"
msgstr "安全"

#:  includes/locale.inc:74,,,  ;81 modules/locale.module:343
msgid "Add language"
msgstr "添加语言"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:248
msgid "Created new term %term."
msgstr "建立了新的术语 %term。"

#:  modules/forum.module:152
msgid ""
"In listings, the heavier terms (with a larger weight) will sink and "
"the lighter terms will be positioned nearer the top."
msgstr "在列表上，顺序值大的项目将在底端，而顺序值小的项目则在顶端。"

#:  modules/forum.module:17
msgid ""
"<p>Containers help you organize your forums. The job of a container is "
"to hold, or contain, other forums that are related. For example, a "
"container named \"Food\" might hold two forums named \"Fruit\" and "
"\"Vegetables\". Containers are usually placed at the top (root) level "
"of your forum but you can also place a container within another "
"container or forum.</p>"
msgstr "<p>分区帮助你组织讨论板，一个分区的作用是放置主题相近的讨论板，例如，\"食物\"分区可以包含两个论坛，\"水果\"和\"蔬菜\"。分区通常放置在论坛顶层，当然，你也可以把它放入另一个分区或讨论板。</p>"

#:  modules/forum.module:213,,,  modules/taxonomy.module:206,,,  ;209
msgid "root"
msgstr "根"

#:  modules/block.module:175,,,  modules/book.module:221,,,  ;268;696;744,  modules/comment.module:1156,,,  ;1172 modules/filter.mo
msgid "Weight"
msgstr "重量"

#:  modules/forum.module:149
msgid ""
"The description can provide additional information about the forum "
"grouping."
msgstr "描述将提供版面分组的额外信息。"

#:  modules/book.module:224,,,  ;279 modules/forum.module:151,,,  ;173,  modules/taxonomy.module:206
msgid "Parent"
msgstr "上层"

#:  modules/forum.module:148
msgid "Container name"
msgstr "分区名"

#:  modules/forum.module:148
msgid ""
"The container name is used on the forum listing page to identify a "
"group of forums."
msgstr "分区名将在版面列表上显示。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:599,,,  modules/filter.module:340,,,,  modules/menu.module:264,,,  modules/system.module:451,,,,  mod
msgid "Description"
msgstr "说明"

#:  modules/forum.module:15
msgid ""
"<p>This is a list of existing containers and forums that you can edit. "
"Containers hold forums and, in turn, forums hold threaded discussions. "
"Both containers and forums can be placed inside other containers and "
"forums. By planning the structure of your containers and forums well, "
"you make it easier for users to find a topic area of interest to "
"them.</p>"
msgstr "<p>这是一个现有你可以编辑的分区和板块的列表。分区含有讨论板，讨论板则含有主题。分区和讨论板都可以被放置在其他分区和讨论板中。合理的划分结构，将会使用户方便的找到感兴趣的话题。</p>"

#:  modules/forum.module:244
msgid ""
"There are no existing containers or forums. You may add some on the <a "
"href=\"%container\">add container</a> or <a href=\"%forum\">add "
"forum</a> pages."
msgstr ""
"没有任何存在的分区和版面。你可以在<a "
"href=\"%container\">新增分区</a> or <a "
"href=\"%forum\">新开版面</a>页面进行管理。"

#:  modules/comment.module:1210,,,  modules/filter.module:182,,,  ;219;340;413,  modules/profile.module:506,,,  modules/system.modu
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名称"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:144
msgid "Created new vocabulary %name."
msgstr "建立了新的术语表 %name。"

#:  modules/archive.module:136
msgid "%count posts"
msgstr "%count篇文章"

#:  includes/locale.inc:259
msgid ""
"Translation successfully imported. %number translated strings added to "
"language, %update strings updated."
msgstr ""
"翻译成功导入。%number 字符串添加, %update "
"字符串被更新。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:260
msgid ""
"Imported %file into %locale: %number new strings added and %update "
"updated."
msgstr ""
"导入 %file 到 %locale ：%number 字符串添加, %update "
"字符串被更新。"

#:  modules/archive.module:223,,,  ;238
msgid "Show"
msgstr "显示"

#:  modules/archive.module:136
msgid "1 post"
msgstr "1篇文章"

#:  includes/locale.inc:107
msgid "Import into"
msgstr "导入"

#:  includes/locale.inc:107
msgid ""
"Choose the language you want to add strings into. If you choose a "
"language which is not yet set up, then it will be added."
msgstr "选择你需要添加字串的语言。如果你所选择的语言没有设置，他将被加入。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:108
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "模式"

#:  includes/locale.inc:108
msgid "Strings in the uploaded file replace existing ones, new ones are added"
msgstr "上载文件中的字符串替换现有内容"

#:  includes/locale.inc:108
msgid "Existing strings are kept, only new strings are added"
msgstr "现有字符串将被保留，只替换新的"

#:  modules/locale.module:29
msgid ""
"<p>This page allows you to import a translation provided in the "
"gettext Portable Object (.po) format.  The easiest way to get your "
"site translated is to grab an existing Drupal translation and to "
"import it.  You can obtain translations from the <a "
"href=\"%url\">Drupal translation page</a>. Note that importing a "
"translation file might take a while.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>本页面允许你导入通过 "
".po格式提供的翻译。最简单的办法是得到一个Drupal翻译并导入。你可以从<a "
"href=\"%url\">Drupal "
"翻译页面</a>获取翻译。此操作可能需要一段时间。</p>"

#:  modules/archive.module:15
msgid "Displays a calendar for navigating older content."
msgstr "显示日历以导航到旧的内容"

#:  modules/archive.module:93
msgid "A calendar to browse the archives"
msgstr "一个日历浏览存档"

#:  modules/archive.module:94
msgid "Previous month"
msgstr "上月"

#:  modules/archive.module:94
msgid "Next month"
msgstr "下月"

#:  modules/archive.module:106
msgid "Su"
msgstr "周日"

#:  modules/archive.module:106
msgid "Mo"
msgstr "周一"

#:  modules/archive.module:106
msgid "Tu"
msgstr "周二"

#:  modules/archive.module:106
msgid "We"
msgstr "周三"

#:  modules/archive.module:106
msgid "Th"
msgstr "周四"

#:  modules/archive.module:106
msgid "Fr"
msgstr "周五"

#:  modules/archive.module:106
msgid "Sa"
msgstr "周六"

#:  modules/archive.module:188
msgid "Calendar to browse archives"
msgstr "浏览存档的日历"

#:  modules/archive.module:192
msgid "Browse archives"
msgstr "浏览存档"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Zulu"
msgstr "祖鲁语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:106
msgid "Language file"
msgstr "语言文件"

#:  includes/locale.inc:106
msgid "A gettext Portable Object (.po) file."
msgstr "一个获取文本对象(.po)文件。"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Tagalog"
msgstr "塔加路语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Setswana"
msgstr "塞茨瓦纳语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Tonga"
msgstr "汤加语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "土耳其语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Tsonga"
msgstr "图桑戈语(Tsonga)"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Tatar"
msgstr "鞑靼语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Twi"
msgstr "契维语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Tahitian"
msgstr "塔希提语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Uighur"
msgstr "乌赫语(Uighur)"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "乌克兰语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Urdu"
msgstr "乌尔都语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Uzbek"
msgstr "乌兹别克语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Venda"
msgstr "文达语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Vietnamese"
msgstr "越南语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Volapük"
msgstr "沃拉普克语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Wolof"
msgstr "沃洛夫语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Xhosa"
msgstr "科萨语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Yiddish"
msgstr "依地语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Yoruba"
msgstr "约鲁巴语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Zhuang"
msgstr "壮语?(Zhuang)"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Chinese, Traditional"
msgstr "繁体中文"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Tigrinya"
msgstr "提格里尼亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Turkmen"
msgstr "土库曼语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Albanian"
msgstr "阿尔巴尼亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr "塞尔维亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Siswati"
msgstr "西西瓦提语(Siswati)"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Sesotho"
msgstr "塞索托语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Sudanese"
msgstr "苏丹语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "瑞典语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Swahili"
msgstr "斯瓦希里语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Tamil"
msgstr "泰米尔语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Telugu"
msgstr "泰卢固语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr "塔吉克语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Thai"
msgstr "泰语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Somali"
msgstr "索马里语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Samoan"
msgstr "萨摩亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Shona"
msgstr "修纳语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Singhalese"
msgstr "僧伽罗语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "斯洛伐克语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Slovenian"
msgstr "斯洛文尼亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Northern Sami"
msgstr "北拉普兰语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Sango"
msgstr "桑戈语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Serbo-Croatian"
msgstr "塞尔维亚克罗地亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Sardinian"
msgstr "撒丁语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Sindhi"
msgstr "信德语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Rhaeto-Romance"
msgstr "利脱——罗曼诸语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Kirundi"
msgstr "基隆迪语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "罗马尼亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "俄语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Kinyarwanda"
msgstr "基尼亚卢旺达语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Sanskrit"
msgstr "梵语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Quechua"
msgstr "盖丘亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "葡萄牙语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Punjabi"
msgstr "蓬加毕语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Pali"
msgstr "巴利语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "波兰语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Pashto"
msgstr "普什图语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Ossetian"
msgstr "奥塞迪语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Oriya"
msgstr "奥利亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Navajo"
msgstr "纳瓦霍语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Chichewa"
msgstr "奇卡瓦语(Chichewa)"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Occitan"
msgstr "欧希特语(Occitan)"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Oromo"
msgstr "奥罗莫语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr "荷兰语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr "挪威语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "South Ndebele"
msgstr "南恩德贝勒语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Nauru"
msgstr "瑙鲁语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "North Ndebele"
msgstr "北恩德贝勒语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Nepali"
msgstr "尼泊尔语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Ndonga"
msgstr "尼东阁语(Ndonga)"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Malay"
msgstr "马来语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Maltese"
msgstr "马耳他语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Burmese"
msgstr "缅甸语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Malayalam"
msgstr "马拉雅拉姆语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Mongolian"
msgstr "蒙古语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Moldavian"
msgstr "摩尔多瓦语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Marathi"
msgstr "马拉地语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Maori"
msgstr "毛利语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Macedonian"
msgstr "马其顿语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Malagasy"
msgstr "马尔加什语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Marshallese"
msgstr "马绍尔群岛语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "立陶宛语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Latvian"
msgstr "拉脱维亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Lingala"
msgstr "林加拉语（林格拉语）"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Laothian"
msgstr "老挝语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Luganda"
msgstr "卢干达语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Luxembourgish"
msgstr "卢森堡语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Latin"
msgstr "拉丁语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Kirghiz"
msgstr "吉尔吉斯语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Kurdish"
msgstr "库尔德语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Komi"
msgstr "科米语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Cornish"
msgstr "康沃尔凯尔特语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Kashmiri"
msgstr "克什米尔语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Cambodian"
msgstr "柬埔寨语(高棉语)"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Kannada"
msgstr "埃纳德语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "朝鲜语(韩语)"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Kanuri"
msgstr "卡努里语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Greenlandic"
msgstr "格陵兰语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Kazakh"
msgstr "哈萨克语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Kwanyama"
msgstr "库瓦亚马语（Kwanyama）"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Kongo"
msgstr "刚果语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Kikuyu"
msgstr "基库尤语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Georgian"
msgstr "格鲁吉亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "冰岛语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "意大利语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Inuktitut"
msgstr "伊努克迪特语(Inuktitut)"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "日语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Javanese"
msgstr "爪哇语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Inupiak"
msgstr "伊努帕克语(Inupiak)"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Interlingue"
msgstr "国际语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Igbo"
msgstr "伊博语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Interlingua"
msgstr "拉丁国际语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Indonesian"
msgstr "印度尼西亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Armenian"
msgstr "亚美尼亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Herero"
msgstr "赫雷罗语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr "克罗地亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "匈牙利语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Hiri Motu"
msgstr "希利摩陀语(Hiri Motu)"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Hindi"
msgstr "北印度语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Hebrew"
msgstr "希伯来语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Hausa"
msgstr "豪撒语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Guarani"
msgstr "瓜拉尼语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Gujarati"
msgstr "古吉拉特语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Manx"
msgstr "马恩岛语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Irish"
msgstr "爱尔兰语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Scots Gaelic"
msgstr "苏格兰盖尔语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Galician"
msgstr "加利西亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Frisian"
msgstr "弗里西亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "French"
msgstr "法语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Faeroese"
msgstr "法罗语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Fiji"
msgstr "斐济语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Fulah"
msgstr "富拉赫语(Fulah)"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "芬兰语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Persian"
msgstr "波斯语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Basque"
msgstr "巴斯克语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "爱沙尼亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Spanish"
msgstr "西班牙语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "希腊语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Esperanto"
msgstr "世界语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Ewe"
msgstr "埃维语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Bhutani"
msgstr "不丹语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Maldivian"
msgstr "马尔代夫语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "German"
msgstr "德语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Welsh"
msgstr "威尔士语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Welch"
msgstr "韦尔奇语(Welch)"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "丹麦语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Old Slavonic"
msgstr "旧斯洛文尼亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Corsican"
msgstr "科西嘉语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Cree"
msgstr "克里语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "捷克语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Chamorro"
msgstr "查莫罗语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Chechen"
msgstr "车臣语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Catalan"
msgstr "加泰罗尼亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Bosnian"
msgstr "波斯尼亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Bihari"
msgstr "比哈尔语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Bislama"
msgstr "比斯拉马语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Bambara"
msgstr "班巴拉语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Bengali"
msgstr "孟加拉语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Tibetan"
msgstr "藏语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Breton"
msgstr "布里多尼语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Avar"
msgstr "阿瓦尔语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Aymara"
msgstr "艾马拉语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Azerbaijani"
msgstr "阿塞拜疆语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Bashkir"
msgstr "巴什基尔语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Belarusian"
msgstr "白俄罗斯语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Bulgarian"
msgstr "保加利亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:101
msgid "Already added languages"
msgstr "已经加入语言"

#:  includes/locale.inc:102
msgid "Languages not yet added"
msgstr "语言尚未被加入"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Afar"
msgstr "阿法尔语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Abkhazian"
msgstr "阿布哈西亚语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Avestan"
msgstr "阿维斯陀语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Afrikaans"
msgstr "南非荷兰语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Akan"
msgstr "阿肯语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Amharic"
msgstr "阿姆哈拉语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "阿拉伯语"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Assamese"
msgstr "阿萨姆语"

#:  includes/tablesort.inc:78
msgid "sort by %s"
msgstr "按 %s 排序"

#:  includes/tablesort.inc:82
msgid "sort ascending"
msgstr "升序"

#:  includes/tablesort.inc:83
msgid "sort icon"
msgstr "排序图标"

#:  modules/system.module:17
msgid ""
"<p>Welcome to the administration section. Below are the most recent "
"system events.</p>"
msgstr "<p>欢迎来到管理界面。下面是最近的系统事件。</p>"

#:  modules/locale.module:36
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <p>Most programs are written and documented in English, and "
"primarily use English to interact with users. This is also true for a "
"great deal of web sites. However, most people are less comfortable "
"with English than with their native language, and would prefer to use "
"their mother tongue as much as possible. Many people love to see their "
"web site showing a lot less English, and far more of their own "
"language. Therefore Drupal provides a framework to setup a "
"multi-lingual web site, or to overwrite the default English "
"texts.</p>\n"
"      <h3>How to interface translation works</h3>\n"
"      <p>Whenever Drupal encounters an interface string which needs to "
"be displayed, it tries to translate it into the currently selected "
"language. If a translation is not available, then the string is "
"remembered, so you can look up untranslated strings easily.</p>\n"
"      <p>Drupal provides two options to translate these strings. First "
"is the integrated web interface, where you can search for untranslated "
"strings, and specify their translations via simple web forms. An "
"easier, and much less time consuming method is to import translations "
"already done for your language. This is achieved by the use of GNU "
"gettext Portable Object files. These are editable with quite "
"convenient desktop editors specifically architected for supporting "
"your work with GNU Gettext files. The import feature allows you to add "
"strings from such files into the site database. The export "
"functionality enables you to share your translations with others, "
"generating Portable Object files from your site strings."
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>大多数程序和文档都是用英文写的，并主要用英文与用户交互。大多数网站也是这样。然而，大部分用户会觉得是使用英语比起母语来不舒服，因而更希望尽可能的使用自己的母语。大多数用户希望网站的英语非常之少，而母语内容非常之多。因此，Drupal提供了一个设置多语言网站的结构，以覆盖默认的英文文本。</p>\n"
"<h3>界面语言如何工作</h3>\n"
"<p>当Drupal遇到一个需要显示的字符串时，首先尝试将其翻译为选定的语言。当翻译不可用时，字符串会被记住，这样，你可以轻松的搜索未翻译的字符串。</p>\n"
"<p>Drupal提供两种翻译字符串的选项。其一是网站交互，你可以搜索未翻译的字符串，并通过简单的表单进行翻译。更简单，更省时的办法则是导入一个已完成的翻译。这将通过GNU "
"获得文本对象文件进行。这类文件可以通过一些方便的编辑器进行编辑。导入选项允许你添加字符串到站点数据库中。导出选项产生 "
".po文件，以使你的翻译能够共享。"

#:  includes/theme.inc:803
msgid "[<a href=\"%link\">more help...</a>]"
msgstr "[<a href=\"%link\">更多帮助...</a>]"

#:  includes/locale.inc:109,,,  modules/locale.module:380
msgid "Import"
msgstr "导入"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "Chinese, Simplified"
msgstr "简体中文"

#:  includes/locale.inc:1129
msgid "English"
msgstr "英语"

#:  modules/book.module:815
msgid ""
"A book is a collaborative writing effort: users can collaborate "
"writing the pages of the book, positioning the pages in the right "
"order, and reviewing or modifying pages previously written.  So when "
"you have some information to share or when you read a page of the book "
"and you didn't like it, or if you think a certain page could have been "
"written better, you can do something about it."
msgstr "手册是一个多人合作撰写的东西：用户可以合作撰写手册的页面，按正确的顺序排列页面，并且检查和修改之前的作品。所以当你有东西想和人分享或者在阅读手册页面时有不同意的观点时，或者是认为页面可以被写得更好，你可以这样去做。"

#:  modules/forum.module:23
msgid ""
"A forum is a threaded discussion, enabling users to communicate about "
"a particular topic."
msgstr "一个板块是一个主题讨论，允许用户就特定主题交流。"

#:  modules/page.module:17
msgid ""
"If you want to add a static page, like a contact page or an about "
"page, use a page."
msgstr "如果你想添加静态页，类似联系页或关于页，使用页面。"

#:  modules/poll.module:28
msgid "A poll is a multiple-choice question which visitors can vote on."
msgstr "投票是一个用户可以投票的多选问题。"

#:  modules/story.module:17
msgid ""
"Stories are articles in their simplest form: they have a title, a "
"teaser and a body, but can be extended by other modules. The teaser is "
"part of the body too. Stories may be used as a personal blog or for "
"news articles."
msgstr "稿件是最简单的文章，包括标题、摘要和正文，可以被通过其他模块扩展，主角是正文的一部分。故事通常用于个人blog或新闻文章。"

#:  modules/node.module:1438
msgid "Choose the appropriate item from the list:"
msgstr "从列表中选择适当的项目："

#:  modules/path.module:211
msgid "Path alias"
msgstr "路径别名"

#:  modules/path.module:211
msgid ""
"Optionally specify an alternative URL by which this node can be "
"accessed.  For example, type \"about\" when writing an about page.  "
"Use a relative path and don't add a trailing slash or the URL alias "
"won't work."
msgstr ""
"可选指定访问页面时可替代的URL。例如，对于关于页面，使用 "
"\"about\"，使用相对路径并且不要在尾部加上内斜杠，否则别名将不会工作。"

#:  modules/blog.module:213,,,  modules/book.module:217,,,  modules/forum.module:277,,,,  modules/page.module:121,,,  modules/story
msgid "Body"
msgstr "正文"

#:  modules/filter.module:443,,,  ;714
msgid "More information about formatting options"
msgstr "更多格式化信息"

#:  modules/filter.module:859,,,  ;910
msgid "HTML filter"
msgstr "HTML过滤器"

#:  modules/filter.module:859
msgid "PHP evaluator"
msgstr "PHP运行器"

#:  modules/filter.module:859
msgid "Line break converter"
msgstr "换行转换器"

#:  modules/filter.module:63,,,  ;65;906
msgid "Allowed HTML tags"
msgstr "允许 HTML标签"

#:  modules/filter.module:188
msgid "Lines and paragraphs break automatically."
msgstr "行和段被自动切分。"

#:  modules/filter.module:160
msgid "You may post PHP code. You should include &lt;?php ?&gt; tags."
msgstr ""
"你可以发表PHP代码。当然，你需要包括&lt;?php "
"?&gt;标签。"

#:  modules/filter.module:728
msgid "Input format"
msgstr "输入格式"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:604,,,  ;648;739;775;804 modules/locale.module:296,,,,  ;324 modules/menu.module:180,,,  ;190 modules
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "删除"

#:  modules/upload.module:364
msgid "List"
msgstr "列表"

#:  modules/statistics.module:312,,,  modules/upload.module:364
msgid "Url"
msgstr "Url"

#:  modules/upload.module:242,,,,  ;364
msgid "Size"
msgstr "大小"

#:  modules/upload.module:382
msgid "Attach new file"
msgstr "上传附件"

#:  modules/upload.module:383
msgid "Attach"
msgstr "上传"

#:  modules/upload.module:132,,,,  ;386
msgid "Attachments"
msgstr "附件"

#:  modules/upload.module:386
msgid ""
"Changes made to the attachments are not permanent until you save this "
"post.  The first \"listed\" file will be included in RSS feeds."
msgstr ""
"在你保存此文章前，对附件的更改不是永久的。第一个\"显示\"的文件将在RSS "
"feed中显示。"

#:  modules/book.module:396,,,  modules/node.module:1310,,,  ;1367;1369;1690;1692
msgid "Preview"
msgstr "预览"

#:  modules/node.module:1316
msgid "Authored by"
msgstr "作者"

#:  modules/node.module:1317
msgid "Authored on"
msgstr "发表于"

#:  modules/node.module:1320
msgid "Authoring information"
msgstr "作者信息"

#:  modules/comment.module:944,,,  ;1030 modules/node.module:1324,,,  ;1779
msgid "Published"
msgstr "发表"

#:  modules/node.module:1325,,,  ;1779
msgid "In moderation queue"
msgstr "在审核队列"

#:  modules/node.module:1326,,,  ;1779
msgid "Promoted to front page"
msgstr "推荐到首页"

#:  modules/node.module:1327,,,  ;1779
msgid "Sticky at top of lists"
msgstr "置顶"

#:  modules/node.module:1328,,,  ;1779
msgid "Create new revision"
msgstr "新的修订版本"

#:  modules/node.module:1331
msgid "Options"
msgstr "选项"

#:  modules/comment.module:233,,,  ;240;344 modules/drupal.module:46,,,,  modules/statistics.module:446,,,  ;453;454;458;465 module
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "禁用"

#:  modules/comment.module:242,,,  ;250
msgid "Read only"
msgstr "只读"

#:  modules/comment.module:250
msgid "Read/write"
msgstr "读/写"

#:  modules/comment.module:251
msgid "User comments"
msgstr "用户评论"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:598,,,  ;633;704;715 modules/book.module:696,,,  ;744,  modules/comment.module:266,,,  modules/menu.m
msgid "Title"
msgstr "标题"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:601,,,  ;645;727;778;807 modules/comment.module:948,,,,  ;966 modules/menu.module:137,,,  ;219;288 mo
msgid "Submit"
msgstr "提交"

#:  modules/node.module:1422,,,  ;1505
msgid "Submit %name"
msgstr "提交 %name"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:65,,,,  ;65;135
msgid "warning"
msgstr "警告"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:66,,,,  ;66;135
msgid "error"
msgstr "错误"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:69
msgid "all messages"
msgstr "所有信息"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:72
msgid "%type messages"
msgstr "%type 信息"

#:  includes/common.inc:387,,,  ;1637;1670 includes/image.inc:61
msgid "php"
msgstr "php"

#:  modules/node.module:836,,,  ;886 modules/watchdog.module:81,,,  ;86
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "过滤器"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:85
msgid "Filter by message type"
msgstr "根据类型过滤信息"

#:  modules/statistics.module:153,,,  modules/watchdog.module:91,,,  ;141
msgid "Date"
msgstr "日期"

#:  modules/contact.module:125,,,  modules/watchdog.module:92,,,  ;144
msgid "Message"
msgstr "消息"

#:  modules/statistics.module:154,,,  ;170;229;283 modules/watchdog.module:93,,,  ;142
msgid "User"
msgstr "用户"

#:  includes/common.inc:930,,,  modules/user.module:597
msgid "View user profile."
msgstr "查看用户信息。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:201
msgid "%title category latest items"
msgstr "%title 分类最新项目"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:205
msgid "%title feed latest items"
msgstr "%title feed最新项目"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:217
msgid "Number of news items in block"
msgstr "板块中新项目的数量"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:236
msgid "View this feed's recent news."
msgstr "查看此feed的最新消息"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:244
msgid "View this category's recent news."
msgstr "查看这个分类的最新消息"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:268
msgid "Removed news items from %site."
msgstr "从%site删除新闻项目"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:348
msgid "No new syndicated content from %site."
msgstr "没有新的来自%site的聚合内容"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:352
msgid "Updated URL for feed %title to %url."
msgstr "更新了feed %title的URL到%url"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:400
msgid "Syndicated content from %site."
msgstr "从%site聚合内容"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:406
msgid "Failed to parse RSS feed %site: %error."
msgstr "解析%site 的RSS feed失败：%error"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:464
msgid "Failed to parse RSS feed %site: %error at line %line."
msgstr "解析%site 的RSS feed失败：在第 %line 行发生 %error"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:553
msgid "Failed to parse entry from %site feed: suspicious input data."
msgstr "解析 %site feed的入口失败：可疑的输入数据"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:632
msgid ""
"The name of the feed; typically the name of the web site you syndicate "
"content from."
msgstr "feed的名称，通常是你聚合内容来源的站点的名称。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:633
msgid "The fully-qualified URL of the feed."
msgstr "完整的feed的URL"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:634
msgid "Update interval"
msgstr "更新间隔"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:634
msgid ""
"The refresh interval indicating how often you want to update this "
"feed.  Requires crontab."
msgstr "刷新间隔说明多长时间更新这个feed,需要crontab"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:645
msgid "Categorize news items"
msgstr "分类新的项目"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:645
msgid ""
"New items in this feed will be automatically filed in the the checked "
"categories as they are received."
msgstr "该feed中新的项目将会自动进入相应分类。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:703
msgid "Feed overview"
msgstr "Feed总览"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:705,,,  ;716
msgid "Items"
msgstr "项目"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:705,,,  ;1042
msgid "Last update"
msgstr "上次更新"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:705
msgid "Next update"
msgstr "下次更新"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:708,,,  ;708
msgid "never"
msgstr "从不"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:708
msgid "%time left"
msgstr "剩余 %time"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:714
msgid "Category overview"
msgstr "分类总览"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:731,,,  ;783
msgid "The category has been updated."
msgstr "分类已被更新。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:735,,,  ;813
msgid "The feed has been updated."
msgstr "feed已被更新。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:747,,,  ;783
msgid "The category has been deleted."
msgstr "分类已被删除。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:751,,,  ;813
msgid "The feed has been deleted."
msgstr "feed已被删除。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:892
msgid "The categories have been saved."
msgstr "分类已被保存。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:941
msgid "Categorize"
msgstr "分类"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:941
msgid "Save categories"
msgstr "保存分类"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:1064,,,  ;1064
msgid "blog it"
msgstr "加入日志"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:1065
msgid "Comment on this news item in your personal blog."
msgstr "在你的个人日志中评论此新闻项目。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:1085
msgid "%age old"
msgstr "%age 前"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:1114
msgid "Source"
msgstr "源"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:1123
msgid "Categories"
msgstr "分类"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:86,,,  ;708;719
msgid "1 item"
msgstr "1个项目"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:86,,,  ;708;719
msgid "%count items"
msgstr "%count个项目"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:93
msgid "administer news feeds"
msgstr "管理新闻feeds"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:93
msgid "access news feeds"
msgstr "访问新闻feed"

#:  includes/menu.inc:758,,,  modules/user.module:469,,,  ;522
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr "导航"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:143,,,  modules/block.module:56,,,,  modules/comment.module:99,,,  modules/donations.module:81,,,,  m
msgid "list"
msgstr "列表"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:135,,,  modules/taxonomy.module:54
msgid "categories"
msgstr "分类"

#:  modules/archive.module:205
msgid "archives"
msgstr "存档"

#:  modules/block.module:57,,,  modules/menu.module:65
msgid "blocks"
msgstr "板块"

#:  modules/block.module:62
msgid "configure block"
msgstr "配置板块"

#:  modules/block.module:66
msgid "delete block"
msgstr "删除板块"

#:  modules/block.module:70
msgid "add block"
msgstr "添加板块"

#:  modules/blog.module:249
msgid "blog entry"
msgstr "Blog文章"

#:  modules/blog.module:218,,,  ;251
msgid "blogs"
msgstr "blog"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:535
msgid "RSD"
msgstr "RSD"

#:  modules/book.module:77,,,  ;81;89
msgid "books"
msgstr "手册"

#:  modules/book.module:13,,,  ;79
msgid "book page"
msgstr "手册页面"

#:  modules/book.module:85
msgid "orphan pages"
msgstr "孤立页面"

#:  modules/book.module:63,,,  ;93
msgid "printer-friendly version"
msgstr "打印版本"

#:  modules/comment.module:90
msgid "comments"
msgstr "评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:92,,,  ;125
msgid "edit comment"
msgstr "编辑评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:94
msgid "delete comment"
msgstr "删除评论"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:151,,,  ;179;195 modules/archive.module:218,,,,  modules/comment.module:101,,,  modules/node.module:6
msgid "configure"
msgstr "配置"

#:  modules/comment.module:104
msgid "new comments"
msgstr "新评论"

#:  modules/comment.module:106
msgid "approval queue"
msgstr "审核队列"

#:  modules/comment.module:116,,,  modules/node.module:642,,,  modules/system.module:96,,,,  modules/user.module:648,,,,  modules/c
msgid "settings"
msgstr "设置"

#:  modules/comment.module:115
msgid "moderation matrix"
msgstr "评分权重"

#:  modules/comment.module:117
msgid "moderation thresholds"
msgstr "评分下限"

#:  modules/comment.module:119
msgid "moderation roles"
msgstr "评分角色"

#:  modules/comment.module:121
msgid "moderation votes"
msgstr "评论评分投票"

#:  modules/comment.module:128,,,  ;135
msgid "reply to comment"
msgstr "回复评论"

#:  modules/drupal.module:191
msgid "Drupal"
msgstr "Drupal"

#:  modules/filter.module:204
msgid "input formats"
msgstr "输入格式"

#:  modules/filter.module:208
msgid "delete input format"
msgstr "删除输入格式"

#:  modules/filter.module:213
msgid "compose tips"
msgstr "撰写提示"

#:  modules/forum.module:31,,,  ;406
msgid "forum topic"
msgstr "论坛主题"

#:  modules/forum.module:409,,,  ;414
msgid "forums"
msgstr "版面"

#:  modules/forum.module:422
msgid "add container"
msgstr "新增分区"

#:  modules/forum.module:425
msgid "add forum"
msgstr "新增版面"

#:  modules/forum.module:235,,,  ;433
msgid "edit container"
msgstr "编辑分区"

#:  modules/forum.module:238,,,  ;436
msgid "edit forum"
msgstr "编辑版面"

#:  modules/help.module:16,,,  ;0 modules/user.module:639
msgid "help"
msgstr "帮助"

#:  modules/archive.module:0
msgid "archive"
msgstr "存档"

#:  modules/block.module:0
msgid "block"
msgstr "板块"

#:  modules/blog.module:0,,,  modules/legacy.module:39
msgid "blog"
msgstr "blog"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:0
msgid "blogapi"
msgstr "blogapi"

#:  modules/book.module:0
msgid "book"
msgstr "手册"

#:  modules/comment.module:0
msgid "comment"
msgstr "评论"

#:  modules/contact.module:31,,,  ;0
msgid "contact"
msgstr "联系"

#:  modules/drupal.module:0
msgid "drupal"
msgstr "drupal"

#:  modules/filter.module:0
msgid "filter"
msgstr "过滤器"

#:  modules/forum.module:0
msgid "forum"
msgstr "论坛"

#:  modules/legacy.module:0
msgid "legacy"
msgstr "保留"

#:  includes/locale.inc:33,,,  ;260;772;793 modules/locale.module:305,,,  ;394;0
msgid "locale"
msgstr "本地化"

#:  modules/menu.module:0
msgid "menu"
msgstr "菜单"

#:  modules/node.module:0
msgid "node"
msgstr "节点"

#:  modules/page.module:32,,,  ;59;0
msgid "page"
msgstr "页面"

#:  modules/path.module:0
msgid "path"
msgstr "路径"

#:  modules/ping.module:0
msgid "ping"
msgstr "ping"

#:  modules/poll.module:190,,,,  ;263;0
msgid "poll"
msgstr "投票"

#:  modules/profile.module:0
msgid "profile"
msgstr "信息"

#:  modules/queue.module:0
msgid "queue"
msgstr "队列"

#:  modules/comment.module:104,,,  modules/node.module:649,,,  modules/search.module:41,,,,  ;52;60;0 modules/user.module:667,,,,
msgid "search"
msgstr "搜索"

#:  modules/statistics.module:0
msgid "statistics"
msgstr "统计"

#:  modules/story.module:25,,,  ;59;0
msgid "story"
msgstr "稿件"

#:  modules/system.module:0
msgid "system"
msgstr "系统"

#:  modules/legacy.module:29,,,  ;34 modules/taxonomy.module:0
msgid "taxonomy"
msgstr "分类"

#:  modules/throttle.module:70,,,,  ;77;84;0
msgid "throttle"
msgstr "低负荷"

#:  modules/tracker.module:0
msgid "tracker"
msgstr "跟踪器"

#:  modules/upload.module:0
msgid "upload"
msgstr "上传"

#:  modules/throttle.module:70,,,,  ;84
msgid "user"
msgstr "用户"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:0
msgid "watchdog"
msgstr "日志"

#:  modules/locale.module:55
msgid "localization"
msgstr "本地化"

#:  modules/locale.module:59
msgid "manage languages"
msgstr "管理语言"

#:  modules/locale.module:61
msgid "manage strings"
msgstr "管理字符串"

#:  modules/locale.module:69
msgid "add language"
msgstr "添加语言"

#:  modules/locale.module:72
msgid "import"
msgstr "导入"

#:  modules/locale.module:75
msgid "export"
msgstr "导出"

#:  modules/locale.module:80
msgid "confirm"
msgstr "确认"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:707,,,  ;718 modules/block.module:180,,,,  modules/book.module:672,,,  modules/comment.module:270,,
msgid "edit"
msgstr "编辑"

#:  modules/block.module:182,,,  modules/book.module:672,,,  modules/comment.module:270,,,,  ;711;1039 modules/donations.module:283
msgid "delete"
msgstr "删除"

#:  modules/menu.module:16
msgid "menus"
msgstr "菜单"

#:  modules/menu.module:19
msgid "edit menu item"
msgstr "编辑菜单项"

#:  modules/menu.module:23
msgid "reset menu item"
msgstr "重设菜单项"

#:  modules/menu.module:27
msgid "disable menu item"
msgstr "禁用菜单项"

#:  modules/menu.module:31
msgid "delete menu item"
msgstr "删除菜单项"

#:  modules/menu.module:38
msgid "add menu"
msgstr "添加菜单"

#:  modules/menu.module:42
msgid "add menu item"
msgstr "添加菜单项"

#:  modules/menu.module:46
msgid "reset menus"
msgstr "重设菜单"

#:  modules/blogapi.module:156,,,  ;218 modules/book.module:742,,,,  modules/comment.module:529,,,  ;544;647;668;997;1605 modules/n
msgid "content"
msgstr "内容"

#:  modules/node.module:670
msgid "content types"
msgstr "内容类型"

#:  modules/node.module:685,,,  ;1505
msgid "create content"
msgstr "建立内容"

#:  modules/path.module:72
msgid "url aliases"
msgstr "url别名"

#:  modules/path.module:75
msgid "edit alias"
msgstr "编辑别名"

#:  modules/path.module:79
msgid "delete alias"
msgstr "删除别名"

#:  modules/path.module:85
msgid "add alias"
msgstr "添加别名"

#:  modules/poll.module:192
msgid "polls"
msgstr "投票"

#:  modules/poll.module:198,,,  modules/queue.module:136
msgid "vote"
msgstr "投票"

#:  modules/profile.module:36,,,,  ;141
msgid "user list"
msgstr "用户列表"

#:  modules/profile.module:40
msgid "profiles"
msgstr "个人信息"

#:  modules/profile.module:43
msgid "add field"
msgstr "添加字段"

#:  modules/profile.module:47
msgid "edit field"
msgstr "编辑字段"

#:  modules/profile.module:51
msgid "delete field"
msgstr "删除字段"

#:  modules/queue.module:47
msgid "submission queue"
msgstr "提交队列"

#:  modules/statistics.module:115
msgid "recent hits"
msgstr "最新浏览"

#:  modules/statistics.module:118
msgid "top pages"
msgstr "热门页面"

#:  modules/statistics.module:121
msgid "top users"
msgstr "活跃用户"

#:  modules/statistics.module:124
msgid "referrers"
msgstr "外部来源"

#:  modules/statistics.module:126,,,  ;179;207;241 modules/watchdog.module:36,,,  ;109
msgid "details"
msgstr "详情"

#:  modules/system.module:60,,,  modules/upload.module:70
msgid "file download"
msgstr "文件下载"

#:  modules/system.module:73
msgid "administer"
msgstr "管理"

#:  modules/system.module:79
msgid "themes"
msgstr "主题"

#:  modules/system.module:91
msgid "global settings"
msgstr "全局设置"

#:  modules/system.module:109
msgid "modules"
msgstr "模块"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:61
msgid "add vocabulary"
msgstr "添加术语表"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:66,,,,  ;358
msgid "edit vocabulary"
msgstr "编辑术语表"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:71
msgid "preview vocabulary"
msgstr "预览术语表"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:76,,,,  ;358
msgid "add term"
msgstr "添加术语"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:81,,,,  ;364
msgid "edit term"
msgstr "编辑术语"

#:  modules/taxonomy.module:86
msgid "taxonomy term"
msgstr "分类术语"

#:  modules/tracker.module:33
msgid "recent posts"
msgstr "最新文章"

#:  modules/tracker.module:38
msgid "all recent posts"
msgstr "所有最新文章"

#:  modules/tracker.module:40
msgid "my recent posts"
msgstr "我的最新文章"

#:  modules/upload.module:58
msgid "uploads"
msgstr "上传"

#:  modules/user.module:637
msgid "user account"
msgstr "用户帐号"

#:  modules/user.module:641
msgid "log in"
msgstr "登录"

#:  modules/user.module:643
msgid "register"
msgstr "注册"

#:  modules/user.module:645
msgid "request new password"
msgstr "重设密码"

#:  modules/user.module:655
msgid "add user"
msgstr "添加用户"

#:  modules/user.module:661
msgid "access control"
msgstr "访问控制"

#:  modules/user.module:663
msgid "permissions"
msgstr "权限"

#:  modules/user.module:666
msgid "roles"
msgstr "角色"

#:  modules/user.module:669
msgid "edit role"
msgstr "编辑角色"

#:  modules/user.module:672
msgid "account rules"
msgstr "帐户规则"

#:  modules/user.module:677
msgid "add rule"
msgstr "添加规则"

#:  modules/user.module:680
msgid "check rules"
msgstr "检查规则"

#:  modules/user.module:683
msgid "edit rule"
msgstr "编辑规则"

#:  modules/user.module:686
msgid "delete rule"
msgstr "删除规则"

#:  modules/user.module:698
msgid "my account"
msgstr "我的帐户"

#:  modules/user.module:703
msgid "log out"
msgstr "注销登录"

#:  modules/watchdog.module:34
msgid "logs"
msgstr "日志"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:174,,,  ;190 modules/blogapi.module:152,,,  ;212,  modules/book.module:672,,,  modules/comment.module
msgid "view"
msgstr "查看"

#:  modules/filter.module:352,,,  ;421 modules/locale.module:279,,,,  modules/node.module:802,,,  ;831 modules/system.module:487,,
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "保存配置"

#:  includes/locale.inc:43
msgid "Code"
msgstr "编码"

#:  includes/locale.inc:43
msgid "English name"
msgstr "英文名称"

#:  modules/block.module:175,,,  modules/comment.module:344,,,,  modules/drupal.module:46,,,  modules/filter.module:340,,,  modules
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "启用"

#:  includes/locale.inc:43,,,  modules/filter.module:277,,,  modules/system.module:448
msgid "Default"
msgstr "默认"

#:  includes/locale.inc:43
msgid "Translated"
msgstr "已翻译"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:704,,,  ;715 modules/block.module:175,,,,  modules/book.module:696,,,  ;744 modules/comment.module:26
msgid "Operations"
msgstr "操作"

#:  includes/common.inc:478
msgid "n/a"
msgstr "无"

#:  includes/theme.inc:228
msgid "edit primary links"
msgstr "编辑主链接"

#:  includes/theme.inc:229
msgid "edit secondary links"
msgstr "编辑备用链接"

#:  includes/menu.inc:467,,,  modules/node.module:1505
msgid "Home"
msgstr "主页"

#:  modules/locale.module:25
msgid ""
"<p>Drupal allows you to translate the interface to a language other "
"than English. This page provides an overview of the installed "
"languages. You can add more languages on the <a "
"href=\"%add-language\">add language page</a>, or directly by <a "
"href=\"%import\">importing a translation</a>. If there are multiple "
"languages enabled, registered users will be able to set their "
"preference. The site default will be used for users without their own "
"settings, including anonymous visitors.</p><p>There are different "
"approaches to translate the Drupal interface: either by <a "
"href=\"%import\">importing</a> an existing translation, by <a "
"href=\"%search\">translating everything</a> yourself, or by using a "
"combination of these.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Drupal允许你将用户界面翻译成非英语。本页提供已安装的语言的列表。你可以通过<a "
"href=\"%add-language\">添加语言页</a>添加更多的语言，或直接<a "
"href=\"%import\">导入翻译</a>。如果有多种语言可用，注册用户可以自行选择。站点默认语言将给包括匿名用户在内的没有自行设置的用户使用。</p><p>翻译Drupal界面有多种方式：通过<a "
"href=\"%import\">导入</a>现存翻译，或是自行<a "
"href=\"%search\">翻译</a>，或是两者的组合。</p>"

#:  modules/locale.module:437,,,  modules/search.module:388,,,  includes/common.inc:714,,,,  includes/locale.inc:1054,,,  themes/en
msgid "Search"
msgstr "搜索"

#:  themes/engines/xtemplate/xtemplate.engine:168
msgid "Enter the terms you wish to search for."
msgstr "输入关键词。"

#:  includes/theme.inc:810,,,  ;810
msgid "XML feed"
msgstr "XML feed"

#:  modules/node.module:780,,,  modules/profile.module:506,,,  modules/queue.module:121,,,,  modules/tracker.module:83,,,  modules/
msgid "Type"
msgstr "类型"

#:  modules/tracker.module:115
msgid "Post"
msgstr "发表"

#:  modules/comment.module:266,,,  ;961;1020 modules/node.module:780,,,,  modules/queue.module:121,,,  modules/tracker.module:83,,,
msgid "Author"
msgstr "作者"

#:  modules/forum.module:650,,,  modules/tracker.module:115
msgid "Replies"
msgstr "回复"

#:  modules/forum.module:825,,,  modules/tracker.module:115
msgid "Last post"
msgstr "最后一篇"

#:  modules/blog.module:13
msgid "personal blog entry"
msgstr "个人Blog文章"

#:  modules/node.module:1429
msgid "Add a new %s."
msgstr "加入新的 %s"

#:  modules/blog.module:63
msgid ""
"A blog is a regularly updated journal or diary made up of individual "
"posts shown in reversed chronological order.  A blog is tightly "
"coupled to the author so each user will have his 'own' blog."
msgstr "Blog通常由按时间倒序的杂志或日记组成。blog与作者紧密联系，因此每个用户都会有他'自己的'Blog。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:171
msgid "opml"
msgstr "opml"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:146,,,  ;162
msgid "categorize"
msgstr "分类"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:133
msgid "sources"
msgstr "源"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:126
msgid "add category"
msgstr "添加分类"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:130
msgid "news aggregator"
msgstr "新闻聚合器"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:63
msgid ""
"<p>Thousands of sites (particularly news sites and weblogs) publish "
"their latest headlines and/or stories in a machine-readable format so "
"that other sites can easily link to them. This content is usually in "
"the form of an <a "
"href=\"http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss\">RSS</a> feed (which is "
"an XML-based syndication standard). To display the feed or category in "
"a block you must decide how many items to show by editing the feed or "
"block and turning on the <a href=\"%block\">feed's block</a>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"      "
"<p>数以千计的站点（尤其是新闻和BLOG站点）将他们的头条用机器可读的格式写出。这样，其它站点可以轻松的链接到站点。这个内容通常在如下的一种形式中：<a "
"href=\"http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss\">RSS</a> "
"feed(一种基于XML的聚合标准).</p>\n"
"为了显示这些feeds和分类在一个板块中，你需要首先决定多少项目被显示，并通过编辑feed或板块以及打开<a "
"href=\"%block\">feeds 板块</a></p>"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:65
msgid ""
"<p>Add a site that has an RSS/RDF feed. The URL is the full path to "
"the RSS feed file. For the feed to update automatically you must run "
"\"cron.php\" on a regular basis. If you already have a feed with the "
"URL you are planning to use, the system will not accept another feed "
"with the same URL.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>加入含有RSS/RDF feed的站点，URL是RSS "
"feed文件的完整路径。为了使feed能够自动更新，你必须在一定间隔上运行\"cron.php\"。如果你已经有了一个计划使用的feed的URL,系统不会接受另一个相同的URL.</p>"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:67
msgid ""
"<p>Categories provide a way to group items from different news feeds "
"together. Each news category has its own feed page and block. For "
"example, you could tag various sport-related feeds as belonging to a "
"category called <em>Sports</em>. News items can be added to a category "
"automatically by setting a feed to automatically place its item into "
"that category, or by using the categorize items link in any listing of "
"news items.</p>"
msgstr "<p>分类提供一个将来自不同feeds的项目组织在一起的办法。每一个新闻分类都有他自己的feed页面和板块，例如，你可以关注不同的体育相关feeds，如同属于一个叫做<em>体育</em>的类。新闻项目可以被自动加入一个分类通过设置自动放置feed,或通过使用分类项目链接。</p>"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:76
msgid "Items shown in sources and categories pages"
msgstr "在源和分类页面中显示的项目"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:76
msgid ""
"The number of items which will be shown with each feed or category in "
"the feed and category summary pages."
msgstr "项目的数量将会被现实在每个种子或种子中的分类以及分类摘要页上。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:77
msgid "Discard news items older than"
msgstr "删除早于……的新闻项目"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:77
msgid "Older news items will be automatically discarded.  Requires crontab."
msgstr "旧的新闻项目将被自动删除。需要crontab."

#:  modules/aggregator.module:78
msgid "Category selection type"
msgstr "分类选择页面"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:78
msgid "checkboxes"
msgstr "复选框"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:78
msgid "multiple selector"
msgstr "多重选择"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:78
msgid ""
"The type of category selection widget which is shown on categorization "
"pages. Checkboxes are easier to use; a multiple selector is good for "
"working with large numbers of categories."
msgstr "分类选择的类型部件在分类页面上显示，复选框易于使用；一个多重选择框则适于有大量分类时。"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:106,,,  ;352;401;407;465;0
msgid "aggregator"
msgstr "聚合器"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:108
msgid "edit feed"
msgstr "编辑feed"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:111
msgid "edit category"
msgstr "编辑分类"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:114,,,  ;708
msgid "remove items"
msgstr "删除项目"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:117,,,  ;708
msgid "update items"
msgstr "更新项目"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:123
msgid "add feed"
msgstr "添加feed"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:15
msgid ""
"\n"
"      <p>Thousands of sites (particularly news sites and weblogs) "
"publish their latest headlines and/or stories in a machine-readable "
"format so that other sites can easily link to them. This content is "
"usually in the form of an <a "
"href=\"http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss\">RSS</a> feed (which is "
"an XML-based syndication standard).</p>\n"
"      <p>You can read aggregated content from many sites using RSS "
"feed readers, such as <a "
"href=\"http://www.disobey.com/amphetadesk/\">Amphetadesk</a>.</p>\n"
"      <p>Drupal provides the means to aggregate feeds from many sites "
"and display these aggregated feeds to your site's visitors. To do "
"this, enable the aggregator module in site administration and then go "
"to the aggregator configuration page, where you can subscribe to feeds "
"and set up other options.</p>\n"
"      <h3>How do I find RSS feeds to aggregate?</h3>\n"
"      <p>Many web sites (especially weblogs) display small XML icons "
"or other obvious links on their home page. You can follow these to "
"obtain the web address for the RSS feed. Common extensions for RSS "
"feeds are .rss, .xml and .rdf. For example: <a "
"href=\"http://slashdot.org/slashdot.rdf\">Slashdot RSS</a>.</p>\n"
"      <p>If you can't find a feed for a site, or you want to find "
"several feeds on a given topic, try an RSS syndication directory such "
"as <a href=\"http://www.syndic8.com/\">Syndic8</a>.</p>\n"
"      <p>To learn more about RSS, read Mark Pilgrim's <a "
"href=\"http://www.xml.com/pub/a/2002/12/18/dive-into-xml.html\">What "
"is RSS</a> and WebReference.com's <a "
"href=\"http://www.webreference.com/authoring/languages/xml/rss/1/\">The "
"Evolution of RSS</a> articles.</p>\n"
"      <p>NOTE: Enable your site's XML syndication button by turning on "
"the Syndicate block in block management.</p>\n"
"      <h3>How do I add a news feed?</h3>\n"
"      <p>To subscribe to an RSS feed on another site, use the <a "
"href=\"%admin-news\">aggregation page</a>.</p>\n"
"      <p>Once there, click the <a href=\"%new-feed\">new feed</a> tab. "
" Drupal will then ask for the following:</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"       <li><strong>Title</strong> -- The text entered here will be "
"used in your news aggregator, within the administration configuration "
"section, and as a title for the news feed block. As a general rule, "
"use the web site name from which the feed originates.</li>\n"
"       <li><strong>URL</strong> -- Here you'll enter the "
"fully-qualified web address for the feed you wish to subscribe "
"to.</li>\n"
"       <li><strong>Update interval</strong> -- This is how often "
"Drupal will scan the feed for new content. This defaults to every "
"hour. Checking a feed more frequently that this is typically a waste "
"of bandwidth and is considered somewhat impolite. For automatic "
"updates to work, cron.php must be called regularly. If it is not, "
"you'll have to manually update the feeds one at a time within the news "
"aggregation administration page by using <a "
"href=\"%update-items\">update items</a>.</li>\n"
"       <li><strong>Categorize news items</strong> -- As items are "
"received from a feed they will be put in any categories you have "
"selected here.</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <p>Once you have submitted the new feed, check to make sure it "
"is working properly by selecting <a href=\"%update-items\">update "
"items</a> on the <a href=\"%admin-news\">aggregation page</a>. If you "
"do not see any items listed for that feed, edit the feed and make sure "
"that the URL was entered correctly.</p>\n"
"      <h3>Adding categories</h3>\n"
"      <p>News items can be filed into categories. To create a "
"category, start at the <a href=\"%admin-news\">aggregation "
"page</a>.</p>\n"
"      <p>Once there, select <a href=\"%new-category\">new category</a> "
"from the menu. Drupal will then ask for the following:</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"       <li><strong>Title</strong> -- The title will be used in the "
"<em>news by topics</em> listing in your news aggregator and for the "
"block created for the bundle.</li>\n"
"       <li><strong>Description</strong> -- A short description of the "
"category to tell users more details about what news items they might "
"find in the category.</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <h3>Using the news aggregator</h3>\n"
"      <p>The news aggregator has a number of ways that it displays "
"your subscribed content:</p>\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"       <li><strong><a href=\"%news-aggregator\">News "
"aggregator</a></strong> (latest news) -- Displays all incoming items "
"in the order in which they were received.</li>\n"
"       <li><strong><a href=\"%sources\">Sources</a></strong> -- "
"Organizes incoming content by feed, displaying feed titles (each of "
"which links to a page with the latest items from that feed) and item "
"titles (which link to that item's actual story/article).</li>\n"
"       <li><strong><a href=\"%categories\">Categories</a></strong> -- "
"Organizes incoming content by category, displaying category titles "
"(each of which links to a page with the latest items from that "
"category) and item titles (which link to that item's actual "
"story/article).</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <p>Pages that display items (for sources, categories, etc.) "
"display the following for each item:\n"
"      <ul>\n"
"       <li>The title of the item (its headline).</li>\n"
"       <li>The categories that the item belongs to, each of which "
"links to that particular category page as detailed above.</li>\n"
"       <li>A description containing the first few paragraphs or a "
"summary of the item (if available).</li>\n"
"       <li>The name of the feed, which links to the individual feed's "
"page, listing information about that feed and items for that feed "
"only. This is not shown on feed pages (they would link to the page "
"you're currently on).</li>\n"
"      </ul>\n"
"      <p>Additionally, users with the <em>administer news feeds "
"permission</em> will see a link to categorize the news items. Clicking "
"this will allow them to select which category(s) each news item is "
"in.</p>\n"
"      <h3>Technical details</h3>\n"
"      <p>Drupal automatically generates an OPML feed file that is "
"available by selecting the XML icon on the News Sources page.</p>\n"
"      <p>When fetching feeds Drupal supports conditional GETs, this "
"reduces the bandwidth usage for feeds that have not been updated since "
"the last check.</p>\n"
"      <p>If a feed is permanently moved to a new location Drupal will "
"automatically update the feed URL to the new address.</p>"
msgstr ""
"      "
"<p>数以千计的站点（尤其是新闻和BLOG站点）将他们的头条用机器可读的格式写出。这样，其它站点可以轻松的链接到站点。这个内容通常在如下的一种形式中：<a "
"href=\"http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss\">RSS</a> "
"feed(一种基于XML的聚合标准).</p>\r\n"
"<p>你可以使用RSS "
"feed阅读器从许多这样的站点读取聚合内容，类似<a "
"href=\"http://www.disobey.com/amphetadesk/\">Amphetadesk</a>.</p>\r\n"
"<p>Drupal提供这种从众多站点聚合并显示这些聚合到你的站点的功能。要做这些，在站点管理中启用聚合模块并且进入聚合设置页面，在这里你可以订阅feeds并且设置其它选项。</p>\r\n"
"<h3>我如何找到RSS feeds以聚合？</h3>\r\n"
"<p>许多Web站点(尤其是BLOG)，都会在主页上显示一个小小的\"XML\"图标，或其它明显的链接。你可以根据这些获得RSS "
"feed的web地址，RSS feeds通常的扩展名是 .rss, .xml 或 "
".rdf。 例如：<a href=\"http://slashdot.org/slashdot.rdf\">Slashdot "
"RSS</a>.</p>\r\n"
"<p>如果你没有能够找到一个站点的feed,或你想找到几个关于特定主题的feed,尝试一下RSS聚合目录，例如：<a "
"href=\"http://www.syndic8.com/\">Syndic8</a>.</p>\r\n"
"<p>为了学习关于RSS的更多知识，请阅读Mark Pilgrim的<a "
"href=\"http://www.xml.com/pub/a/2002/12/18/dive-into-xml.html\">什么是RSS</a> "
"和 WebReference.com's <a "
"href=\"http://www.webreference.com/authoring/languages/xml/rss/1/\">RSS的革命</a> "
"等文章</p>\r\n"
"<p>注意：通过在板块管理中打开聚合板块来启用你的站点的XML聚合按钮。</p>\r\n"
"<h3>我如何增加一个新的feed?</h3>\r\n"
"<p>使用<a "
"href=\"%admin-news\">聚合页面来订阅其他站点的RSS "
"feed.</p>\r\n"
"<p>在那里，点击<a "
"href=\"%new-feed\">新的feed</a>标签，Druapl将询问你下列内容：</p>\r\n"
"      <ul>\r\n"
"<li><strong>标题</strong>——在这里输入的字符将作为你的新闻聚合器，在管理配置块中，并将作为news "
"feed板块的标题。通常情况下，使用feed源所在网站的名称。</li>\r\n"
"<li><strong>URL</strong> "
"——这里你需要输入你需要订阅的feed的完整的有效的web地址。</li></n> "
"      "
"<li><strong>更新间隔</strong>这是Drupak多长时间扫描feed以获取新的内容。默认为每小时一次。更短时间内检查一个feed通常是对带宽的浪费并且会被认为是不礼貌的。为了使自动更新工作，cron.php需要正常被调用，如果不是这样，你需要通过使用<a "
"href=\"%update-items\">更新项目</a>来进行手动更新.</li>\r\n"
" <li><strong>组织新的项目</strong> -- "
"项目被从feed获取后会被放入任何你选择的分类。</li>\r\n"
"  </ul>\r\n"
"<p>一旦你提交了新的feed,通过选择<a "
"href=\"%admin-news\">聚合页</a>上的<a "
"href=\"%update-items\">更新项目</a>来确认它正常工作。如果你没有发现任何那个feed的项目，编辑feed并确认URL正确的输入。</p>\r\n"
"<h3>添加分类</h3>\r\n"
"<p>新闻项目可以被放入分类中，要建立一个分类，从a "
"href=\"%admin-news\">聚合页</a>开始.</p>\r\n"
"<p>在菜单中选择<a "
"href=\"%new-category\">新的分类</a>。Drupal会询问下列问题：</p>\r\n"
"      <ul>\r\n"
"       <li><strong>标题</strong> -- "
"标题会被在<em>按主题排列的新闻</em>列表中使用。     "
"  <li><strong>描述</strong> -- "
"一个对分类的简短描述，使使用者能够明白更多在这个分类中能够找到什么种类的新闻。</li>\r\n"
"      </ul>\r\n"
"      <h3>使用新闻聚合器</h3>\r\n"
"      "
"<p>新闻聚合器含有数种方法显示你所订阅的内容：<ul>\r\n"
"       <li><strong><a "
"href=\"%news-aggregator\">新闻聚合器</a></strong> (latest news) "
"-- D按接收顺序显示所有项目。</li>\r\n"
"       <li><strong><a href=\"%sources\">源</a></strong> -- "
"将接收到的内容按源feed分类，显示feed标题（每项连接到该源的最后一个项目。）和项目标题（连接到项目实际的稿件/文章）。</li>\r\n"
"       <li><strong><a href=\"%categories\">分类</a></strong> -- "
"将获得的内容按分类排列，显示分类标题（连接到分类中的最新项目)和项目标题（链接到项目的实际位置）。</li>\r\n"
"      </ul>\r\n"
"<p>显示项目的页面（源，分类，等等）都显示下列所有项目：\r\n"
"      <ul>\r\n"
"       <li>项目的标题。</li>\r\n"
"       "
"<li>项目所属的分类，链接到分类的最新内容。</li>\r\n"
"       "
"<li>一个包含开头部分段落的短小的说明文件，或者在可能的墙况下是一个摘要。</li>\r\n"
"       "
"<li>feed的名称，链接到单独feed页面，显示feed的信息和该feed的项目。这个不在feed页上显示（他们会链接到你当前所在的页面）。</li>\r\n"
"      </ul>\r\n"
"<p>额外的，含有<em>管理新闻feed权限</em>的用户将会看到一个链接到新闻分类的项目，点击将允许他们选择项目在哪个分类中。</p>\r\n"
"<h3>技术详情</h3>\r\n"
"Drupal自动生成一个OPML "
"feed文件以使新闻源的XML图标可用。</p>\r\n"
"<p>当接触feeds使，Druapl支持有条件的GETs,这将降低那些自从上次检查后还没有更新的feed的带宽的使用。</p>\r\n"
"<p>如果一个feed永久性的移动到了另一个新的位置，Drupal将自动更新Feed "
"url到新的地址上。</p>"

#:  modules/aggregator.module:61
msgid "Aggregates syndicated content (RSS and RDF feeds)."
msgstr "聚合内容(RSS 与 RDF feeds)。"

#:  /drupal/drupal-4.6.0/index.php?q=admin/settings
msgid "pm"
msgstr "下午"

#:  /drupal/drupal-4.6.0/index.php?q=admin/settings
msgid "am"
msgstr "上午"

#:  /drupal/drupal-4.6.0/index.php?q=admin/locale/language/add
msgid "葡萄牙语(巴西)(Brazilian Portuguese)"
msgstr "葡萄牙语(巴西)(Brazilian Portuguese)"

#:  /drupal/drupal-4.6.0/index.php?q=admin/locale/language/add
msgid "葡萄牙语(葡萄牙)(Portuguese (Portugal))"
msgstr "葡萄牙语(葡萄牙)(Portuguese (Portugal))"

#:  modules/throttle.module:70,,,,  ;84
msgid "users"
msgstr ""

#:  modules/poll.module:273,,,,  ;348
msgid "%count votes"
msgstr ""

#:  modules/search.module:151
msgid "There are %count items left to index."
msgstr ""

#:  modules/search.module:503
msgid "The words %words were not included because they were too short."
msgstr ""

#:  modules/statistics.module:101
msgid "%count reads"
msgstr ""

#:  modules/throttle.module:77,,,,  ;84
msgid "guests"
msgstr ""

#:  modules/upload.module:43,,,,  ;293
msgid "%count attachments"
msgstr ""

#:  modules/user.module:557,,,,  ;560
msgid "%count users"
msgstr ""

#:  modules/user.module:557,,,,  ;560
msgid "%count guests"
msgstr ""

